Home

2015 F-650/750 Owner`s Manual

1. 178 Customer Assistance 177 Emission control system 121 345 Getting assistance outside the catalytic converter 205 U S and Canada 184 End user license agreement 332 Getting roadside assistance 177 Engine is 254 Getting the service you cleaning 15 octets 237 TIBI cecus aesti eps 182 197 le GE 212 Ordering additional owner s fail safe cooling 214 qnem 185 lubrication specifications EUR 255 ilizing the Mediation Arbitration Engine block heater 100 PEOEBFAIB ettet 184 Engine far cerent 211 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 380 Index Engine oil turning on and off 55 checking and adding 210 dipstick s Big HEU EECHER ahi cectathe ii 8n filter specifications 972 Heating 1 ero 76 refill capacities e 268 E 208 specifications 255 Exhaust fumes 94 I F TEMON e reete 93 254 Information displays 73 Fail safe cooling 214 Instrument panel Fan Engine Cooling 211 cl anmg 2 5 nemen 238 Filter DEE idee virens poses 67 ghting up panel an JR sl NR E 224 interior 56 Fuel GAD qp 108 J Capacity aer 268 filler funnel
2. Nawai Black Black 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can 188 Fuses FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART Power Distribution Box WARNING Always disconnect the battery before servicing high current fuses WARNING To reduce risk of electrical shock always replace the cover to the power distribution box before reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid reservoirs The power distribution box has high current fuses that protect your vehicle s main electrical systems from overloads If the battery has been disconnected and reconnected see Changing the vehicle battery in the Maintenance chapter pun 12V socket pin 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Fuses 189 E Puse Acn Protected Circuits Location Rating Windshield washer relay Washer pump motor Brake warning switch hydraulic brake vehicles only 6 20A Up tter switches AUX 1 and AUX 3 8 20A DEF Urea line heaters diesel engine only 9 20A Ignition switch Starter cutoff 15 jNeued 0 0 000 17 Notus S engine only engine only engine only Bee engine only 23 Nouse wana aaa gasoline engine only Eimer m Hydraulic brakes module hydraulic brake vehicles no nsu r 102 20A Wegen switch 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Gu
3. 2015 F 650 750 167 r can f Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French 267 Capacities and Specifications epeuer O I WdO 10 SMW O T Wd PMA oxe1q IPUPA 1030 N LOG e ueuuojrq us epeuern GISA T 02 M8 OXO 9 epeuern CIdS IT 0 A8 OXO e CS SHO OZMS OXe CSM dSO 0ZMS OXe Joquinw IMLN Ld p104 3uo eAmb gq IV 8909W SSA E LOG JopurmAo 1 1se N pr oyeg S930N 91n3e1oduro juorqury A31S09SIA UW Uoegr IdV pu V Gr60cW SSA epeuen TO IOJOW WUAS YZ MG AVS 3 1294030 N e epeue TO 1030 X umrmuolq Jadng 0Z MG AVS 3 J24030 N e Cs TO 1040W Oo MA EM AVS 3 J24030 N e CSA TO J1oqo N pue g oneuguAg umud 06M9 AVS YLIDIOJON e OUISUS ourposex fr can Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 2015 F 650 750 167 Canadian French 268 Capacities and Specifications REFILL CAPACITIES Engine Oil and Engine Coolant Engine oil Item Capacity Ford part Ford part name or number Ford equivalent specification 6 8L V10 engine Motorcraft SAE WSS M2C945 A 5W 20 Motor Oil or equivalent Your engine has been designed to use engine oil that meets Ford specification It is also acceptable to use an engine oil of recommended viscosity grade that displays the API Certification Mark for gasoline engines Do not use API S category oils labeled as SN SM SL or previous oil category unless the label also d
4. Maintenance 199 Climate Control System Have the air conditioning system checked each spring The refrigerant charge cleanliness of the condenser evaporator cores and belt condition are essential to system performance When the air conditioning system is being used daily remove the fresh air filter if equipped once each season and check for things such as dirt and lint Replace the filter if necessary Vehicles operating in unusually dusty conditions may require more frequent filter inspection and replacement Front Axle Maintaining the front axle alignment to specifications is very important A qualified technician should check and maintain the alignment Regular inspections should include e Toe in inspection and adjustment if necessary particularly with radial tires e Checking for proper tightness of axle mounting U bolt nuts attaching or mounting bolts and nuts e Checking the axle for damage binding worn parts and adequate lubrication e Checking the kingpins for excessive wear Also perform this check during other scheduled maintenance such as tire rotation or service wheel bearing service and alignment See the workshop manual for proper procedures Toe in It is essential to maintain correct toe in and tire pressure for optimum tire wear Inspecting steer axle tires in the first 3000 10000 service miles 5000 16000 service kilometers generally shows if tires are wearing normally Rapid outside s
5. 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Fuel and Refueling 121 e DEF freezes below 12 F 11 C Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic pre heating system which allows the DEF system to operate below 12 F 11 C e Do not store the DEF bottle in your vehicle If it leaks it could cause damage to interior components or release an ammonia odor inside your vehicle e Store DEF out of direct sunlight and in temperatures between 23 F 68 F 5 C 20 C NOISE EMISSIONS In order to keep to the federal exterior noise regulations your vehicle may be equipped with noise emission items Depending on your vehicle configuration it may have all or some of the following items Air Intake System Inspect the air cleaner Do not alter its location Do not alter inlet and outlet piping Body Inspect wheel well splash shields cab shields and under hood insulation for deterioration dislocation and orientation Cooling System e Inspect the fan for blade damage If you find any damage replace with the recommended parts Inspect for fan to shroud interference and any damage to shroud such as cracks and holes e Do not change fan ratio or alter fan spacer dimensions and positions e Inspect fan clutch for proper operation Make sure the fan is disengaged when cooling of the engine is not required e Inspect radiator shutters if equipped for proper operation The shut
6. 4 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from for that seating position until you hear a snap and feel the latch engage Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 32 Child Safety 5 To put the retractor in the automatic locking mode grasp the shoulder portion of the belt and pull downward until all of the belt is pulled out e Allow the belt to retract to remove slack The belt will click as it retracts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode 6 Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode you should not be able to pull more belt out If the retractor is not locked unbuckle the belt and repeat Step 5 7 Remove remaining slack from the belt Force the seat down with extra weight e g by pressing down or kneeling on the child restraint while pulling up on the shoulder belt in order to force slack from the belt This is necessary to remove the remaining slack that exists once the additional weight of the child is added to the child restraint It also helps to achieve the proper snugness of the child seat to the vehicle Sometimes a slight lean toward the buckle helps to remove remaining slack from the belt 8 Attach the tether strap if the child seat is equipped See Using tet
7. Air Brake Adjustment WARNING Failure to maintain proper air brake adjustment can result in reduction or loss of braking ability A qualified service technician keeping to the instructions in the service manual should perform air brake inspection and adjustment or repairs Cam Brakes Automatic Slack Adjusters WARNING Do not manually adjust the automatic slack adjusters to correct excessive push rod stroke as it may result in reduced brake effectiveness and a vehicle crash Excessive push rod stroke indicates that a problem exists with the automatic adjuster with the installation of the adjuster or with foundation brake components that manual adjustment does not remedy Seek service from a qualified facility for excessive push rod stroke Inspect standard air brakes equipped with automatic slack adjusters for proper brake adjustment as listed in the maintenance schedule charts 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Scheduled Maintenance 349 However inspect the brakes more frequently when subjecting them to heavy use or adverse operating conditions such as e Frequent brake applications while fully loaded Operation on hilly or mountainous terrain Frequent operation on dirt gravel or mud Some aftermarket brake linings also require more frequent inspections 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French
8. GENERAL OPERATING TIPS e To reduce fog build up on the windshield during humid weather select Defrost Temperature and fan speed can also be increased to improve clearing e To reduce humidity build up inside the vehicle do not drive with the system off or with recirculated air engaged e Do not put objects under the front seats that interfere with the airflow to the back seats e Remove any snow ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield Cooling the interior quickly 1 Adjust the fan speed to the highest speed setting initially and then adjust it to suit the desired comfort level 2 Adjust the temperature control to the lowest temperature setting 3 Adjust the air distribution control to the MAX A C position 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 78 Climate Control Recommended settings for cooling e Adjust the air distribution control to the A C position If your vehicle is stationary for extended periods during extreme high ambient temperatures e Select the MAX A C position Gas engines If your vehicle is stationary for long periods of time in high ambient temperature conditions your climate control system may automatically switch from fresh air mode to recirculation mode This is normal system operation as it provides protection of the air conditioning compressor and related parts It is recommended that you allow the
9. Maintenance 207 Periodically check e Condition of spring leaves for evidence of fatigue bending or breakage e Condition of suspension mounting brackets and bushings Torque rod mounting fasteners for tightness e For proper suspension alignment Maintain proper alignment at all times e U bolts After the chassis has been operating under load for 1000 miles 1600 kilometers or six months whichever comes first the U bolt nuts must be re torqued Re torque the U bolt nuts every 36000 miles 60000 kilometers thereafter Clean and lubricate the U bolt and nut threads and seats to make sure a like new condition when re torqueing Note See Spring U bolt check later in this chapter Supporting Your Vehicle for Service WARNING Do not use a jack when working under a vehicle It may give way causing the vehicle to fall and result in property damage personal injury or death Always use floor stands to support the vehicle Prepare your vehicle for service repairs by doing the following 1 Park your vehicle on a level concrete floor 2 Set the parking brake and block the wheels to prevent your vehicle from moving Select a jack with a rated capacity sufficient to lift and hold up your vehicle Raise your vehicle with the jack applied to the axle s Do not use the bumper as a lifting point Support your vehicle with floor stands under the axle s When servicing the axle or the suspension support your vehicle with floo
10. The lower outer portion of the mirror housings illuminate when you switch on the headlamps or parking lamps 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 62 Windows and Mirrors Telescoping Mirrors If Equipped This feature allows the mirror to extend approximately 3 inches 75 millimeters It is especially useful when towing a trailer You can manually push or pull the mirrors in to the desired position PowerScope Power Telescoping Mirrors If Equipped This feature lets you position both mirrors at the same time The switch is on the door trim panel To telescope the mirrors out press and hold the left side of the switch When you fully extend the mirrors it is normal to hear the telescoping motors running as long as you continue to hold the switch To telescope the mirrors in press and hold the right side of the switch 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Instrument Cluster 63 GAUGES DIESEL ENGINE A B C D C eo e G F E Cluster shown in standard measure Metric similar A Engine oil pressure gauge B Engine coolant temperature gauge C Diesel exhaust fluid DEF gauge D Fuel gauge E Speedometer F Information display See the Information Displays chapter for more information G Tachometer Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Indicates
11. e Always inflate tires in a safety cage e Do not attempt to mix stud piloted wheels or fasteners with hub piloted wheels or fasteners To do so may cause premature wheel failure resulting in property damage personal injury or death e Do not mix foreign not made in North America wheel mounting parts with domestic made in North America parts Many foreign wheel components look similar to but are not the same as domestic made components Mixing components could cause wheel or fastener failures and result in property damage personal injury or death 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 244 Wheels and Tires AT WARNING Continued e Do not change from aluminum wheels to steel wheels or vice versa without changing the mounting hardware where required or in some cases with flange nut mounting systems changing the hub and stud assembly Mixing components could cause wheel or fastener failures and result in property damage personal injury or death WARNING An inflated tire and rim can be very dangerous if improperly used serviced or maintained To avoid serious injury never attempt to re inflate a tire which has been run flat or seriously under inflated without first removing the tire from the wheel assembly for inspection Do not attempt to add air to tires or replace tires or wheels without first taking precautions to protect persons and property All tir
12. If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform Transport Canada using their toll free number 1 800 333 0510 or online at http www tc gc ca eng roadsafety menu htm 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Fuses 187 CHANGING A FUSE Fuses WARNING Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire damage and could start a fire If electrical components in your vehicle are not working a fuse may have blown Blown fuses are identified by a broken wire within the fuse Check the appropriate fuses before replacing any electrical components Standard Fuse Amperage Rating and Color COLOR Fuse Mini Standard Maxi Cartridge Fuse link maxi rating fuses fuses fuses Ricca cartridge LA Gey Gay j p p e 3A Videt Vile 4A Pink Pink L 5A Tn Tn 75A Bron Brown zu pa C pea L 35A Bwe pue 25A Natural Natural Natural Natural 40A Orange Green Green 504 Rd Red Red 60 Ble Yellow Yellow 70A Tn Bown soa
13. The specified lubricant level for a window type hubcap is from the minimum line to five sixteenth inch 8 millimeters above the minimum line If the lubricant level should suddenly drop dramatically below the minimum level see the Workshop Manual for diagnostic procedure Installation Tightening and Alignment Make sure the threads on the studs and nuts are clean to permit correct torque when installing wheels The mounting surfaces of rims wheels spacer rings and clamps must be free of dirt rust lubricants or damage Use a wire brush to clean the mounting contact surfaces Do not use lubricant on threads After properly tightening the rim or wheel check it for proper alignment Rotate the wheel with a piece of chalk attached to a steady firm surface and placed to just barely clear the outside surface of the tire bead seat this procedure points out the high spot A high spot does not necessarily indicate unevenly tightened lug nuts but may be the result of a bent wheel Use the following installation procedure 1 Slide inner rear or front tire and wheel in position over studs and push it back as far as possible Use care so you do not damage the threads on the studs 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Wheels and Tires 251 Disc Wheel with Flange Nuts Hub piloted Front wheel mounting of flange nut System A Flange nut B Wheel s C Brake
14. all vehicle doors are closed the driver s safety belt is unbuckled the parklamps and headlamps are off Turn the ignition on DO NOT START THE ENGINE Wait until the safety belt warning light turns off approximately one or two minutes e Steps 3 5 must be completed within 60 seconds after the safety belt warning light turns off or the procedure has to be repeated Buckle then unbuckle the safety belt three times at a moderate speed ending with the safety belt in the unbuckled state 4 Turn on the parklamps and headlamps then turn them off b Buckle then unbuckle the safety belt three times at a moderate speed ending with the safety belt in the unbuckled state e After Step 5 the safety belt warning light turns on for three seconds 6 Within seven seconds of the light turning on buckle then unbuckle the safety belt e This disables the Belt Minder feature if it is currently enabled e This enables the Belt Minder feature if it is currently disabled Confirmation of disabling Belt Minder is provided by the safety belt warning light flashing four times per second for three seconds woreeee 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 50 Safety Belts Confirmation of enabling Belt Minder is provided by e the safety belt warning light flashing four times per second for three seconds e the safety belt warning light turning off e the safety belt
15. mp uos ewou y 9A19SqO pinous sesueyo Jo pue Io urgu au urgu out oses e yym p ddrnb st IPMA 1no J 9390N ut s s Jad ex pue joo urojs4S AAA PMIA 3sneuxp posorq og zz ve re Jer er ear e 9 6 00 sumo os zz vo oc sp Or ce vc or 0001 x szoyourony os or ee og ec oc er Or mt x sem ISIH SINIIO 19A9W9TUA su uour 10 SJ939uro D satt penunuo XTTVONNV UAMAA YO CAM 0007 SATIN 0000 YO SNOLLIGNOO ALAIA NI AVOA AAO NO HOIASHS AUAAAS 2015 F 650 750 167 r can f Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French Scheduled Maintenance 370 Du 000091 somu 000001 ISeT au ur pooerdo1 jou Jt Du 00002 sait 000031 W d y unt 000761 sepu 0000Z1 pue uni 000091 satt 000001 1 12edsu s q 9q eAup amp rossoooe 15 dsul spod reds overdag fe f j b b b bel ourguo uroses ooepdo1 om ire ou i t dit dit dit dt 1 1 utgu aer Cola 10119 are m r ur 00008 Serur 00009 10 sre 2000 amp roAo u u am S UuI02 I9A9uonqA up 000091 Sot 000001 10 SIL XIS IV aulsue ul ose8 ooe da1 Jue oo5 susug uorepu ururo294 S laIMyoejNUeU dag ur8u osoarp sovfdas que ooo 3ji p pu q uorepu ururo5 S 194n32ejnueur IIG urgu s rp 1opuojxo ppe jue ooo F POPUA urgu eserp y48u ns AOJIGIYUL
16. 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Climate Control 77 D A C Press to turn air conditioning on or off Air conditioning cools the vehicle using outside air To improve air conditioning when starting your vehicle drive with the windows slightly open for two to three minutes E Recirculated air Press to switch between outside air and recirculated air When the LED on the button is lit the air currently in the passenger compartment is being recirculated Using recirculated air can reduce the time needed to cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle Note For better cooling in hot conditions recirculated air automatically engages when the air distribution control is in Panel or Panel Floor modes and the air conditioning is on You can switch to fresh air by pressing the recirculated air button again F MAX A C Distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel vents to cool the vehicle This position is more economical and efficient than normal A C G Temperature control Controls the temperature of the air circulated in your vehicle Turn to select the desired temperature H Fan speed control Controls the volume of air circulated in your vehicle Turn to select the desired fan speed or switch off If you switch the fan off the windshield may fog up I Power Press to turn the system on and off When the system is off outside air is prevented from entering the vehicle
17. 411 four one one 911 nine one one 700 seven hundred seven hundred 800 eight hundred eight hundred Delete deletes one digit Note To exit dial mode press and hold the phone button or press MENU to go to the PHONE menu Making Calls Press the voice icon and when prompted say 1 Say Call lt name gt or Dial then the desired number 2 When the system confirms the number say Dial again to initiate the call To erase the last spoken digit say Delete or press the left arrow button To erase all spoken digits say Clear or press and hold the left arrow button To end the call press and hold the phone button Receiving Calls When receiving a call you can e Answer the call by pressing the phone button e Reject the call by pressing and holding the phone button e Ignore the call by doing nothing Phone Options during an Active Call During an active call you have additional menu features which become available such as putting a call on hold joining calls etc Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the menu options To access 1 Press MENU during an active call 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can SYNCG 295 2 When Active Call Menu is selected press OK 3 Scroll to cycle through the following options When you select Mute Call Mute the call Privacy Switch a ca
18. 50 adding connecting deleting Safety belts see Safety turning on off oo eee 302 restraints ssse 42 46 47 Phone redial 296 Safety defects reporting 186 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can 382 Index Safety information 287 T Safety restraints 42 44 46 47 I Belt Minder ee 47 Tail lamps extension assembly 46 bulb replacement 231 for adults 42 44 46 Temperature control see for children 5 mete 25 30 Climate control 76 safety belt maintenance DO ee ng Ce seat belt maintenance 50 Text messaging s 298 warning light and chime 47 Text messaging sending Safety restraints LATCH downloading deleting 298 300 ANCONS duet t bs Se cise nasa tee 36 Tilt steering wheel 53 Safety seats for children 25 30 a S LG Oe sette GE HER 243 Safety Compliance Certification Label 273 Ee i trailer TOWNE 1 1 Seat belts see Safety restraints ssssseeeen 42 Wrecker asses 171 Seats Traction control 155 child safety seats 25 30 Traffic Directions and front Seals xni 85 Information eR 305 hoad NN 89 noc RE 122 126 Selecting your media source autom
19. French fr can Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 2015 F 650 750 167 Canadian Scheduled Maintenance 368 Ls 1 pai R EEE Sm Es eee e TT ayeoLIqny srepur 4 X9ol S19ytus s uo1el s Buru 1ooq Sjuouoduro qe say S UD IoA9uoruAM renuue A0 Wy 000091 soru 000001 AAY ogueuo DO IYAJU S LOPLI sm souroo JoAouoruM Aprenuue 10 wq 0000F Som 00097 AAH asueyp ro urno o1 od IOI Du 000091 Sat 000001 L44 BUL Jo IOI Um 0091 Sot 0001 AxoAo A Xoouo uorjeaodo Aynp Aavoy SNONUTJUOD IO ISI SIWO IoA9uonuM 0A191uI 92ueuo ureur je9 10 qjuour e o2uo up 0008 s rur 000G AOA Daat YI IOWA asueyp to oneudu s 1oordg eue q uo asueyo to um o1 d 1o21dg eue q uo 9 9 Yoyo 1o2rdg eue qyuo ylys omy pue orguro og ez re re jsr er er o 9 6 wr 0001 X Staatrot fos s Eee e 3 Cooor x sem ISI 1990 19A9W2IUA su uour 10 sr9J uro DI eat penunuo XTTVANNV UAIMAT YO WA 0002 SATIN 00002 AO SNOILIGNOO ALINIA NI AVOA AAO NO HOIAMHS HHHAUS Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 2015 F 650 750 f67 Canadian French fr can 369 Scheduled Maintenance simou ourguo gg 1949 pooe dox oq pl nous Jo pue Ito eurguo ou mp uos Jo adA sry up poepueutrulo294 st sinou ur gu uo p seq o pouos AJO stxo osn reuorjejs 10 uomededo p ds Ao se uons suonipuoo sso un
20. If starting a vehicle with a engine manual transmission press the clutch and verify the transmission is in neutral If starting a vehicle with an automatic transmission make sure the gearshift lever is in position N or P if equipped with a park position Diesel engine Turn the key to the on position Turn the key to start when the wait to start indicator light in the instrument cluster turns off Gasoline engine Turn the key to start and then release it as soon as the engine starts Engine oil Verify pressure builds to normal operating range pressure Low air pressure A tone indicating low air pressure should sound warning tone if immediately after the engine starts but before the equipped with an compressor has built up pressure The tone air compressor should stop when the air pressure reaches 70 psi 483 kPa or more Let the air pressure build to governed cutout pressure which should occur between 115 130 psi 793 896 kPa Accelerator Press the accelerator and verify that it operates smoothly without any binding or irregular feel Release the pedal and verify the engine returns to idle speed immediately Voltmeter Check the gauge diesel engine or indicator light gasoline engine to verify the alternator is charging 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 16 Vehicle Inspection Guide Engine starting with parking brake applied Steer
21. Note Do not change from aluminum wheels to steel wheels or vice versa without changing the mounting hardware required or with flange nut mounting systems changing the hub and stud assembly Consult your dealer or wheel or rim distributor before attempting any wheel or fastener changes TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications Note Do not use lubrication on dry threads Where excessive corrosion exists you can apply a light coat of lubricant on the first three threads of the stud bolt Keep lubricant away from the e Hex nut and rim clamp contact surfaces e Cap nut ball face and ball seat on the disc wheel e Flange nut washer surface and flat on the disc wheel RE 450 500 610 678 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 254 Capacities and Specifications ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS GASOLINE ENGINE ONLY Engine 6 8L V10 engine Required fuel Firing order Spark plug gap Coil on plug Compression ratio 9 2 1 Engine Drivebelt Routing 6 8L V10 engine with air conditioning 6 8L V10 engine without air conditioning 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can 255 Capacities and Specifications 10 06M08 AX 3ueorquT ev 0 88 01 0 92 Teoy wnd 06 M08 Ao00T 93 dt AVS 3J 191030 X 06 M08 AVS 9A0qe pu ET 9AOq pu JOT OVI MS8 AVS 9 0qe pu
22. Unu CH ID IN 0 VBE se 18 Xo duroo TTT esodand nmur O I 9X Jo oSeoaI8 9SeoJr SUOT Ajour poseq xo duroo oseoIS Xo duroo umy esodand nur O I 9X Jo aseols Se 319 afl SUOT Ajour poseq xo duroo Und 3j 4910310 A unuy CH ID IN 0 IJESA I QUMN 9urewN LUS S930N 91n3e4oduro pao q 3uo eAm bn quorqury A31S09STA uone dS que ooo ur8ur ILOAIOSOY X10 S3feus Suure q oseop oq qurof mande fr can Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 2015 F 650 750 f67 Canadian French 259 Capacities and Specifications NIO OTLX AIV AT NOOUAIW 37 194030 X V 6IdVIW SSA epeuep q pue q g V L 0XO UI SM C pmi Jose DI INSDUIAN AGT umruoJdq DD 3ue1egg YIM 9jerjuo2uo SLEM p 9T SpurA umtrur id 3 J 494030 A D p104 3uo eAmb g som jerdoduro TV MOG AVS qo OBI A0 9A0qv 06 A09 AVS Et AoOT MOTE MSA AVS Oo8I Aal 940qV MOS AVS O06I FoOT MOTE avs ping uoissrursuer QG TO oneuju amp s 1o8ueJpeoq omg TO orjoujusg poyqryur uoreprxo pue jsn1 7TD IdV Io Teas Te1ourmq HG T9 T TTA 10 SEOTZ T IIWD JO IdV 410 IS IdV ItOo Io umo o oqd MEC L CV 9TISNW ISM IOYSPM DI9nISpUIM Ioquinw oureN Med so30N 29 m3 eaoduro juerqury wenwupeds Joy T uo1er 0OFI39 oryeutoyne p ds xIS DI 1ousea wewodwo fr can Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st P
23. before the ignition switch is turned to illuminates 1 2 minutes and the the on position warning chime sounds 4 8 seconds 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 48 Safety Belts The driver s safety belt is buckled The safety belt warning light and while the indicator light is illuminated warning chime turn off and the warning chime is sounding The driver s safety belt is buckled The safety belt warning light and before the ignition switch is turned to indicator chime remain off the on position SAFETY BELT MINDERG This feature supplements the safety belt warning function by providing additional reminders by intermittently sounding a chime and illuminating the safety belt warning light when the driver s seat is occupied and the safety belt is unbuckled The driver s safety belt is The Belt Minder feature does not buckled before the ignition activate switch is turned to the on position or less than 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turned to on The driver s safety belt is not The Belt Minder feature is activated buckled when the vehicle has the safety belt warning light reached at least 6 mph illuminates and the warning chime 9 7 km h and 1 2 minutes sounds for six seconds every have elapsed since the ignition 25 seconds repeating for switch has been turned to on approximately five minutes or
24. feature OR e Make sure your device is e The application paired and connected If you does not support have an iPhone make sure it is AppLink OR plugged in using the USB and e If you have an that the application is running iPhone it may in the foreground not be plugged in OR e Your phone may not be paired or connected 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 332 Appendices GENERAL INFORMATION SYNC End User License Agreement EULA e You have acquired a device DEVICE that includes software licensed by Ford Motor Company and its affiliates FORD MOTOR COMPANY from an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation MS Those installed software products of MS origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation MS SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The MS SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved e The MS SOFTWARE may interface with and or communicate with or may be later upgraded to interface with and or communicate with additional software and or systems provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY The additional software and systems of FORD MOTOR COMPANY origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation FORD SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The FOR
25. fr_can SYNCG 289 Initiating a Voice Session EE Push the voice icon a tone sounds and Listening appears in the L display Say any of the following If you want to Phone USB Access the device connected to your USB port Bluetooth Audio Stream audio from your phone Line in Access the device connected to the auxiliary input jack Cancel Cancel the requested action SYNC Return to the main menu Voice settings Adjust the level of voice interaction and feedback Vehicle Health Report Run a vehicle health report Services Access the SYNC Services portal Mobile apps Access mobile applications Help Hear a list of voice commands available in the current mode If equipped U S only System Interaction and Feedback The system provides feedback through audible tones prompts questions and spoken confirmations depending on the situation and the chosen level of interaction voice settings You can customize the voice recognition system to provide more or less instruction and feedback The default setting is to a higher level of interaction in order to help you learn to use the system You can change these settings at any time 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 290 SYNCG Adjusting the Interaction Level ES Push the voice icon when prompted say Voice settings then us any of the follow
26. fr_can Scheduled Maintenance 350 Ub 000091 sait 000001 yet a ur paoe doa eu jt Dam 000072 SATU 000081 W eoejdegr ubt 000761 SATU 0000Z1 pue un 000091 serur 000001 ye 12edsug S feq aup amp toss ooe yoodsuy SE ECH e LL REH EFL j SBnId eds soe doy el ef o l fe Tel urgu uoseS ooe do1 om Ie ou PESCHE ee oe ele Ee Gr n me oodsur 1044 1e uge ubt 00008 Sou 00009 10 Sree vat AToAS Udy Cam S UI02 I A U IUA UN 000091 Soft 000001 IO SIL XIS 1v urgu ut ose8 ooedoi1 jue ooo oun UOT epuautuo291 S 191n 9ejmueur 99g ur8u I s rp eowdar juepooo ai pepue Xy UOT epuautulo291 S 191n 9ejnueur 99g ur8u s rp 1opuejxe ppe jue ooo oj pepuejx urgu osarp u38ueJjs AOJGIUL uorsoJ102 oAngppe pue uorj ejo1d ezeaJj x2eu juepooo au LE do E E dE oe pur sors uoo suu sugjuour XIS 10 uni 000Z1 Serur 0097 Aan euu oumose8 aBueYp 1e3pg pue ro ou UOT epuautuo291 S 191n 9ejnueur 99g euu oserp asueyp Jo pue ro oun ag Foe zc ye ve e o e c 9 ore ore zer ser rr vcr o6 zz sr zz EE Fost ser oer sor o sz os er oe s 0r sem ISI s1n520 19A9W2IUA SYJUOW 10 S193ouro p eat XTIVONNV TAON 310 WA 00096 SATIN 00009 AVMHDIH NO STVAYALNI 3ONVN3 LNIVIN Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 2015 F 650 750 f67 Canadian French fr can 351
27. sepur 0000Z1 pue WY 000091 Ser 000001 1 Joodsuy s afeq eAup amp 10ssooot 12odsuT pope ru ege sud reds doe doy Let Kelt el EIERE Fe fe fe fe fe fe foe fo eo o euu outpose8 JoodsuT Jo Jre oun ubt 00008 Sou 00009 10 Sreo vary AToAS au Cam S UI02 I9A9qonjw WY 000091 SOLU 000001 IO SIL XIS Jy urgu ut ose8 ooedo1 JURTOOD oun UOT epuautul0291 s 9Jn9ejnueur 99g ur8u I s rp dov dar juepooo a popuo x q UOT epuautul0291 SJamMyoVNUeUI 99g ur8u got 4 9pu 1x ppe jue ooo af p pu 1Xri eurguo osarp uj8uoaJjs AOJIUL uorso 102 oADrmpe pue uoro9jo1d ezeeJ YY jue ooo ur8ur s e e smemeons pus poor ono Tto ous SYJUOW xis Jo Du 0008 Sew 000S Hau eutguo ougoses asueyp Jo pue rto ur8uT UOT epuautuo291 S 194n 96jnueur 99g our8uo esarp o8ueuo Joy pue ro oursuq BEES E 09 uc ve re sp ev cr oe oe ee mme ozs vos s82 cic oec ove vez soz zer 921 0001 x szeyouropy D U U EE c s n Y SA 1990 AdAVYITYM su uour 10 S193ouro p eat XITVONNV 33A 4 AO WA 00096 eu 00009 ALIO Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 2015 F 650 750 f67 Canadian French fr can 363 Scheduled Maintenance ayeoliqny pees yndyno Sv ssoy eas JUMIS ayeouqny yutol dis sjuro uumpoo Surtr 1 949 J ping Suri99 s J940qd ogueuo pm SUS I MOJ jueurooe do1 Jo Suri99 s TIMOJ I
28. sound stops Otherwise fuel may spray out which could cause serious personal injury WARNING Automotive fuels can cause serious injury or death if misused or mishandled WARNING The flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity which can cause a fire if fuel is pumped into an ungrounded fuel container WARNING Fuel ethanol and gasoline may contain benzene which is a cancer causing agent WARNING When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the filler neck Never smoke while refueling Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions Care should be taken to avoid inhaling excess fumes Observe the following guidelines when handling automotive fuel e Extinguish all smoking materials and any open flames before refueling your vehicle e Always turn off the vehicle before refueling e Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal if swallowed Fuel such as gasoline is highly toxic and if swallowed can cause death or permanent injury If fuel is swallowed call a physician immediately even if no symptoms are immediately apparent The toxic effects of fuel may not be visible for hours Avoid inhaling fuel vapors Inhaling too much fuel vapor of any kind can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation In severe cases excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious illness and permanent injury 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ow
29. switch fills the air springs so your vehicle remains at normal ride height System Indicator Light hU The air suspension indicator light illuminates when using the Sejm switch to release air pressure in the rear air shocks Never drive your vehicle when the warning lamp is illuminated and there is low or no air pressure in the shocks 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Driving Aids 163 Connecting and Disconnecting a Trailer with Air Suspension and Air Suspension Dump Switch When connecting to a trailer e Press the lower portion of the switch to exhaust air from the air suspension system e Press the upper portion of the switch and then raise the landing gear after making the connection to the trailer When disconnecting the trailer e Lower the landing gear and then press the lower portion of the switch e Disconnect the brake hoses trailer side and rear light connectors then pull the release lever on the fifth wheel You must press the upper portion of the switch before operating with a trailer or operating in the bobtail mode Suspension Conversions WARNING When operating a loaded vehicle the driver must keep all adjustable axles on the ground at all times supporting their share of the vehicle s load Failure to do so can overload other axles tires wheels springs steering components brakes and frames resulting in early component failu
30. the device s battery then trying again USB and media issues cause s I am having Possible device e Try turning off the device trouble malfunction resetting the device or removing connecting my the device s battery then trying device again e Make sure you are using the manufacturer s cable e Make sure the USB cable is properly inserted into the device and the vehicle s USB port e Make sure that the device does not have an auto install program or active security settings SYNC does not This is a device Make sure you are not leaving recognize my limitation the device in your vehicle device when I during very hot or cold turn on the car temperatures Bluetooth audio e This is a Make sure the device is does not stream phone dependent connected to SYNC and that you feature OR have pressed play on your e The device is device not connected 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 328 SYNC Possible solution s cause s SYNC does not e Your music files e Make sure that all song details recognize music may not contain are populated that is on my the proper artist e Some devices require you to device song title album change the USB settings from or genre mass storage to MTP class information OR e The file may be corrupted OR e The song may have copyright protection which does not allow it to play Vehicle Heal
31. uorn vorrodg To Surreoq oouA 9 xe IO op Joe 2015 F 650 750 167 r can f Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French 257 Capacities and Specifications aseols xo duroo umngr esodand nmur jurof O I DX Jo eseoJ8 dys squtof q uumqoo weal afl Suo K our peseq xo duroo Sur1o93s Teog Jndino UmmuoJq 3J 151030 X umu o4 ID IN g 1 29 SVL Ssoy Tees SUMS VI7IX TNO SLX OINO 9 LX A NOOAAN ALV A NOOSMIN pm sur 1ls 1aMog SULIS sooejins Sun snq pue id uo9A4 9q OO 9210 TOOP oY Jo 1e9 o pol opxe LA ua sBurTeoq aseols xo duroo surysnq jsuiqj Yysnoiyy eseo18 umn esodand n nur pue uldsury au Serp 9210 9 xe uo peo ei ID IN In spud poi 9r oseoJ8 O I 5X stsseu WA so xe 3uopeAmbo 10 osea18 Surreoq PPIM 9 Xe 9Seodr aj SUOT 12019 Asey IOjIIo N pue Ajour poseq xo duroo quOoLy o xe doordg Umud 1J649401o N ITaotdg uoyey 930N unuy Sdt o x 1991dS uoleri Qoqumy IMEN Hed S93oN MJIS AMJ prog uaqeambg quarqury kysoosy 9P UPeds w 2015 F 650 750 f67 r_can f Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French Capacities and Specifications 258 epeuen q TIdg OAO CSM q TIg OA peanqrpoaq juelOOD ezee Uy FULIQ WeIDIOJO 6C PPALEW SSM Wo sh Sur 00 Cepeue D T NdO 10 CS O T Wd PMA ONLI SIU A TOJON E LOG 9o ueunojrq US TV G9D9IN SSM E LOG umtrur 4d 3784294030
32. which would activate 911 Assist however if 911 Assist is triggered SYNC tries to contact emergency services If a connected phone is damaged or loses connection to SYNC SYNC searches for and tries to connect to any available previously paired phone and tries to make the call to 911 De making the call SYNC provides a short window of time about 10 seconds to cancel the call Failure to cancel the call results in SYNC attempting to dial 911 e SYNC says the following or a similar message SYNC will attempt to call 911 to cancel the call press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel If the call is not cancelled and a successful call is made a pre recorded message is played for the 911 operator then the occupant s in the vehicle is able to talk with the operator Be prepared to provide your name phone number and location immediately because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically 911 Assist May Not Work If e Your cellular phone or 911 Assist hardware was damaged in a crash e The vehicle s battery or SYNC system has no power 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can SYNC 311 e The phone s paired and connected to the system was thrown from the vehicle 911 Assist Privacy Notice Once 911 Assist is set on it may disclose to emergency services that the vehicle has been in a
33. 09 JST eaoqy 06 A09 AVS OoZI 0T 940qv OPT MS8 AVS 90967 dt A0qV OVT M08 AVS Os07 Aaf 9 0qV OPT MS2 AVS Os07 Aaf 9 0qV 06 MS2Z AVS O08 A9 0 dQ TO OVIMEL AX yueogn y oxy Ja Oo OFT MGL O907 J 0p 9 0qV AVS 3J 4294010 A AS AVS JoqumNw 9urew Hed S930N MII dM paod juopeAmbq ju rqurv A3IS09SIA squeonqni oneuqu s Surpn ourt suorjeogtoods edS0T6 JHd UN Surjoour AT D IdV JO Soatyppe urejp popuo1xo WA urmnooJjoq suoneogroods ve G0 G7 TH d ITIN Surjoour AT GD IdV JO Soatyippe dd WA umne orioq uonvogr odg squeoriqng ureqp popuojxo IO Wo squeoriqng uterp pepuojxe uou IOI 2015 F 650 750 167 r can f Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French Capacities and Specifications 266 Tenueul saiojei do ursu 90g ursu osorq DO eursug 97IX amp e1dg IUOS 3J 12 030 A Gu reamb 10 TGTE IS OUD 10 GTX Ae1dg aseoly osodanq npn y aseols xo duroo umm s1oje 8oJ 3J 194030 A sodmdymu gi TON MOPUIM Joo I TX queoriqnT Yoo pue SUNCIJOUI 3J 494030 A To X20 T SIDEC yoo 100q JUBITIQNT 9uootIs Surddinsgoujeow oseoIS xo duroo mmm osodund nur 10 qQueTeamnba 10 oseo18 sopi s Jo3snfpe yeas K our poseq xo duroo SJoxLrs pue souoj1e Vum C IDIN d un sosu ouo 100q sjyu uoduro9 Op QJoqumw IMEN Ld S JON 23n3e4eduro O T DX Se 319 SUOT WO URIOOIOIN
34. 106 Joining two calls filling your vehicle with fuel 108 multiparty conference call 294 octane FANE roii 106 254 Jump starting your vehicle 178 quality lt ibsss2ccsbiaccusdeadessesesisaseiace 104 running out of fuel 106 K safety information relating to automotive fuels 103 Keys FUSES cce ieth 187 188 196 positions of the ignition 93 G L Gas cap see Fuel cap 108 DAMPI a onem ere 55 bulb replacement GAUGES erte det urs 63 65 SES tege 233 H daytime running light 56 headlamps rts 55 Hazard flashers 178 headlamps flash to nicks 55 instrument panel dimming 56 Headlamps AA EE E 55 interior lamps 57 58 UNG NEP RE 231 replacing bulbs 231 bulb specifications 233 L h indicat daytime running lights 56 VN e ay indicator see 57 flash to pass aces 55 rn signal asss replacing bulbs 231 LATCH anchors 36 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Index 381 Lights warning and indicator 67 Playing music by artist Load limits 166 album genre playlist tracks SImllar EE EE Feet 40 Ee distribution box see 188 aota e e A E ate Sg 52 USES isses Lubricant specifications 255 Power doar elei CM 52 L
35. 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Maintenance 209 2 Pull the bottom of each latch away from the fender To lower the hood 1 Push the hood rearward at the top center of the hood above the grille until closed 2 Engage the latch on each fender 3 Push down on the bottom of each latch until locked 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 210 Maintenance ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK Diesel Engine See your engine operator s manual for information on the engine oil dipstick Gasoline Engine A MIN B MAX ENGINE OIL CHECK Diesel Engine See your engine operator s manual for information on checking and adding engine oil as well as engine oil specifications capacities and required maintenance Gasoline Engine Checking the Engine Oil Make sure your vehicle is on level ground m the engine off and wait 15 minutes for the oil to drain into the oil pan Set the parking brake and latch the gearshift in position P Open the hood Protect yourself from engine heat Locate and carefully remove the engine oil dipstick Wipe the dipstick clean Insert the dipstick fully and then remove it again e If the oil level is between the lower and upper holes the oil level is acceptable DO NOT ADD OIL e Ifthe oil level is below the lower hole add enough oil to raise the level within the lower and upper holes Oil levels above the
36. 2013 Canadian French fr can Transmission 131 Allison 2500 WARNING To avoid sudden unexpected vehicle movement and possible personal injury or death 1 Bring the vehicle to a complete stop 2 Shift the transmission into position N 3 Apply the parking brake and make sure it is holding properly 4 Turn the engine off when you leave the vehicle Never leave the vehicle unattended when the engine is running This transmission is available with a column mounted gearshift lever The instrument cluster displays the gear positions Allison 3000 Note For more information about this transmission see the separate Allison 3000 Series Operator s Manual The Allison 3000 series offers two shift modes Performance and Economy Performance mode gives the best all around transmission operation The transmission defaults to this mode when you start the engine Pressing MODE on the shifter switches to Economy mode and illuminates the Mode ON lamp Economy mode provides operation at lower engine RPM while maintaining adequate performance If the engine speed is above idle when a gear is selected using the shifter the vehicle does not move the shifter must be moved to re select a gear after the engine speed returns to idle Torque Lock If you park your vehicle on an incline without properly engaging position P by shifting into position P before applying the parking brake the weight of the vehicle may generate an excessiv
37. 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 284 Audio System Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number ESN You need your ESN to activate modify or track your satellite radio account When in satellite radio mode you can view this number by pressing SIRIUS and memory preset 1 at the same time To access your ESN press the bottom left corner of the touchscreen then SIRIUS gt Options Troubleshooting Radio display Possible action Acquiring Sat Fault SIRIUS system failure Invalid Channel Unsubscribed Channel No Signal Radio requires more than two seconds to produce audio for the selected channel There is an internal module or system failure present The channel is no longer available Your subscription does not include this channel The signal is lost from the Sirius satellite or Sirius tower to your vehicle antenna Update of channel programming in progress No action required This message should disappear shortly If this message does not clear shortly or with an ignition key cycle your receiver may have a fault See an authorized dealer for service Tune to another channel or choose another preset Contact Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 to subscribe to the channel or tune to another channel The signal is blocked When you move into an open area the ignal should return No action required The process may take up to three m
38. MP3 files e n CD and MP3 modes press and release to display track title artist name and disc title Note In text mode sometimes the display requires additional text to show When the indicator is on press TEXT and then use the SEEK buttons to view the additional display text P AM FM Press this button to select a frequency band Q VOL PUSH e Press this button to switch the system off and on e Turn it to adjust the volume R CD Press this button to enter CD or MP3 mode AUXILIARY INPUT JACK WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving WARNING For safety reasons do not connect or adjust the settings on your portable music player while your vehicle is moving 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Audio System 281 WARNING Store the portable music player in a secure location such as the center console or the glove box when your vehicle is moving Hard objects may become project
39. Messages Text messaging is a phone dependent feature If your phone is compatible SYNC allows you to receive send download and delete text messages 1 Press the phone button 2 Scroll until Text Message appears and press OK 3 Scroll to select from the following options Send Text Message enables you to send a new text message based on a pre defined set of 15 messages Download Unread Msgs allows you to download your unread messages only to SYNC To download the messages press OK to select The 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can SYNCG 299 display indicates your messages are being downloaded When complete SYNC takes you to your inbox Delete All Messages allows you to delete current text messages from SYNC not your phone To delete the messages press OK to select The display indicates when all your text messages have been deleted and SYNC returns you to the text message menu Note SYNC does not automatically download all of your unread text messages at every ignition cycle as it does with call history and phonebook if automatic download is set to on Return exits the current menu when you press OK If you select Send Text Message 1 Press OK to select If the system detects your phone does not support this feature Unsupported appears in the display and SYNC returns to the main menu Scroll to cycle through the message options in the follo
40. PTO during this period of operation always maintains direct relation to vehicle speed PTO speed decreases in relation to vehicle transmission output speed as shifts to a higher gear occur When operating the PTO while your vehicle is moving the PTO may be disengaged whenever it is no longer required When there is no load on the PTO gear you can pull it out of engagement Vehicles Equipped with an Allison 3000 Series Automatic Transmission The PTO drive gear is engine driven and provides direct engine power You can operate the PTO when your vehicle is either stationary or moving The PTO gear is in constant mesh with the drive gear in the torque converter housing A friction clutch or constant drive transmits power to the PTO Vehicles Equipped with a Manual Transmission Transmission mounted PTO units are available for local installation on your vehicle See your Body Builder s Layout Book for restrictions on use and installation of PTO units 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 134 Transmission To engage the PTO unit stop your vehicle place the transmission in position N Press the clutch and allow the gears to stop rotating and then engage the PTO unit You can also select the PTO with the transmission in gear as long as the clutch is pressed When operating the PTO with your vehicle stationary first set the parking brake chock the wheels if your ve
41. Pee Auxiliary stop lamp relay 301 ESE Fuel heater Fuel transfer pump relay diesel engine only a Fuel pump module gasoline engine only 302 c3 Body builder relay parking lamps relay 33 Blower motor relay 304 NAE DEF Urea line heaters relay diesel engine only Powertrain control module power VPWR1 gasoline engine only Individual Maxi Fuse Holder in Engine Compartment Fuse Relay Fuse Am p Protected Circuits Location Rating 9925 30A Hydraulic brakes pump motor 1 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can 192 Fuses Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel 8 8 8 838 8 S 8 8 5 E Pl a Eng P P go m N e st wo o M o e Leg N N x x x d be bend L J L J dem iem d p r rt p py p Tor e EI 10 2 N e e z bend kend L J L J K i L r r eo wo oi EA z x RE d gt gt gt gt ae gt s c c r3 E _ 2 2 ZS amp D a E B The fuse box is located behind the passenger airbag cover You can access it through the glove box Dues Protected Circuits Location Rating Horn 0 Flasher relay Power point 10A Data Link Connector DLC Engine diagnostic connector Parking brake warning Run relay Not used Not used Radio GEM Power window relay Heated mirrors Wiper and washer systems Transmission shift selector Radio SYNC P
42. To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained When installing a child safety seat with combination lap shoulder belts e Use the correct safety belt buckle for that seating position e Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle e Keep the buckle release button pointing up and away from the safety seat with the tongue between the child seat and the release button to prevent accidental unbuckling e Place the vehicle seat back in the upright position e This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip Perform the following steps when installing the child seat with combination lap shoulder belts Note Although the child seat illustrated is a forward facing child seat the steps are the same for installing a rear facing child seat 1 Position the child safety seat in a seat with a combination lap and shoulder belt 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Child Safety 31 2015 F 650 750 f67 2 Pull down on the shoulder belt and then grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt together 3 While holding the shoulder and lap belt portions together route the tongue through the child seat according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted
43. a m 6 00 p m EST Helm Incorporated can also be reached by their website www helminc com Items in this catalog may be purchased by credit card check or money order 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 186 Customer Assistance Obtaining a French Owner s Manual A French owner s manual can be obtained from your authorized dealer or by contacting Helm Incorporated using the contact information listed previously in this section REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS U S ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has 77 a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Ford Motor Company To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to Attp www safercar gov or write to Administrator 1200 New Jersey Avenue Southeast Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS CANADA ONLY
44. alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more they are organized into alphabetical categories 2 Scroll until the desired contact appears then press OK 3 Press OK or the phone button Text Message Enables you to send download and delete text messages Phone Settings Allows you to view your phone s status set ring tones select your message notification change phone book entries and automatically download your cellular phone among other features SYNC Services Access the SYNC services portal where you can request various types of information traffic reports and directions 911 Assistt Place an emergency call to a 911 operator for you after an accident if the feature is used properly Vehicle Health Create and receive a diagnostic report card on Report your vehicle Mobile Apps Interact with SYNC capable mobile applications on your smartphone System Settings Access Bluetooth Devices menu listings add connect set as primary on off delete as well as Advanced menu listings prompts languages defaults master reset install application and system information Exit Phone Menu Exit the phone menu by pressing OK l This is a phone dependent feature 2This is a phone dependent and speed dependent feature If equipped United States only If equipped United States and Canada only 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 298 S
45. and Listening appears before saying a command Any command spoken prior to this does not register with the system 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can SYNCG 291 e Speak naturally without long pauses between words e At any time you can interrupt the system while it is speaking by pressing the voice icon USING SYNC WITH YOUR PHONE Hands free calling is one of the main features of SYNC While the system supports a variety of features many are dependent on your cellular phone s functionality At a minimum most cellular phones with Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions e Answering an incoming call e Ending a call e Using privacy mode e Dialing a number e Redialing e Call waiting notification e Caller ID Other features such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download are phone dependent features To check your phone s compatibility see your phone s user manual and visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca Pairing a Phone for the First Time Note SYNC can support downloading up to approximately 1000 entries per Bluetooth enabled cellular phone Note Make sure the vehicle ignition and radio are turned on and the transmission is in position P Note To scroll through the menus press the up and down arrows on your audio system Wirelessly pairing your phone with SYNC allows
46. be void for any damage to the engine if such spark plugs are not used VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER The VIN is on the Vehicle Rating Decal attached to the vehicle on the edge of the driver s door or B Pillar The VIN also serves as the warranty number If you ever find it necessary to communicate with Ford Motor Company about your vehicle always include the VIN in your communication 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Capacities and Specifications 273 VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL A product of FORD MOTOR COMPANY Incomplete Vehicle Manufactured By Vehicle incomplet fabrique par BLUE DIAMOND TRUCK S de R L de C V GIP FRONT GIP REAR GJP ee W N 33000 LB A N 1200 LB N 21000 LB Rly 14969 KG ole 543 KG ale 9525 KG A SUITABLE TIRE 11RX22 5 14 TIRES 11RX22 5 14 TIRES AND RIM CHOICE 22 5X8 25 RIMS 22 5X8 25 RIMS AT 724 KPA 105 PSICOLD AT 724 KPA 105 PSI COLD DUAL WB 194 0 IN 493 0 CM Model F750 4X2 ASSEMBLED IN MEXICO VIN 3FRXF75L0V285893 MFD ON AUG 24 2006 III MI Il vm BARCODE HERE Jill till I Ext Pnt XX Int Trim XX Axle XX Tran X The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Regulations require that a Safety Compliance Certification Label be affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where the Safety Compliance Certification Label may be located The Safety Compliance Certification Label is on either the door hinge pillar
47. button to access the phone features of the SYNC system See the SYNC chapter for more information E MENU Press this button to access different audio system features If your vehicle is equipped with satellite radio you can access different menus by pressing OK Set the time by pressing MENU until SET HOURS or SET MINUTES appears and using the arrow buttons to adjust the time Set the strongest stations on the radio frequency by pressing MENU until AUTOSET appears AUTOSET does not override your original presets RBDS displays text transmitted by certain radio stations and searches for music categories To search for music categories turn on RBDS by using the SEEK buttons when RBDS ON OFF appears Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through categories then use the SEEK buttons to begin the search SPEEDVOL speed compensated volume allows you to adjust radio volume to compensate for noise levels when vehicle speed increases Track Folder is only available on MP3 files when in CD mode In track mode pressing the SEEK arrows allows you to scroll through all the tracks on the disc In folder mode pressing the SEEK arrows allows you to scroll through all the tracks within the selected folder Press the FOLDER buttons to access other folders COMPRESS Compression is only available in CD and MP3 modes Switching compression on brings the soft and loud passages together for a more consistent listening level Use the SEEK b
48. due to uncontrollable fueling of the engine through flammable vapors being drawn into the engine air inlet Operation of components such as starter alternator electric motors etc and static electricity could also ignite flammable vapors Do not operate the truck in the possible presence of flammable vapors unless both a complete hazard analysis is performed and necessary additional safety processes and or equipment such as vapor testing air intake shutoff devices ventilation etc are utilized The operator is responsible for using those processes and or equipment to ensure that the diesel engine and all other components on the truck can be operated safely under the specific conditions and hazards that may be encountered WARNING If equipped with an air intake heater DO NOT use ether or any other starting fluids The use of starting fluids ether in an engine equipped with an air intake heater could cause an explosion and result in property damage and or personal injury Switch the ignition on and wait until the glow plug indicator CO goes off Note You can only operate the starter for a maximum of 30 seconds at a time Allow two minutes before cranking the starter again Note On some engines the glow plug indicator illuminates after the engine starts Allow the engine to idle about three minutes or until the engine coolant temperature gauge begins to rise Maintain idle speed until the glow plug indicator goes off Operating the
49. engine at higher speeds reduces the effectiveness of the air inlet heater Note When starting a cold engine increase the engine RPM slowly to make sure adequate lubrication is available to the bearings 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 96 Starting and Stopping the Engine Note Do not increase engine speed until the oil pressure gauge indicates normal pressure The oil pressure gauge should indicate this within 15 seconds after starting Note Idle the engine for three to five minutes before operating with a full load Note Try to limit engine idle to 10 minutes Excessive idling reduces fuel economy Vehicles with a Manual Transmission Note Do not touch the accelerator pedal 1 Fully press the clutch pedal 2 Start the engine Vehicles with an Automatic Transmission Note Do not touch the accelerator pedal 1 Select position N or P if equipped with a Park position 2 Fully press the brake pedal 3 Start the engine Starting the Engine with the Vehicle on a Steep Grade When starting a diesel engine when the loaded vehicle is on a grade the engine RPM starts to fall slightly when you engage the clutch Do not disengage the clutch and try to increase engine RPM as this may damage driveline components The engine recovers as the vehicle begins moving DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER DPF WARNING The normal operating temperature of the exha
50. engine oil pressure The needle should stay in the normal operating range If the needle falls below the normal range stop the vehicle turn off the engine and check the engine oil level Add oil if needed If the oil level is correct have your vehicle checked at an authorized dealer 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 64 Instrument Cluster Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Indicates engine coolant temperature At normal operating temperature the level indicator is in the normal range If the engine coolant temperature exceeds the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible switch off the engine and let the engine cool WARNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot Diesel Exhaust Fluid DEF Gauge Indicates fluid level in DEF tank Fuel Gauge Indicates approximately how much fuel is in the fuel tank when the ignition is on The fuel gauge may vary slightly when your vehicle is moving or on a grade The fuel icon and arrow indicates which side of the vehicle the fuel filler door is located Information Display Odometer Located in the bottom of the information display Registers the accumulated distance your vehicle has travelled Trip Computer See General information in the Information Displays chapter Vehicle Settings and Personalization See General information in the Information Displays chapte
51. failure An overfill condition of transmission E fluid may cause shift or engagement OEE concerns and possible damage Overheating conditions can cause high fluid levels Adjusting Automatic Transmission Fluid Levels Note Use of a non approved automatic transmission fluid may cause internal transmission component damage Before adding any fluid make sure the correct type is used The dipstick handle normally indicates which type of fluid to use You can also find the fluid specification in the Capacities and Specifications chapter If necessary add fluid in 0 5 pint 250 milliliters increments through the filler tube until the level is correct 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 218 Maintenance If an overfill occurs excess fluid should be removed by a qualified technician Note An overfill condition of transmission fluid may cause shift or engagement concerns or possible damage Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives treatments or cleaning agents The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components Manual Transmissions Note Use of a non approved transmission fluid may cause internal transmission component damage See the Scheduled Maintenance chapter for scheduled intervals for fluid checks and changes Your manual transmission may have an optional synthe
52. fuel or refueling your vehicle Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Stay outside your vehicle and do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle this is against the law in some places e Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel e Do not use personal electronic devices while refueling Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build up when filling an ungrounded fuel container e Place approved fuel container on the ground e DO NOT fill a fuel container while it is in the vehicle including the cargo area 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 108 Fuel and Refueling e Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container while filling e DO NOT use a device that would hold the fuel pump handle in the fill position Fuel Filler Cap WARNING The fuel system may be under pressure If the fuel filler cap is venting vapor or if you hear a hissing sound wait until it stops before completely removing the fuel filler cap Otherwise fuel may spray out and injure you or others WARNING If you do not use the proper fuel filler cap excessive pressure or vacuum in the fuel tank may damage the fuel system or cause the fuel cap to disengage in a crash which may result in possible personal injury Note If you must replace the fuel filler cap replace it with a fuel filler
53. in pressure Condensation can be a natural by product of this design When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents there is a possibility that condensation can occur when the temperature is cold When normal condensation occurs a thin film of mist can form on the interior of the lens The thin mist eventually clears and exits through the vents during normal operation Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours under dry weather conditions Examples of acceptable condensation are e Presence of thin mist no streaks drip marks or droplets e Fine mist covers less than 5096 of the lens Examples of unacceptable moisture usually caused by a lamp water leak are e Water puddle inside the lamp e Large water droplets drip marks or streaks present on the interior of the lens Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer for service if any of the above conditions of unacceptable moisture are present Replacing Headlamp Bulbs 1 Make sure the headlamp control is in the off position 2 Remove the four screws and then move the parking lamp assembly away from the headlamp bulb 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 232 Maintenance 3 Remove the four screws and the retaining bracket from the headlamp bulb 4 Pull the headlamp bulb out of the housing Disconnect the electrical connector and then remove the headlamp bulb 5 Reverse the proce
54. intervals or in conjunction with a repair Flushing is a viable way to change fluid for many vehicle sub systems during scheduled maintenance It is critical that systems are flushed only with new fluid that is the same as that required to fill and operate the system or using a Ford approved flushing chemical Owner Checks and Services You should perform certain basic maintenance checks and inspections monthly or at six month intervals Brake System Air brake reservoir automatic drain valve operation Transmission Steering System 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 342 Scheduled Maintenance Daily Owner Checks U S Department Service brakes and parking brake of Transportation Federal Highway Lighting devices and reflectors Administration res sanan gor the Windshield wipers Fee dic au functioning Wheel ds properly eels an rims Emergency equipment Every Oil Change Inspect engine cooling system hoses clamps and protection Inspect drive belt s Exhaust System Inspect entire exhaust system including the inlet pipe s muffler s outlet pipe s clamps and fasteners for holes leakage breakage corrosive damage and separation from other components Adjust service or replace with the same or the equivalent part Also a noise emission control service o specified torque Rear Axle and roller inspection holes Lubric
55. is the difference in the amount of fuel in a full tank and a tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty Empty reserve is the amount of fuel in the tank after the fuel gauge indicates empty Note The amount of usable fuel in the empty reserve varies Do not rely on it to increase your driving range When refueling your vehicle after the fuel gauge indicates empty you might not be able to refuel the full amount of the advertised capacity of the fuel tank due to the empty reserve still present in the tank For consistent results when filling the fuel tank e Turn the ignition off before fueling An inaccurate reading results if you leave the engine running Use the same fill rate low medium high each time you fill the tank Allow no more than two automatic click offs when filling Have the vehicle loading and distribution the same every time If your vehicle is equipped with dual fuel tanks fill the tanks evenly or the fuel gauge reading may fluctuate slightly until the fuel level between the two tanks balances out and becomes equal Note If your vehicle is equipped with dual fuel tanks add fuel to both fuel tanks when refueling or engine performance may degrade Results are most accurate when the filling method is consistent Calculating Fuel Economy Do not measure fuel economy during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers of driving this is your engine s break in period Start measuring after driving 2000 3000 miles 9200 4800 kilo
56. know for sure you are getting this level of protection is to use genuine Ford replacement collision parts Warranty on Replacement Parts Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement parts are the only replacement parts that benefit from a Ford Warranty Damage caused to your vehicle as a result of the failure of non Ford parts may not be covered by the Ford Warranty For additional information see the terms and conditions of the Ford Warranty SPECIAL NOTICES New Vehicle Limited Warranty For a detailed description of what is covered and what is not covered by your vehicle s New Vehicle Limited Warranty see the warranty information that is provided to you along with your owner s manual Special Instructions For your added safety your vehicle is fitted with sophisticated electronic controls MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT Using mobile communications equipment is becoming increasingly important in the conduct of business and personal affairs However you must not compromise your own or others safety when using such equipment Mobile communications can enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used particularly in emergency situations Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits Mobile communication equipment includes but is not limited to cellular phones pagers portable email devices text messaging devices and portable two way radios 2015 F 650 750 1
57. lamp assembly or void the lamp assembly warranty and provide quality bulb illumination time Bulbs H6054 Front turn signal lamps 1157 Front sidemarker lamps parking 2 amber 194 lamps Brake lamps tail lamps stop lamps 1 each side 1157 rear turn signals lamps license plate lamps 1156 Front clearance and identification 5 194 lamps Note To replace all instrument panel lights see an authorized dealer 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 234 Vehicle Care GENERAL INFORMATION Your Ford or Lincoln authorized dealer has many quality products available to clean your vehicle and protect its finishes CLEANING PRODUCTS For best results use the following products or products of equivalent quality Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC 15 Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A Motorcraft Dusting Cloth ZC 24 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser United States only ZC 20 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo Canada only CXC 66 A Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner Canada only CXC 101 Motorcraft Premium Glass Cleaner Canada only CXC 100 Motorcraft Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid Canada only CXC 37 A B D or F Motorcraft Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant United States only ZC 32 B1 Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner ZC 54 Motorcraft S
58. lug wheel 5 Continue tightening the nuts to the torque specifications in the torque chart using the same crisscross sequence shown 6 After operating the vehicle approximately 50 miles 80 kilometers check the nuts for tightness You may encounter some natural seating of parts and the torque on the nuts can drop Retighten all nuts to specifications Once a week inspect and retighten the wheel stud nuts 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Wheels and Tires 253 Note Make sure the tire valve stem clears the brake caliper when installing the tire and rim assembly on disc brake equipped axles The use of a tire manufacturer s stem forming tool is the only acceptable method of obtaining clearance when necessary Proper Torque It is important to tighten and maintain wheel and rim mounting nuts to the proper torque Loose nuts or over tightened nuts can lead to premature wear and possible failure of the wheel or mounting hardware Changing Wheel Types WARNING Use only the same type and style wheels and mounting hardware to replace original parts Failure to do so may result in an assembly that looks fine but does not fit together properly This could possibly cause wheel or fastener failures which could result in property damage personal injury or death Note Do not attempt to mix stud piloted wheels or fasteners with hub piloted wheels or fasteners
59. not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two pronged cheater adapters There is a risk of electrical shock 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Starting and Stopping the Engine 101 Note The heater is most effective when outdoor temperatures are below 0 F 18 C The heater acts as a starting aid by warming the engine coolant This allows the climate control system to respond quickly The equipment includes a heater element installed in the engine block and a wire harness You can connect the system to a grounded 120 volt A C electrical source We recommend that you do the following for safe and correct operation e Use a 16 gauge outdoor extension cord that is product certified by Underwriters Laboratory or Canadian Standards Association This extension cord must be suitable for use outdoors in cold temperatures and be clearly marked Suitable for Use with Outdoor Appliances Never use an indoor extension cord outdoors it could result in an electric shock or become a fire hazard e Use as short an extension cord as possible e Do not use multiple extension cords e Make sure that when in operation the extension cord plug and the heater cord plug connections are free and clear of water This could cause an electric shock or fire e Make sure your vehicle is parked in a clean area clear of combustibles e Make sure the heater heater cor
60. of the chest Safety Belt Locking Modes WARNING After any vehicle crash all safety belts should be checked for proper function All safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts The driver safety belt and the optional front and rear center seat safety belt have the first locking mode described below only All outboard passenger and outboard rear safety belts have both types of locking modes described as follows Vehicle Sensitive Mode This is the normal retractor mode which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement For example if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner sharply or the vehicle receives an impact of about 5 mph 8 km h or more the combination safety belts will lock to help reduce forward movement of the driver and passengers In addition the retractor is designed to lock if the webbing is pulled out too quickly If this occurs let the belt retract slightly and pull webbing out again in a slow and controlled manner 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Safety Belts 45 Automatic Locking Mode In this mode the shoulder belt is automatically pre locked The belt will still retract to remove any slack in the shoulder belt The automatic locking mode is not available on the driver safety belt or the optional front or rear center safety belt Wh
61. ply rating and axle loading typical for your operation Each steer axle tire load equals one half steer axle loading each drive tire load is one quarter the axle loading if fitted with four tires 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 246 Wheels and Tires Checking Tire Pressure Always check inflation pressure when tires are cold Never bleed air from hot tires to relieve normal pressure build up Normal increase in pressure due to service conditions is 10 15 psi 69 103 kPa which is allowable in truck tires Tires should be properly inflated to manufacturers recommended pressure for the size and service load in which the vehicle is being used See the specific tire manufacturer with which your vehicle is equipped with for the latest information concerning service load and inflation pressure It is particularly important to keep moisture from the inside of tires and proper selection of air compressor equipment proper air line routing and the use of shop air dryers is strongly recommended to avoid moisture in the high pressure air used for tire inflation Under inflation Do not allow tires to become under inflated increased flexing due to under inflation causes heat build up within the tire components This leads to reduced strength breakdown of the rubber compounds and possible separation of the tire components such as ply and tread separation and reduce
62. replacement After first 500 and 1000 miles 800 Tighten the wheel mounting nuts and 1600 km then every 500 and to the specified torque See 1000 mile 800 and 1600 km Technical specifications in the interval after tire removal or Wheels and Tires chapter replacement At least twice annually Clean body and door drain holes Clean windshield wiper blades 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 344 Scheduled Maintenance Observation Insufficient power shown in loaded practice stop adjuster function Subpar vehicle handling qualities Check the operation of the brakes clutch and steering Excessive noise from under the Inspect your vehicle for missing cab or engine compartment damaged or mislocated noise shields Excessive engine noise Check the engine performance and the engine governor Engine overheats excessive fan Inspect the fan fan shroud and fan noise fan constantly runs at high clutch speed or wobbles due to worn bearings Excessive exhaust noise you smell Inspect the entire exhaust system exhaust fumes for holes leaks breakage looseness and corrosive damage Excessive engine compartment Inspect the engine air induction noise system including air ducts and air filter for loose damaged or missing components Poor steering wandering Check front end alignment inspect excessive tire wear the tires and tire pressur
63. system to remain in this mode if it has switched The system reverts back to fresh air mode when conditions allow For maximum cooling performance turn the air distribution control to MAX A C To aid in side window defogging demisting in cold weather 1 Select Panel Floor Select A C Adjust the temperature control to maintain comfort Set the fan speed to the highest setting Direct the outer instrument panel vents toward the side windows To increase airflow to the outer instrument panel vents close the vents located in the middle of the instrument panel HEATED MIRRORS IF EQUIPPED Note Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or attempt to readjust the mirror glass if it is frozen in place These actions could cause damage to the glass and mirrors Sore co EO Note Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products Both mirrors are heated to remove ice mist and fog when the heated mirror button is pressed 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Seats 79 SITTING IN THE CORRECT POSITION WARNING Do not recline the seat back as this can cause the occupant to slide under the seat s safety belt resulting in severe personal injury in the event of a crash WARNING Do not place objects higher than the seat backs to reduce the risk of injury in a crash or during heavy bra
64. that the shoulder belt portion of the safety belt crosses your shoulder and chest 2 Be sure the belt is not twisted If the belt is twisted remove the twist 3 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle for your seating position until you hear a snap and feel it latch 4 Make sure the tongue is securely fastened to the buckle by pulling on the tongue While you are fastened in the safety belt the lap and shoulder belt with a cinch tongue adjusts to your movement However if you brake hard turn hard or if your vehicle receives an impact of 5 mph 8 km h or more the safety belt becomes locked and helps reduce your forward movement 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 44 Safety Belts Using Safety Belts During Pregnancy WARNING Always ride and drive with your seatback upright and the safety belt properly fastened The lap portion of the safety belt should fit snug and be positioned low across the hips The shoulder portion of the safety belt should be positioned across the chest Pregnant women should also follow this practice See the following figure Pregnant women should always wear their safety belts The lap belt portion of a combination lap and shoulder belt should be positioned low across the hips below the belly and worn as tight as comfort will allow The shoulder belt should be positioned to cross the middle of the shoulder and the center
65. the catalytic converter Also take precautions not to damage the catalytic converter when servicing your engine or storing your vehicle Diesel Exhaust Fluid DEF Diesel Particulate Filter DPF and Select Catalyst Reduction SCR System See your engine operator s manual for information about DEF DPF and SCR system service Air Induction System WARNING When performing maintenance to any turbocharged engine with engine air inlet piping disconnected keep loose clothing jewelry and long hair away from the engine air inlet piping A turbocharger compressor air inlet protective shield should be installed over the turbocharger air inlet to reduce the risk of personal injury or death 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 206 Maintenance Perform a complete inspection of the air induction system annually In areas where road salt is used disassemble the joints of each aluminum component and inspect for salt build up and presence of chlorine that can cause aluminum particles to flake off and enter the engine combustion chambers If evidence of corrosion is found usually at the pipe connections use a wire brush to clean the inside of the pipes and inside the rubber hoses If pitting is evident at the joint ends of the intake pipes use Motorcraft Silicone Gasket and Sealant TA 30 to seal the joints Make sure no excess material which can pull into the engine is
66. threshold 15 full blinking amp i DEF First vehicle consequence 12 5 full Second vehicle consequence Empty System cannot maintain DEF pressure Final vehicle consequence Empty and engine intentionally shut down key off in extended idle for one hour or fuel tank refilled Eug Eug DEF solid 5 blinking gt Amber engine solid DEF blinking gt Amber engine solid DEF blinking gt Amber engine solid Z and or MIL is solid Red engine solid CC 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Consequence Remedy Add 1 gallon 3 8L DEF to 5 gallon 19 0L tank or 2 gallons 7 6L DEF to 9 gallon 34 0L tank 2596 torque reduction Torque reduction increases from 2596 to 4096 at rate of 196 each minute e 4096 torque reduction e 5 mph 8 km h vehicle speed limit e 1000 RPM engine speed limit Add 1 gallon 3 8L DEF to 5 gallon 19 0L tank or 2 gallons 7 6L DEF to 9 gallon 34 0L tank Allow the system to prime 112 Fuel and Refueling Low DEF Level Warning Indications and Vehicle Consequences for Emergency Vehicles Above initial warning threshold None None None Over 2596 full Below initial warning WES threshold 25 full DEF solid None Add 1 gallon Critical warning DEF e 3 8L DEF to threshold 2096 full blinking gt 8
67. to drain air brake reservoirs can result in a reduction or loss of braking ability due to fluid accumulation in the reservoir and or possible freeze up during cold weather Hydraulic Brakes Establish a regular schedule for periodic cleaning lubrication and adjustment inspection based on vehicle use Exact maintenance intervals are difficult to predetermine due to vehicle applications and operating conditions If you are uncertain of the proper schedule for your vehicle contact an authorized dealer Regular inspections should include e Checking the brake lining every service interval Establish inspection intervals that provide for lining replacement before damage to the disc occurs Excessive lining wear may expose the backing plate to the disc causing scoring of the disc faces A qualified technician should perform this inspection and keep to instructions 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 204 Maintenance provided by the service manual Hydraulic brake systems are power assisted There is a great reduction in braking capabilities without engine assist e Proper fluid level The level should be at the bottom edge of the ring on each reservoir fill port Do not fill the master cylinder to the top of the reservoir If fluid level requires attention to maintain a proper master cylinder level this is an indication of either severe operation pad wear or fluid le
68. to factory defaults 1 Press AUX and then MENU to access the Media Menu 2 Scroll until System Settings appears and select OK 3 Scroll until Advanced appears 4 Press OK and then scroll to select from the following When you select Prompts Have SYNC guide you via questions helpful hints or ask you for a specific action 1 Press OK to select and scroll to select between on or off 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Languages Choose from English Francais and Espanol The displays and prompts are in the selected language 1 Press OK to select and then scroll through the languages 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display 3 If you change the language setting the display indicates that the system is updating When complete SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Factory Defaults Return to the factory default settings This selection does not erase your indexed information phonebook call history text messages and paired devices 1 Press OK to select and then press OK again when Restore Defaults appears in the display 2 Press OK to confirm 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can SYNCG 325 Master Reset Completely erase all information stored on SYNC all phonebook call history text messages and all paired devices and return to the factory defa
69. uour 10 sI9J uro DI s Tr N penuguo XTIVONNV JAMAA YO WA 00096 SATIN 00009 ALIO Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 2015 F 650 750 f67 Canadian_French fr_can 365 Scheduled Maintenance wraysks Ja yer pue OO uro3s4S AAA PMIA ISNLYXY oserq LL Sa a EE B j j Jee bel IPINI srepur amp o xoo s1exrns seuo1e segurg 1ooq sjyu uoduroo qe ISI SIWO ISA UOSIUA SIeo Alan 10 WA 00000F smu 900087 LAY asuUeY LO IY YJU S I0 LI9 AT sag sawod JoAouomuM jrenuue 10 Du 00009 Som 90008 AAH asueyp ro umo o r od ION 09 us ve te sr cv er 6e oe ee SOW ozs vos s82 cic oec ove vac soz zer 921 0001 x saoyouory ooz oer ost ozr ovr ost orr ost ozr orr mt 3 sown ISI SINIIO IJAMPTYM SYJUOW 10 S1939uro D SAN penunuo XTIVONNV YAMA AO WA 00096 SATIN 00009 ALIO 2015 F 650 750 f67 r_can f Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French Scheduled Maintenance 366 PEEP EEE EEE Pa pA E RESTER ee Tj EECHER L a PET T EEN CE bL s 9998 EECHER 9 Xy 3u0J g SUIALID UON bel b b bod ur8u ouiose8 ooe do1 Jam Ire oun OC RC CIR RR RR ERREECHEN EEN un 00008 s ltur 00009 10 sre oox amp roAo u u am S UI02 I9A9uonqA up 000091 Sot 000001 10 SIL XIS IV eurgue eut oses ooe da1 Ju
70. upper hole may cause engine damage Have an authorized dealer remove some of the oil 7 Put the dipstick back in completely SYN Oo it 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Maintenance 211 Adding Engine Oil Note Do not remove the engine oil dipstick or the filler cap when the engine is running Note Do not add engine oil further than the MAX mark Oil levels above the MAX mark may cause engine damage Only use oils certified for gasoline engines by the American Petroleum Institute API Oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricants Specification Advisory Council ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile manufacturers 1 Check the engine oil level 2 Ifthe engine oil level is not within the normal range add engine oil that meets Ford specifications See Capacities and Specifications for more information Remove the engine oil filler cap and use funnel to pour the engine oil into the opening 3 Recheck the engine oil level Make sure the oil level is not above the normal operating range on the engine oil dipstick 4 Put the dipstick back in completely 5 Fully install the oil filler cap by turning it clockwise until it clicks or stops turning ENGINE COOLANT CHECK Diesel Engine See your engine operator s manual f
71. use of an air dryer on a vehicle does not eliminate the need to drain the air reservoirs periodically 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Maintenance 203 Desiccant air dryer Inspect for moisture in the air system by opening reservoirs draincocks or valves and checking for presence of water The presence of small amounts of water due to condensation is normal and is not an indication that the dryer is not functioning properly Replace or rebuild the desiccant cartridge when you determine that the desiccant is contaminated and does not have adequate water absorption capacity The desiccant change interval may vary A general recommendation is to replace the desiccant every 12 months yearly If experience has shown that extended or shortened life has resulted for a particular installation then the yearly interval can be increased or decreased accordingly Draining the air brake reservoir Completely drain all the air brake reservoirs daily by opening the draincock at the ends of the tanks Where accessible Pull chains are used when the drains are undercab or otherwise inaccessible Close the draincock after draining Manually drain any air tanks equipped with automatic moisture ejector valves as required to maintain a dry air system Contact an authorized dealer if you are unsure of the air reservoir locations or the draining procedure WARNING Failure
72. vehicle Ford Motor Company has recommended maintenance intervals for various parts and component systems based upon engineering testing Ford Motor Company relies upon this testing to determine the most appropriate mileage for replacement of oils and fluids to protect your vehicle at the lowest overall cost to you and recommends against maintenance schedules that deviate from the scheduled maintenance information We strongly recommend the use of only genuine Ford Motorcraft or Ford authorized re manufactured replacement parts engineered for your vehicle 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Scheduled Maintenance 341 Additives and Chemicals This owner s manual and the Ford Workshop Manual list the recommended additives and chemicals for your vehicle We do not recommend using chemicals or additives not approved by us as part of your vehicle s normal maintenance Please consult your warranty information Oils Fluids and Flushing In many cases fluid discoloration is a normal operating characteristic and by itself does not necessarily indicate a concern or that the fluid needs to be changed However a qualified expert such as the factory trained technicians at your dealership should inspect discolored fluids that also show signs of overheating or foreign material contamination immediately Make sure to change your vehicle s oils and fluids at the specified
73. vehicle the User s Guide will be a ready reference for you and other users unfamiliar with the Windows Automotive based system Please make certain that before using the system for the first time all persons have access to the User s Guide and read its instructions and safety information carefully WARNING Operating certain parts of this system while driving can distract your attention away from the road and possibly cause an accident or other serious consequences Do not change system settings or enter data non verbally using your hands while driving Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations This is important since while setting up or changing some functions you might be required to distract your attention away from the road and remove your hands from the wheel 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 338 Appendices General operation Voice Command Control Functions within the Windows Automotive based system may be accomplished using only voice commands Using voice commands while driving allows you to operate the system without removing your hands from the wheel Prolonged Views of Screen Do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the screen while you are driving Pull over in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention Even occasional short scans
74. vehicle may be equipped with an optional gauge package that has one of the following configurations 1 Transmission temperature gauge Displays the transmission temperature at the transmission sump 2 Hourmeter Displays the hours of engine run time 3 Voltmeter Displays electrical system voltage WARNING LAMPS AND INDICATORS The following warning lamps and indicators alert you to a vehicle condition that may become serious Some lamps illuminate when you start your vehicle to make sure they work If any lamps remain on after starting your vehicle see the respective system warning lamp for further information Note Some warning indicators appear in the information display These indicators function the same as a warning lamp but do not display when you start your vehicle Anti Lock Braking System If it illuminates when you are driving this indicates a ed malfunction You continue to have the normal braking system without ABS unless the brake warning lamp is also illuminated Have the system checked by an authorized dealer Brake System To confirm the brake system warning light is functional it DT momentarily illuminates when you turn the ignition to the on position when the engine is not running or in a position between on and start If the brake system warning light does not illuminate at this time seek service immediately from an authorized dealer 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st P
75. vehicle to a service facility with the drive axle wheels on the ground it is necessary to remove the axle shafts before towing your vehicle 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Towing 173 A Side gear B Differential plain case half C Shift collar in the locked position D Actuator assembly and shift fork E Axle shaft F Interference between the shift collar and housing G Shift collar in the unlocked position H Outer splines axle shaft to collar I Shift collar and differential case splines J Inner splines axle shaft to side gear Removing Axle Shafts before Towing 1 2 3 Shift the main differential to the unlocked disengaged position the differential lock light turns off Remove the cap screws and washers or stud nuts and washers from flanges of both axle shafts Loosen the tapered dowels in the flanges of both axle shafts by holding a 114 inch diameter brass drift or hammer against the axle shaft center and hitting it with a five or six pound hammer Note Do not use a chisel or wedge to loosen the axle shafts and dowels Use of a chisel or wedge can damage the hub axle shafts and oil seals Remove the tapered dowels and both axle shafts from the axle assembly Assemble a cover over openings of both wheel ends to prevent loss of lubricant and keep dirt away from the wheel bearing cavities Note One of the axle shafts has t
76. wheel bearing end play This condition not only shortens tire life but also adversely affects the handling of your vehicle which is dangerous Rotating tires from one wheel position to another is an often used way to even out many types of irregular wear or to avoid it altogether Some of the more effective tire rotation programs are e You can rotate steer tires that have developed some type of irregular wear pattern to drive axles if using rib tires on all wheel positions Applying steer tires to a drive position often cleans them You can move them back to the steer axles or run out to re tread stage on the rear axle e Another rotation possibility for fleets with rib tires in all wheel positions is to break in the new steer tires in the drive axle positions then move them to steer axles This wears away tread rubber relatively quickly in the early life of a tire when it is most likely to develop an unusual wear pattern e You can place drive axle tires on the other end of the same axle to reverse the direction of rotation This is often helpful if a heel and toe or alternate lug wear pattern has developed You can help minimize irregular wear by e Using the right inflation pressure for the load being carried e Maintaining proper front wheel alignment especially toe in to specifications Maintaining proper tire and wheel balance e Maintaining shock absorbers and suspension components Use of Tire Chains See the chain manuf
77. you to make and receive hands free calls 1 Press the phone button when the display indicates no phone is paired press OK 2 When Find SYNC appears in the display press OK 3 Put your phone into Bluetooth discovery mode See your phone s user guide if necessary 4 When prompted on your phone s display enter the six digit PIN provided by SYNC in the radio display 5 The display indicates when the pairing is successful 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 292 SYNC Depending on your phone s capability and your market the system may prompt you with questions such as setting the current phone as the primary phone the phone SYNC automatically tries to connect with first upon vehicle start up downloading your phone book etc Pairing Subsequent Phones Note To scroll through the menus press the up and down arrows on your audio system Note Make sure the vehicle ignition and radio are turned on and that the transmission is in position P Press the phone button and scroll until System Settings is selected Press OK and scroll until Bluetooth Devices is selected and press OK Scroll until Add Bluetooth Device is selected and press OK When Find SYNC appears in the display press OK Put your phone into Bluetooth discovery mode See your phone s user guide if necessary When prompted on your phone s display enter the six digit PIN provide
78. your vehicle Symbol EN alert CN Je Owner s Anti lock CN JEE m system EJ Battery EN acid EJ flames or sparks Brake fluid Brake system E Cabin air non filter petroleum base FW Check fuel QI Child Safety Child seat x cap Door Lock lower anchor and Unlock Child seat Cruise Do not open tether control when hot anchor Engine Engine coolant coolant temperature pel Engine oil Explosive gas Fan warning 5 Fasten safety Front airbag X O Front fog belt lamps Ha Fuel pump Fuse AN Hazard reset compartment warning flasher Introduction 9 Symbol Heated rear ER oe window ER WE compartment release ay tire be 7 UO WE Bs s fluid Em EA GE E33 5 lt E3 fluid EIER front and A Bm Windshield K r and washer and demist wiper DATA RECORDING Service Data Recording Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collecting and storing diagnostic information about your vehicle This potentially includes information about the performance or status of various systems and modules in the vehicle such as engine throttle steering or brake systems In order to properly diagnose and service your vehicle Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access or share among them vehicle diagnostic information received through a direct connection to your vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle Additionally when your vehicle is in for service or re
79. 0 167 Canadian French Capacities and Specifications 262 Tenueur s 103e1odo uolsstursued oSeurep 10 9Jn I9J UOTSSTUISUP 1 osnvo Amt ot s ro 1eo8 dA GIE pu 3y S19A rj nur osn you oq ASTI TIN se1nqe1eduro TV JO MOT MOG AVS To oneuqusg oSeurep 10 9Jn I9J uorsstursuve1 osnve ew o STO Jeo8 G pue 9 2 A0 9A0OqV u n D jou M06 AVS oq I T5 IdV Jo3qnqur ET 401 Mo og uoneprxo pue gsn M08 HVS UYA O 1ee8 exoury o qe1doooe e GL A0 940qV mE ee IdV MOG AVS JO MOP AVS snom aId 42 IdV 10 IS IdV 10 AvOTc TTIN DO 1030 X mq Jedng CET HoOT MOTO TO usuy Ang 0 AVS 3J 191010 N MOE AVS AA 9H TO um o1 d QJoqumw IMEN Ld S JON 91n e1 dur l AO1H9 X 2015 F 650 750 167 r can f Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French 263 Capacities and Specifications TO 06M08 AX que2UquT oy Teo OO 06 M08 AVS 3J 421030 A O OF LAGZ AX 3yueorniqnr o xy Iesy IY YJU S OFT MGL HYS 3Je121030 A 0 88 03 0 96 A000T 93 AoST 06 M08 HVS eaoqe pue Dogi aaoge pue Ant OVI MG8 AVS Gang pue 0 98 aaoge pue j GT OVT M08 AVS eaoqe put 0 0 xoqe pue OF OVI MGL AVS 0 47 91 0007 7 A008 01 Auf 08 M94 AVS ORN 03 9 077 AGT 0 do0T 9 Xe MSA AVS jueoriqn 9rrouar peeds o 8urs uoge CIPLETT Joquinu Med uojenp quepeambo o xe p ds om 10 29 AANTOUHY Tao1dg u07e y 9
80. 1 Type 2 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 84 Seats Tilting the Seat Back Forward Two Passenger Bench Seat Lift the handle to unlock and release the seatback forward The lumbar support control is located on the outboard side of the seat Turn the control to adjust your support 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Seats 85 POWER SEATS WARNING Never adjust the driver s seat when your vehicle is AA moving T WARNING To reduce the risk of excess slack in the belt system always adjust the seat height before fastening the seat belt Non Air Ride Seat The control is located on the outboard side of the seat cushion e Press A to raise or lower the front portion of the seat cushion e Press B to move the seat forward backward up or down e Press C to raise or lower the rear portion of the seat cushion 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 86 Seats Air Ride Seat Type 1 A Recline Lift the handle to adjust the angle of the seatback B Power lumbar e Press the top of the forward control to inflate the lower lumbar support e Press the bottom of the forward control to deflate the lower lumbar support Press the top of the rear control to inflate the upper lumbar supp
81. 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Brakes 141 A qualified service technician should perform air brake inspection and adjustment or repairs keeping to the instructions in the service manual Cam Brakes Automatic Slack Adjusters WARNING Do not manually adjust the automatic slack adjusters to correct excessive push rod stroke as it may result in reduced brake effectiveness and a vehicle crash Excessive push rod stroke indicates that a problem exists with the automatic adjuster with the installation of the adjuster or with foundation brake components that manual adjustment does not remedy Seek service from a qualified facility for excessive push rod stroke Standard air brakes cam are equipped with automatic brake adjusters Automatic adjustment occurs during brake applications Inspect brakes for proper adjustment at the intervals listed in the Scheduled Maintenance chapter Emergency Air Brake WARNING Do not continue to operate the vehicle with a failure of one of the brake systems Take the vehicle to your dealer for service immediately All vehicles are equipped with a dual brake system In the unlikely event of a failure of one system the second system functions for emergency stopping The brake pedal controls all these systems in the same manner as for normal stops 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 142 Brakes HINT
82. 2013 2015 F 650 750 167 Canadian French Scheduled Maintenance 358 ubt 000091 SETA 000001 Jet ou ur pooerdot jou jt Du 0000F2 sait 000081 16 eoerdog unt 000761 sepur 0000Z1 pue WY 000091 Ser 000001 1 Joodsuy s afeq eAup amp 10ssooot 12odsuT Ke sud reds doe doy e C Pe uer p utBu unose verdon oy 1e ougug Fe fe fe fe fe fe fo fo fo o euu outpose8 JoodsuT Jo Jre oun ubt 00008 Sou 00009 10 Sreo vay amp roAo au Cam S UI02 I9A9qonjw UN 000091 SOLU 000001 IO SIL XIS 1v urgu ut ose8 ooedo1 JURTOOD oun UOT epuautul0291 s 9Jn9ejnueur 99g ur8u I s rp dov dar juepooo a popuo x q UOT epuautul0291 SJamMyoVNUeUI 99g ur8u got 4 9pu 1x ppe jue ooo af p pu 1Xri eurguo osarp uj8uoaJjs AOJIUL uorso 102 oADrmpe pue uoroojo1d ezaeJj X9 uo jue ooo urgur s e e p ea pus poor ono oo ous SYJUOW xis Jo Du 0008 Sew 0008 Hau eutSuo uqoseg asueyp Jo pue Io susug UOT epuautul0291 S 194n 96jnueur 99g our8uo I s rp o8ueyp Joy pue ro urgur D EU DIDI LLL C foe zc ve e er er er 6 o eW oot rr szt ert 96 os v9 sv ze oF 0001 X sejour oS ee o ISI 1990 JdAVYITYM SYJUOU 10 S193ouro p s Tr N XITVONNV AJAMAA AO WA 00096 SATIN 00009 ALIO Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 2015 F 650 750 f67 Canadian_French fr_can 359 Scheduled Maintenance ojeouiqnr eas jn
83. 2013 Canadian French fr can 34 Child Safety 1 Position the child safety seat in the center front seat 2 Slide the tongue up the webbing 3 While holding both shoulder and lap portions next to the tongue route the tongue and webbing through the child seat according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions Be sure that the belt webbing is not twisted 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Child Safety 35 4 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from for that seating position until you hear a snap and feel the latch engage Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it 5 While pushing down with your knee on the child seat pull up on the shoulder belt portion to tighten the lap belt portion of the combination lap and shoulder belt 6 Allow the safety belt to retract and remove any slack in the belt to securely tighten the child safety seat in the vehicle 7 Attach the tether strap if the child seat is equipped See Using Tether Straps in this chapter 8 Before placing the child into the child seat forcibly pull the child seat forward and back to make sure that the seat is held securely in place To check this grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back There should be no more than 1 inch 2 5 cent
84. 2015 F 650 750 Owner s Manual December 2013 First Printing Owner s Manual F 650 F 750 Litho in U S A FSC MIX Paper FSC C102270 FC4J19A321 BA Table of Contents Introduction Vehicle Inspection Guide Child Safety Child seat positioning llle Booster Sat A EIS SE ex alaq pali sy Aa Installing child safety seats 2 0 0 0 0000002 ee eee Childvsatety loCKSz Ae app RR ee pew usa S E usa Safety Belts Fastening the safety belts Safety belt height adjustment Safety belt warning light and indicator chime Safety belt m nder 3 N uy 3 bash paw OR RR S RR ROREM Child restraint and safety belt maintenance Keys and Remote Conirol IOVS E Locks Locking and unlocking uv ss teri 000000 epee eee ee Steering Wheel Adjusting the steering wheel Steering wheel controls _ Wipers and Washers Windshield Wipers siera eic eee odes thee See Seb YES Windshield washers 0 0 000 00000 eee eee eee eee eee Lighting Lighting controls s3 224e c0ee03 9 suq u ve PIER ef Instrument lighting dimmer Daytime runninglamps lees Turn signal control l epeak as a sao E kisa ee Interior lamps ss sua su ekoes cene er Pa VERS Re 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013
85. 268 Child safety seats fluid specification 255 attaching with tether straps 36 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Index 379 IN ATONE SCAG a e rete dete as ER D e 33 LATCH S u etat emere te satis aed 36 Daytime running lamps see Child safety seats booster LAMPS E 56 EE 28 Denas ien tetedens 76 Cleaning your vehicle 234 Diesel exhaust fluid DEF 110 engine compartment 237 Diesel Particulate Filter exterior ss SOR DPF iicet is vas 96 instrument panel 238 Dipstick INUETION isse EU X NR RNC 238 ipstic M plastic WAITS iet ies 236 automatic transmission WASHING essetis 234 fluid ee il EE 2 x WAXING Less 336 OEE DS SOS SSS Wheels ua um sa sma 239 Doors _ wiper blades 237 lubricant specifications 255 Climate control see Air Drivebelt 52 2 inris 254 conditioning or Heating 76 pe under special conditions CIOGK descent eiue yaa 277 278 through Water esses 176 E E E 123 221 adjusting aaa 222 E re E 221 specifications e 255 Electronic message center 73 Coolant Sanna qe 212 Emergencies roadside checking and adding 211 212 Enc eR gcn e refill capacities 2 5 oh ee E LU specifications ses 955 Emergency Flashers
86. 50 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 276 Audio System MP3 Track and Folder Structure Audio systems capable of recognizing and playing MP3 individual tracks and folder structures work as follows e There are two different modes for MP3 disc playback MP3 track mode system default and MP3 folder mode e MP3 track mode ignores any folder structure on the MP3 disc The player numbers each MP3 track on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension from T001 to a maximum of T255 Note The maximum number of playable MP3 files may be less depending on the structure of the CD and exact model of radio present e MP3 folder mode represents a folder structure consisting of one level of folders The CD player numbers all MP3 tracks on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension and all folders containing MP3 files from F001 folder T001 track to F253 T255 e Creating discs with only one level of folders helps with navigation through the disc files If you are burning your own MP3 discs it is important to understand how the system reads the structures you create While various files may be present files with extensions other than mp3 only files with the mp3 extension are played other files are ignored by the system This enables you to use the same MP3 disc for a variety of tasks on your work computer home computer and your in vehicle system In track mode the system displays and
87. 6 IL UM H Wl VIN BARCODE HERE JI IILI III Ext Pnt XX Int Trim XX Axle XX Tran X Under no circumstances should your vehicle be loaded in excess of the GVWR or GAWR It is the operator s responsibility to ensure that neither the axle capacities spring capacities tire capacities nor the vehicle rated GVWR is exceeded 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can 166 Load Carrying Unloaded or Lightly Loaded Vehicles WARNING When operating empty or lightly loaded sudden or A hard braking may induce wheel lockup with loss of vehicle control and the possibility of accident and serious injury especially on wet or slippery road surfaces The braking system has been designed to safely stop your vehicle when fully loaded to its GVWR 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Towing 167 TOWING A TRAILER WARNING Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label WARNING Towing trailers beyond the maximum recommended gross trailer weight exceeds the limit of the vehicle and could result in engine damage transmission damage structural damage loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover and personal injury Your vehicle s load capacity designation is by weight not by volume so you cannot necessarily use all available space when loading a vehicle Second unit bodie
88. 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Vehicle Care 239 Be certain to wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in contact with certain products such as insect repellent and suntan lotion in order to avoid possible damage to the interior painted surfaces Do not use household or glass cleaners as these may damage the finish of the instrument panel interior trim and cluster lens o not allow air fresheners and hand sanitizers to spill on interior surfaces If a spill occurs wipe off immediately Your warranty may not cover this damage If a staining liquid like coffee or juice spills on the instrument panel or on interior trim surfaces clean as follows i 2 4 D Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean white cotton cloth Wipe the surface with a damp clean white cotton cloth For more thorough cleaning use a mild soap and water solution If you cannot completely clean the spot by this method you can try cleaning the area using a commercially available cleaning product designed for automotive interiors If necessary apply more soap and water solution or cleaning product to a clean white cotton cloth and press the cloth onto the soiled area Allow this to set at room temperature for 30 minutes Remove the soaked cloth and if it is not badly soiled use this cloth to clean the area by using a rubbing motion for 60 seconds Following this wipe area dry wit
89. 67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 12 Introduction WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving FEDERAL HIGHWAY ADMINISTRATION REGULATION Regulations such as those issued by the Federal Highway Administration or issued pursuant to the Occupational Safety and Health Act OSHA and state and local laws and regulations may require additional equipment for the way you intend to use the vehicle It is the responsibility of the registered owner to determine the applicability of such laws and regulations to your intended use for the vehicle and to arrange for the installation of required equipment Your dealer has information about the availability of equipment which may be ordered for your vehicle ENTERING EXITING OR CLIMBING ON THIS VEHICLE WARNING Do not carry items while entering exiting or climbing Make sure you keep a firm grip Always FACE the VEHICLE STEP and HANDLE SYSTEM while climbing up and down Do not climb behi
90. 800 782 8627 option 3 TDD for the hearing impaired 1 800 232 5952 Online Additional information and resources are available online at www fleet ford com e U S dealer locator by Dealer Name City State or Zip Code e Owner Guides e Maintenance Schedules 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Customer Assistance 183 e Recalls e Ford Extended Service Plans e Ford Genuine Accessories In Canada Mailing address Customer Relationship Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited P O Box 2000 Oakville Ontario L6J 5E4 Telephone 800 565 3673 FORD Online www ford ca IN CALIFORNIA U S ONLY California Civil Code Section 1793 2 d requires that if a manufacturer or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to the actual price paid or payable by the consumer less a reasonable allowance for consumer use The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund or replacement vehicle California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b presumes that the manufacturer has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if within t
91. 9A9 YoY Jop Jost EE CC EES ES ES ER EE Er mI IEEE O oS a Eu el fe bel xoedaz od oseo18 Suureoq PPIM ENMEMEBMEBMENMEBENMENMENMEN oqeouqni spuo pol on Sunjsnq pue dm un Seq 9 XV JOLY SurALIp uON 09 s vs ie Sr ey ey es o 1 ee San oze og 88z zzz occ rz vez soz zex 921 0001 X s1e3ourorry o0z o61 osx oz1 o97 ost ovr ost ozr forr 000r 3 sem 3S1 s1n220 IJAMPTYM su uour 10 S1939uro D SAN penunuo XTIVONNV 33A34 XO WA 00096 STTIN 00009 ALIO r can fi Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 2015 F 650 750 167 Canadian_French Scheduled Maintenance 364 ubt 000091 somu 000001 944 egueuo TOMY TOJON SIY SOUIOD JoA9uonuM eAIo ur 92U UO UTEUI jeep 1o qujuour e ouo WY 00091 SATU 00001 AAJ I A YOY 103U9 X asueyp to oneudu s 1oordg eue q uo asueyo to umo oJ3ed Terme 19 n UO JSIY S9UI00 IAA YONM Sou ao 10 uni 000Z1 uni 0008 Soff 0008 0009 Oo 1dg uou oyeorsqny urof dys pue met say SOUIOD Joel SYJUOU xrs 10 UQ 0000F SOMU 00097 ATEAT TdS eseougnr mot ENEREEEREMMERNMNEEMENET a s S 09 zs ve re sp ev cr oe oe ee mme ozs vos s82 cic oec ove vez soz zer 921 0001 x samora ooz oex ost ozy ovr osr orr oer jocr or mt 3 somn ISI 1990 IJAMPITYM su
92. ARNING Always drive with due care and attention when using and operating the controls and features on your vehicle Note This manual describes product features and options available throughout the range of available models sometimes even before they are generally available It may describe options not fitted to your vehicle Note Some of the illustrations in this manual may be used for different models so may appear different to you on your vehicle However the essential information in the illustrations is always correct Note Always use and operate your vehicle in line with all applicable laws and regulations Note Pass on this manual when selling your vehicle It is an integral part of the vehicle This manual may qualify the location of a component as left hand side or right hand side The side is determined when facing forward in the seat A A Right hand side B Left hand side Ss Protecting the Environment You must play your part in protecting the environment Correct vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste cleaning and lubrication materials are significant steps toward this aim 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 8 Introduction SYMBOL GLOSSARY WARNING You risk death or serious injury to yourself and others if you do not follow the instruction highlighted by the warning symbol These are some of the you may see on
93. ATIONS Speech Recognition If the SOFTWARE includes speech recognition component s you should understand that speech recognition is an inherently statistical process and that recognition errors are inherent in the process Neither FORD MOTOR COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process Limitations on Reverse Engineering Decompilation and Disassembly You may not reverse engineer decompile or disassemble nor permit others to reverse engineer decompile or disassemble the SOFTWARE except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation Limitations on Distributing Copying Modifying and Creating Derivative Works You may not distribute copy make modifications to or create derivative works based on the SOFTWARE except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation Single EULA The end user documentation for the DEVICE and related systems and services may contain multiple EULAs such as multiple translations and or multiple media versions e g in the user documentation and in the software Even if you receive multiple EULAs you are licensed to use only one 1 copy of the SOFTWARE SOFTWARE Transfer You may permanently transfer your rights under this EULA only as part of a sale or transfer of the DEVICE provided you retain no co
94. Allow sufficient time for each gear to engage 4 Latch the gearshift lever in position N or P and leave the engine running 5 Remove the dipstick wiping it clean with a clean dry lint free rag 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 216 Maintenance 6 Install the dipstick making sure to seat it fully in the filler tube 7 Remove the dipstick and inspect the fluid level The fluid should be in the designated area for normal operating temperature or ambient temperature If you must add transmission fluid see your Allison Automatic Transmission Operator s Manual for the correct fluid type Use of a non approved automatic transmission fluid may cause internal transmission component damage Fluid levels above the safe range may result in transmission failure An overfill condition of transmission fluid may cause shift or engagement concerns or possible damage TorqShift amp Automatic Transmission See the Scheduled Maintenance chapter for scheduled intervals for fluid checks and changes Your transmission does not consume fluid However you should check the fluid level if the transmission is not working properly For example if the transmission slips or shifts slowly or if you notice some sign of fluid leakage Automatic transmission fluid expands when warmed To obtain an accurate fluid check drive your vehicle until it is at normal operating temperature appr
95. Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these questions when the child is seated without a booster seat e Can the child sit all the way back against their vehicle seat with knees bent comfortably at the edge of the seat cushion e Can the child sit without slouching e Does the lap belt rest low across the hips e Is the shoulder belt centered on the shoulder and chest e Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip Always use booster seats in conjunction with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 28 Child Safety Types of Booster Seats e Backless booster seats If your backless booster seat has a removable shield remove the shield If a vehicle seating position has a low seat back or no head restraint a backless booster seat may place your child s head as measured at the tops of the ears above the top of the seat In this case move the backless booster to another seating position with a higher seat back or head restraint and lap and shoulder belts or consider using a high back booster seat e High back booster seats If with a backless booster seat you cannot find a seating position that adequately supports your child s head a high back booster seat would be a better choice 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr ca
96. C 42 which is available from an authorized dealer Remove any exterior accessories such as antennas before entering a car wash Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage any painted surface if these substances come in contact with your vehicle wash off as soon as possible If your vehicle is equipped with running boards use Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A and as required Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 both as per the directions on the products labels To manually dry use a clean dry lint free towel Do not use rubber plastic and vinyl protectant products on the running board surface as the area may become slippery Exterior Chrome Wash your vehicle first using cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A Use Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC 15 available from an authorized dealer Apply the product as you would a wax to clean bumpers and other chrome parts allow the cleaner to dry for a few minutes and then wipe off the haze with a clean dry rag Never use abrasive materials such as steel wool or plastic pads as they can scratch the chrome surface Underbody Flush the complete underside of your vehicle frequently Keep body and door drain holes free from packed dirt Rear suspension components may require regular cleaning with a power washer or a thorough rinse with a strong stream of water if you operate your vehicle in dusty or muddy env
97. CMyRide com to register and check your eligibility for complimentary services Standard phone and message rates may apply Subscription may be required You must also have the active SYNC 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 306 SYNC Services Bluetooth enabled cellular phone paired and connected to the system in order to connect to and use SYNC Services See Using SYNC with your phone for pairing instructions Note This feature does not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your mobile phone Make sure your mobile phone is not blocking caller ID before using SYNC Services Note The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Any navigation features are provided only as an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of errors changes in roads traffic conditions or driving conditions Note When you connect the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect the vehicle s current location tra
98. Canadian French fr can 2 Table of Contents Windows and Mirrors 58 Power WwindOWS 2 6 sie SEIN RR RR e ami Ree ER AE rd 58 Exterior Mirrors e E RE See Gee ger ee a 59 Instrument Cluster 63 Gauges isesesdeds d ped OHSS Va SE NV Ue CR SE ds 63 Warning lamps and indicators cssc cso llle 67 Audible warnings and indicators 72 Information Displays 73 Message Center sas Kenan eas Sh be da eX PX C ETE SEA 73 Information messages 75 Climate Control 76 Manual heating and air conditioning 76 Seats 79 Sitting in the correct position 79 Head restraints siese nekea e ta Mett WRN e he ge eee 80 Manual Seals 42 3E RR IE que ee usa 83 Power Seats 4 oes d RR bx ade usa ahi a las ed leak pce 85 REITSES vex RR Aa Ear RE oa SY Se Ee ae a gs 87 Heated S6al8 cua ete bd eqs S db eek wha Pes ares 89 Auxiliary Power Points 91 Starting and Stopping the Engine 92 Ignition gute sa LG RE rp ek ER ENEE E AA 93 Engine block heater i es cmd x8 px Y PRU Ra 100 Fuel and Refueling 103 Euelequaliby See as u unas tel tan D ap at h cer tpe el a ut 104 Running out of fuel ya es babes REY RES Oe UE HUS A 106 Refueling sso ead e dare a Sus a SOMA wae eR ER qd 107 Fuel consumption e 109 Diesel Exhaust Fluid DER ossa e lal he E Rae 110 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Table of Contents 3 Transmissi
99. D SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved e The MS SOFTWARE and or FORD SOFTWARE may interface with and or communicate with or may be later upgraded to interface with and or communicate with additional software and or systems provided by third party software and service suppliers The additional software and services of third party origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE is licensed not sold AII rights reserved e The MS SOFTWARE FORD SOFTWARE and THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE hereinafter collectively and individually will be referred to as SOFTWARE IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT EULA DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR COPY THE SOFTWARE ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICE WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS EULA OR RATIFICATION OF ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE This EULA grants you the following license e You may use the SOFTWARE as installed on the DEVICE and as otherwise interfacing with systems and or services provide by or through FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third party software and service providers 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Appendices 333 DESCRIPTION OF OTHER RIGHTS AND LIMIT
100. FM 87 9 107 7 107 9 MHz Radio reception factors Distance and The further you travel from an FM station strength the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with the reception Station overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and result in the audio system muting CD and CD Player Information Note CD units play commercially pressed 4 75 inch 12 centimeter audio compact discs only Due to technical incompatibility certain recordable and re recordable compact discs may not function correctly when used in Ford CD players Note Do not insert CDs with homemade paper adhesive labels into the CD player as the label may peel and cause the CD to become jammed You should use a permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels on your homemade CDs Ballpoint pens may damage CDs Please contact your authorized dealer for further information Note Do not use any irregularly shaped discs or discs with a scratch protection film attached Always handle discs by their edges only Clean the disc with an approved CD cleaner only Wipe it from the center of the disc toward the edge Do not clean in a circular motion Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or heat sources for extended periods 2015 F 650 7
101. Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cove PA Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Scheduled Maintenance DEALER VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can 378 Index OT ASSIS oco sad cree 308 Auxiliary input jack Line in 280 X Auxiliary powerpoint 91 AXIG ipari 134 200 219 lubricant specifications 255 inis Ge S Broken dO OU me refill capacities 268 Accessing call history phone book during active call 294 B Accessing your media menu E EE 318 lapin o mE 224 acid treating emergencies 224 m pour pasa menu 296 jumping a disabled batte
102. Level In order for the SCR system to operate properly you must maintain the DEF level Generally you should fill the DEF tank before the DEF gauge in the instrument cluster reaches the first low level warning see Warning messages and vehicle operations The engine control unit monitors the amount of fluid available in the DEF tank Failure to maintain an adequate amount of DEF in the system generates warning messages that appear in the information display and unless you refill the DEF tank leads to a forced reduction of engine operations Warning Messages and Vehicle Operations The instrument cluster contains a DEF gauge and indicator lights to alert you to any low DEF level conditions The indicator lights illuminate if the DEF gauge level drops below 1 gallon 3 8 liters in the 5 gallon 19 0 liters DEF tank or 2 gallons 7 6 liters in the 10 gallon 34 0 liters DEF tank Upon filling the DEF tank after a low level warning normal operation resumes when you restart your vehicle 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Fuel and Refueling 111 Continued driving without refilling results in the following actions as required by the U S Environmental Protection Agency EPA Low DEF Level Warning s and Vehicle CONI DEF Tank Level Above initial warning threshold Over 2096 full Initial warning threshold 2096 full Critical warning DEF
103. NNV TAON AO GAM 00096 SATIN 00009 AVMHOIH NO fr can Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 2015 F 650 750 167 Canadian French Scheduled Maintenance 354 ubt 000091 SETA 000001 Jet ou ur Doha jou jt Du 0000F2 sait 000081 16 eoerdog unt 000761 sepur 0000Z1 pue WY 000091 ser 000001 1 199dsur s afeq eAup amp 10ssooot 12odsuT ES WEE RE WT EE pee sud reds doe doy Ls ee e pel utBu unose verdon oy 1e ougug Fe fe fe fe fe fe foe fo fo eo euu outpose8 JoodsuT Jo Jre oun ubt 00008 Sou 00009 10 Sree var AToAS au Cam S UI02 I A U IUA WY 000091 Soft 000001 IO Sre XIS 1v urgu ut ose8 a3gtdat que oo2 oun Ont OO s 9Jn9ejnueur ur8u I s rp dov dar juepooo a popuo x q UOT epuautul0291 SJamMyoVNUeUI 99g ur8u got 4 9pu 1x ppe jue ooo af p pu 1Xri eurguo osarp uj8uoaJjs AOJIUL uorso 102 oADrmpe pue uoro9jo1d ezaeJ JIJI jue ooo ur8ur s e p memos pus poor oo ouis sugjuour xis 10 WY 000Z1 Serur 0097 Aan euu oumose8 aBueYp 1e3rg pue ro ou UOT epuautu0291 S 194n 96jnueur 99g ur8u oserp eSueuo Jo pue ro oun Du E 09 us ve re sp ep y oe oe ee mme 087 oer cer sor Tree 095 92e cre esc voc 0001 X sem D ee ee oe l e ISI 1990 19A9W9IJA SYJUOU 10 S193ouro p eat XITVONNV H3OI MO WA 00096 SATIN 00009 AVAHOSIH NO Owners Guide gf ownloo
104. NT IN EXCESS OF U S TWO HUNDRED FIFTY DOLLARS U S 250 00 e THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY EXPRESSLY BE PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW VEHICLE 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Appendices 337 Adobe Contains Adobe Flash Player or AIR technology by Adobe Systems Incorporated This Licensee Product contains Adobe Flash Player Adobe AIR software under license from Adobe Systems Incorporated Copyright 1995 2009 Adobe Macromedia Software LLC All rights reserved Adobe Flash and AIR are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated End user notice Microsoft amp Windows Mobile for Automotive Important Safety Information This system Ford SYNC M contains software that is licensed to Manufacturer FORD MOTOR COMPANY by an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation pursuant to a license agreement Any removal reproduction reverse engineering or other unauthorized use of the software from this system in violation of the license agreement is strictly prohibited and may subject you to legal action Read and follow instructions Before using your Windows Automotive based system read and follow all instructions and safety information provided in this end user manual User s Guide Not following precautions found in this User s Guide can lead to an accident or other serious consequences Keep User s Guide in Vehicle When kept in the
105. On to have SYNC automatically and enter the menu prompt you to run a health report at certain Scroll to select from mileage intervals Note You must first turn this feature on before you can select the mileage intervals at which you would like to be prompted Mileage Intervals Press OK Scroll to select between 5000 7500 or 10000 mile intervals and press OK to make your selection Run Report Press OK for SYNC to run a health report of your vehicle s diagnostic systems and send the results to Ford where it is combined with scheduled maintenance information open recalls and other field service actions and unserviced vehicle inspection items from your authorized dealer Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice When you run a Vehicle Health Report Ford Motor Company may collect your cellular phone number to process your report request and 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can SYNCG 313 diagnostic information about your vehicle Certain versions or updates to Vehicle Health Report may also collect additional vehicle information Ford may use the vehicle information it collects for any purpose If you do not want to disclose your cellular phone number or vehicle information do not run the feature or set up your Vehicle Health Report profile at www SYNCMyRide com See www SYNCMyRide com Vehicle Health Report Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement for mo
106. Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Keys and Remote Control 51 KEYS The key operates all locks on your vehicle In case of loss replacement keys are available from an authorized dealer You should always carry a second key with you in a safe place in case you require it in an emergency 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 52 Locks LOCKING AND UNLOCKING You can use the power door lock switch to lock and unlock the vehicle Power Door Locks If Equipped The power door lock switches are on the driver and front passenger door panels A Unlock B Lock D 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Steering Wheel 53 ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL A WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving release lever 2 Adjust the steering wheel to the IL desired position then release the lever el 4r 1 Pull and hold the steering wheel 2 mm 1 w VOICE CONTROL IF EQUIPPED A Voice recognition B Phone mode See the Cruise Control chapter 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 54 Wipers and Washers WINDSHIELD WIPERS Note Fully defrost the windshield before switching on the windshield wipers Note Make sure you switch off the
107. RE RR uy pishus 54 MOJE ee 292 checking and adding fluid 224 replacing wiper blades 228 Wrecker towing 171 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can
108. S ON DRIVING WITH ANTI LOCK BRAKES When the system is operating the brake pedal pulses and may travel further Maintain pressure on the brake pedal You may also hear a noise from the system This is normal The ABS does not eliminate the dangers inherent when e You drive too closely to the vehicle in front of you e Your vehicle is hydroplaning e You take corners too fast e The road surface is poor EXHAUST BRAKE IF EQUIPPED WARNING The exhaust brake is not recommended for use on slippery or low traction road surfaces Under these conditions a loss of vehicle control could occur Note Installing an exhaust or auxiliary brake does not necessarily protect the engine from exceeding maximum governed speed Use the primary brakes to make sure the engine never exceeds maximum governed speed under any conditions Note Before starting the engine make sure that the exhaust brake switch is in the off position Do not turn the exhaust brake on until the engine has reached normal operating temperature Note Maximum exhaust brake performance relates to the type of transmission your vehicle has Note Engine speed has a major influence of retarding performance When engine speed is stays at the maximum allowable level the exhaust brake operates at peak performance Note Manual transmissions should be downshifted to the lowest gear possible without exceeding the maximum RPM limit of the engine This maximizes the exhaust brake s
109. STARTING THE VEHICLE WARNING The gases around the battery can explode if exposed to flames sparks or lit cigarettes An explosion could result in injury or vehicle damage WARNING Batteries contain sulfuric acid which can burn skin eyes and clothing if contacted 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Roadside Emergencies 179 Do not attempt to push start your automatic transmission vehicle Automatic transmissions do not have push start capability Attempting to push start a vehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage Six speed TorqShift transmissions have an adaptive shift strategy When you disconnect the battery or install a new battery the automatic transmission must relearn its shift strategy As a result the transmission may have firm soft shifts firm shifts or both This operation is normal and does not affect function or durability of the transmission Over time the adaptive learning process fully updates transmission operation Preparing Your Vehicle Note Use only a 12 volt supply to start your vehicle Note Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle s electrical system 1 Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle making sure the two vehicles do not touch Set the parking brake on both vehicles and stay clear of the engine cooling fan and other moving
110. Scheduled Maintenance STOT 921p 10 ubt 00076 00091 SITU 00061 00001 LAH IdS uou oyeouqnr jurof dys pue mot Sujuour xis 10 ubt 000091 SATU 000001 LAY TdS aquy juro ojeouqnrj yeys 3nd3no SV ssoy eas SUIS ayeouqny quof dis sjuro uumpoo Surr 1 9A9 YOY D Suro91s JaMOg o8ueyo pm Sutr99 s IJ9M0q jueurooe do1 Jo Sutr 1s 19M0q sexeq Ire oyeouqnr saojsnfpe Jeg soxe1q dre ojeormqnr ureo g soxe1q omnerp u egjeouqnr e8exur 1oA9 e o1 oxeq SUTEA soxe1q omnerp Au eae YoY 1opur Ao I91se A a EE EE el Se BaD A BT Rat cH IT eli Gl I SSES ESA el Tel Tel Tel fel xoedaz add oseo18 Sutte q PPIM Pe fe fe foe fe fe o sua spu po onfunusng pue mun am Seq IXV 10014 SUIALID UON poe zz ve j re Jearjer er e o e S sty Fors ora Pear sor ror oar 96 er sv re osr ser oer sor oe ez o9 er og er mt X sont ISI s1n220 19A9WOIUA su uour 10 S1939uro D SAN penunuo XTIVONNV TAON AO ADI 00096 SATIN 00009 AVMHOIH NO French fr can Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 2015 F 650 750 167 Canadian Scheduled Maintenance 352 s1eoK moj 10 upi 000007 SATU 000097 LIAJ 480I jr9191up Spa moj 10 Du 000008 Soft 000008 A149 Ineu ur asueyo Io 9TJ uJUu S 1IOJLI N Kjrenuue 10 upi 000091 samu 000001 amp 19A5 asueypo to umo o1jed IO1LI N un
111. Sre oou 10 uni 000007 SOMU 000097 IV oneuu s YIM pomuy 41039 Jt upi 000008 sam 000008 IV asueyp po oneqqu s 19ordg eueq uoqenr I ILLI T TT EEN ee EE Hee eT EE upi 000007 samu 000097 1 oneuu s oJ po319Auor un 000008 sot 000008 1e orjouju s qu DU ATOR d m Tto orpoqu s penueur 19m q u0 87 el fe bel oe to umo ojed enueur Aa dm Tenue s 1oTe1 do UOISSIUISUEI 99g jnus ojny pue orjeuomy RE EE Lee eps s s os l SE ll Sy sr arl oe og t SON 88 09 98e are ssc voc 0001 x szeourory oz eer osr eor o00rX semw ISI 1990 19A9W9IJA SYJUOW 10 sI9J uro D s Tr N penunuo XTIVONNV TAON 30 WA 00096 SATIN 00009 AVMHOIH NO Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 2015 F 650 750 f67 Canadian French fr can 357 Scheduled Maintenance maps AC yor pue xooup uro3s amp S AAA PMIA sneyxy posorq TT CSS L ILI EE el o l bel PINI sropur4o xoo s1oxrrs souo1e se8ung 100g sjyu uoduroo qe 09 us ve Te sp cv cr 6e og ee ON 087 ocv cer sor vse 09 98e cre esc voc 0001 x sxojourory oos esz ozz sez ove sez ore ser OST oT mt 3 sem ISI s1n220 19A9W9IUA su uour 10 S1939uro D SAN penunuo XTIVONNV TAON AO CAM 00096 SATIN 00009 AVMHOIH NO fr can Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December
112. The adjustable head restraint is a safety device Whenever possible it should be installed and properly adjusted when the seat is occupied 4 WARNING Install the head restraint properly to minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash Note Adjust the seat back to an upright driving position before adjusting the head restraint Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible Make sure that you remain comfortable If you are extremely tall adjust the head restraint to its highest position Front Seat Head Restraints If Equipped A The head restraints consist of A An energy absorbing head restraint B Two steel stems C Guide sleeve adjust and release button D Guide sleeve unlock and remove button 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Seats 81 Adjusting the Head Restraint Raising the Head Restraint Pull up on the head restraint Lowering the Head Restraint 1 Press and hold button C 2 Push down on the head restraint Removing the Head Restraint 1 Press and hold buttons C and D 2 Pull up the head restraint Installing the Head Restraint Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves and push the head restraint down until it locks Front Row Center Rear Outboard and Rear Seat Center Crew Cab Head Restraints Note The SuperCab has rear outboard head restraint
113. Xy Ja Ioquinw ureN 3Ied S930N 9 m3 oduro pao 3uo eAmb q 2015 F 650 750 167 r can f Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French Capacities and Specifications 264 0 06A08 AX preouqnT ORY Teoy umruroJd 06 A09 AVS 3je1040 0 A D86 03 OZI AoOOT 93 HOOT M06 AVS 9A0qe pue Dr oAoqe pue AA MOPT AYS anoqe pu ET oAoqe pue dt QV T MS8 AVS 9A0qe pu 2 96 oAoqe pue A 0 T M08 AVS 9o17 91 0 92 91907 03 A ST M08 AVS 9 0qe pue At 9A0qe pu At OFT MGA AVS 0 0 03 907 7 doce 01 Jdo0T M9 AVS Joquinw 9urewN Ld 930N 9n3e4oduroT p104 3uo yeAmb q Ju rqurv 3ISOOSIA TO OPIMSL AX yueouqn y oxy Ie OOUJUAS Or T MSA AVS 3J 191030 N sqjueouqng on utu s Surpnjour suorjeoagroeds 4S0 E673 d TIN Surjoour TED GI Idy JO ont reas qy esodundn n q uornvorrodg o xe poeds o 8urs 1o2Idg 2015 F 650 750 167 r can f Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French 265 Capacities and Specifications 092 JST eaoqy 06 M08 AVS oneuu s muog 092 JST eaoqy 06 M08 AVS oneuu s qma 0901 daf 9 0qv OPT MGL AVS oneuu s qma 09019 J07 9A0qv 06 M92 AVS 0 06A408 AX 3ueouqr oy Teoy umruro9Jd 06 408 AVS 3je1010 0 X TO OVIMGL AX yueogn y oxy Ja I YJU S OFT MGL AVS YeI TO 06MO8 AX 3ueouqr oy Teoy umruroJd 06 AA08 AVS YEIN
114. YNC Text Messaging Note This is a phone dependent feature SYNC allows you to receive send download and delete text messages The system can also read incoming text messages to you so that you do not have to take your eyes off the road Receiving a Text Message Note This is a phone dependent feature Your phone must support downloading text messages using Bluetooth to receive incoming text messages Note Forwarding a text message is a speed dependent feature and can only be done when the vehicle is traveling at 3 mph 5 km h or less Note Only one recipient is allowed per text message When a new message arrives an audible tone sounds and the display indicates you have a new message You have these options Press the voice button wait for the prompt and say Read Message to have SYNC read the message to you 2 Press OK to receive and open the text message or do nothing and the message goes into your text message inbox Press OK again and SYNC reads your message aloud as you are not able to view the message You can then also choose whether you d like to reply or forward the message 3 Press OK and scroll to choose between e Reply to Text Message Press OK to access and then scroll through the list of pre defined messages to send e Forward Text Message Press OK to forward the message to anyone in your Phonebook or Call History You can also choose Enter Number Sending Downloading and Deleting Your Text
115. a track is playing you can press the voice i icon and ask the system What s playing The system reads the metadata tags if populated of the playing track to you Media Voice Commands Press the voice icon and when prompted say USB then any us of the following USB Autoplay off Autoplay on Phone Media Bluetooth Connections Play album name Play all Play artist lt name gt 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 316 SYNC Play genre lt name gt Play next folder 21 3 2 Refine artist lt name gt Refine song name Refine track lt name gt Repeat off Repeat on Search album lt name gt Search artist name 1 Search genre lt name gt lt name gt is a dynamic listing meaning that it could be the name of any desired group artist etc Voice commands which are only available in folder mode Voice commands which are not available until indexing is complete 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can SYNCG 317 Voice command guide Autoplay Search Play Genre Similar Music Search Play Artist Track Album Refine 2015 F 650 750 167 Turn on to listen to music which has already been randomly indexed durin
116. acturer s recommendation for correct tire chain usage installation and removal WHEELS General Information Note Remember to replace the wheel air valves when replacing the road tires at the end of their useful lives Inspect lubricate and adjust wheel bearings at regular intervals This is especially important if operating in deep sand mud or water See the Capacities and Specifications chapter Mount wheel balance weights on the dome side of the wheel only Failure to do so may result in loss of wheel weight or damage to brakes or wheels 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 250 Wheels and Tires Oil lubricated Front Wheel Bearings During normal vehicle duty cycle the lubricant and air inside the hub wheel cavity expands and if not vented causes pressure build up that could cause accelerated seal wear You can use two venting methods to prevent pressure build up e A slit or small hole in the rubber check vent e The window Over a period if not routinely cleaned a slight film of oil can collect dirt around the rubber fill plug and face which could appear to be a leak Routine cleaning helps make sure that you can easily observe the lubricant level through the window as intended In situations where the window is clean on the outside but discolored on the inside you can check the lubricant level by inserting a finger through the rubber check vent hole
117. ading WARNING Loading tires beyond their rated capacity decreases tire life requiring more frequent replacement of tires Overloading creates an unsafe condition that may result in sudden air loss from a tire failure resulting in an accident that could cause property damage personal injury or death Note Your GAW GVW rating is correct at the time of your vehicle production and reflects the exact rating of the tires specified When replacing tires make sure that the replacement tire load rating listed in pounds and kilograms on the tire sidewall is the same or higher than the tire that you are replacing Failure to do so adversely affects maximum load carrying capacity Tires with the same size specification do not always have the same load specification Note The tire installed as original equipment may not be the same as the tire specified on the DOT label but has enough load capacity to carry the GAW GVW specified Note Tires with the same size specification do not always have the same load specification Matching Tires Dual Tires Dual tires should be matched using tires of equivalent size Do not mount tires that differ more than one quarter inch 6 millimeters in diameter or three quarters inch 19 millimeters in circumference on the same dual wheel assembly Mixing Never mix bias and radial tires on this vehicle Never mix different tire sizes or constructions on the same axle Rotation Rotation is always advisab
118. age or in other enclosed areas Exhaust fumes can be toxic Always open the garage door before you start the engine WARNING If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer immediately Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes If you disconnect the battery your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics for approximately five miles eight kilometers after you connect it This is because the engine management system must realign itself with the engine You may disregard any unusual driving characteristics during this period The powertrain control system meets all Canadian interference causing equipment standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise When starting your vehicle avoid pressing the accelerator pedal before and during operation Only use the accelerator pedal when you have difficulty starting the engine If you operate your vehicle in a heavy snowstorm or blowing snow conditions the engine air induction may partially clog with snow or ice If this occurs the engine may experience a significant reduction in power output At the earliest opportunity clear all the snow or ice away from the air induction inlet 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Starting and Stopping the Engine 93 IGNITION SWITCH Note When you switch the ignition off and leave your
119. akage A more frequent and thorough brake inspection is required e Brake lines hoses and fittings Repair or replace brake line tubes hoses or fittings as required Inspect these components every 4000 miles 6000 kilometers e Lines for kinks dents corrosion or rupture e Hoses for abrasions kinks soft spots or rupture collapse cracks twists or loose frame supports When replacing a hose be sure there is adequate clearance to the hose to avoid an abrasion to the new hose e All connections for leaks Driveline Parking Brake WARNING Use wheel chocks and exercise caution when inspecting under the vehicle A vehicle roll away could result in property damage personal injury or death A qualified technician should adjust the parking brake and keep to the instructions in the service manual Steering System WARNING Failure to maintain the steering system in proper condition can cause reduced steering ability resulting in property damage personal injury or death Note Have any steering problems immediately corrected by a qualified service technician Ask your service technician to examine the steering mechanism Only minor adjustments may be necessary Regular inspections should include e Checking the tie rod drag link end clamp bolts and ball joints for proper tightness e Checking for installation and spread of cotter pins and tightness of nuts at both ends of the tie rod and drag link 2015 F 650 750 167 Own
120. al and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE including the U S Export Administration Regulations as well as end user end use and destination restrictions issued by U S and other governments For additional information see http www microsoft com exporting TRADEMARKS This EULA does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of FORD MOTOR COMPANY MS Microsoft Corporation third party software or service providers their affiliates or suppliers PRODUCT SUPPORT Product support for the SOFTWARE is not provided by MS its parent corporation Microsoft Corporation or their affiliates or subsidiaries For product support please refer to FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions provided in the documentation for the DEVICE Should you have any questions concerning this EULA or if you desire to contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason please refer to the address provided in the documentation for the DEVICE No Liability for Certain Damages EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW FORD MOTOR COMPANY ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS MS MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE THIS LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE IN NO EVENT SHALL MS MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND OR THEIR AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY AMOU
121. al when your vehicle is moving at a constant speed of less than 25 mph 40 km h and while the wheels are not slipping Do not lock the differential when your vehicle is traveling down steep grades and traction is minimal The differential lock and differential lock light automatically disengage at speeds above 25 mph 40 km h The differential lock remains off until either you restart your vehicle or you turn the differential lock switch off then back on Turn the engine off and raise all drive wheels of the locker differential axle in order to prevent your vehicle from moving when servicing the wheels tires or brakes Axles equipped with a NoSPIN Detroit Locker differential deliver power to both wheels even when only one wheel is on the ground WARNING Failure to raise all drive wheels with this type of differential could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly resulting in property damage personal injury or death Take care to avoid sudden accelerations when both drive wheels are on a slippery surface WARNING Sudden accelerations on slippery surfaces could cause the wheels to spin the vehicle to turn sideways on a crowned road surface or in a turn possibly resulting in loss of vehicle control and personal injury Fluid Temperature Axle operating temperatures normally do not exceed 100 F 38 C If the operating temperature exceeds 230 F 110 C the rate of axle lubrication oxidation increases and shortens the life of the lubr
122. allon 19 0L DEF tank or 2 gallons RSS 7 6L DEF to bining aum 9 gallon 34 0L Amber engine tank solid First vehicle consequence 15 full Add 1 gallon 3 8L DEF to blinking 22 5 gallon 19 0L Amber engine tank or 2 gallons solid j 7 6L DEF to Red engine 9 gallon 34 0L solidi y tank Allow the system to prime Final vehicle DEF consequence Empty and engine intentionally shut down key off or in extended idle for one hour 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Fuel and Refueling 113 Incorrect DEF Quality Warning Indications and Vehicle Consequences Indicator None Condition Correct DEF quality Initial warning when detecting incorrect DEF quality Initial warning one hour after detecting incorrect DEF quality Initial warning three hours after detecting incorrect DEF quality Final vehicle consequence three hours after detecting incorrect DEF quality and engine intentionally shut down key off in extended idle for one hour or fuel tank refilled Amber engine solid Amber engine Amber engine solid Amber engine solid Z Red engine solidi v 2596 torque reduction Torque reduction increases from 2596 to 4096 at rate of 196 each minute Replace DEF with Ford approved e 2596 torque reduction e 5 mph 8 km h vehicle speed limit e 1000 RPM en
123. an 224 Maintenance FUEL FILTER Gasoline Engine Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that is part of the fuel tank You do need to perform regular maintenance or replace it Diesel Engine WARNING Do not drain water separator while engine is running Fuel may ignite if separator is drained while engine is running or vehicle is moving The fuel filter water separator removes any contaminated particles and water from the fuel before the fuel enters the engine See your engine operator s manual for information on draining and replacing the fuel filter WASHER FLUID CHECK WARNING If you operate your vehicle in temperatures below 40 F 5 C use washer fluid with antifreeze protection Failure to use washer fluid with antifreeze protection in cold weather could result in impaired windshield vision and increase the risk of injury or accident Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is low Only use a washer fluid that meets Ford specifications See Technical specifications in the Capacities and Specifications chapter State or local regulations on volatile organic compounds may restrict the use of methanol a common windshield washer antifreeze additive Only use washer fluids containing non methanol antifreeze agents if they provide cold weather protection without damaging your vehicle s paint finish wiper blades or washer system CHANGING THE VEHICLE BATTERY WARNING This vehicle may be equipped
124. an Safety Belts 41 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION WARNING Always drive and ride with your seat back upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips WARNING To reduce the risk of injury make sure children sit where they can be properly restrained WARNING Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash WARNING All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system SRS is provided WARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a crash people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly WARNING In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a safety belt WARNING Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific safety belt assembly which is made up of one buckle and one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair 1 Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm 2 Never swing the safety belt around your neck over the inside shoulder 3 Never use a single belt for mor
125. an index of supported media content The system also records a short development log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity The log profile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur The cellular profile media device index and development log remain in the vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in the vehicle when the cellular phone or media player is connected If you no longer plan to use the system or the vehicle we recommend you perform a Master Reset to erase all stored information System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to the vehicle s SYNC module Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent a court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada For further privacy information see the sections on 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and Traffic Directions and Information USING VOICE RECOGNITION This system helps you control many features using voice commands This allows you to keep your hands on the wheel and focus on what is in front of you 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French
126. and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and activate the vehicle sensitive emergency locking mode 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 46 Safety Belts WARNING Failure to replace the safety belt assembly under the above conditions could result in severe personal injuries in the event of a crash Energy Management Feature e This vehicle has a safety belt system with an energy management feature at the front outboard seating positions to help further reduce the risk of injury in the event of a head on crash e The front outboard safety belt systems have a retractor assembly that is designed to pay out webbing in a controlled manner This feature is designed to help reduce the belt force acting on the occupant s chest Safety Belt Extension Assembly WARNING Do not use extensions to change the fit of the shoulder belt across the torso If the safety belt is too short when fully extended you can obtain a safety belt extension assembly from an authorized dealer Use only extensions manufactured by the same supplier as the safety belt Manufacturer identification is located at the end of the webbing on the label Also use the safety belt extension only if the safety belt is too short for you when fully extended Lap belts The front center lap belt does not adjust automatically WARNING The lap belt should fit snugly and as l
127. any authorized dealer handling your vehicle line will provide warranty service we recommend that you return to your authorized selling dealer to ensure your continued satisfaction Please note that certain warranty repairs require special training or equipment so not all authorized dealers are authorized to perform all warranty repairs This means that depending on the warranty repair needed you may need to take your vehicle to another authorized dealer If you have questions or concerns or are unsatisfied with the service you are receiving follow these steps 1 Contact your Sales Representative or Service Advisor at your selling or servicing dealership 2 If your inquiry or concern remains unresolved contact the Sales Manager or Service Manager at the dealership 3 Ifthe inquiry or concern cannot be resolved at the dealership level contact the Ford Commercial Vehicle Operations Hotline Please have the following information available e Vehicle Identification Number VIN e your telephone number home and business e the name of the authorized dealer and city where located e the vehicle s current odometer reading In some states you must directly notify Ford in writing before pursuing remedies under your state s warranty laws Ford is also allowed a final repair attempt in some states In the United States Mailing address Ford Motor Company Commercial Vehicle Operations PO Box 6248 Dearborn MI 48121 Telephone
128. arantee that the intended path is clear When in doubt get out of your vehicle and visually check the intended path is clear Back up slowly as to allow others time to move if necessary 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 160 Driving Aids If you install an electrical back up alarm connect it to the backup lamp circuit Parking WARNING When parking your vehicle do not leave the transmission in gear if the key is in the on position and the vehicle rolls the engine could start Failure to follow these instructions could result in an unattended vehicle moving possibly causing personal injury or property damage Always use the parking brake When parking on a grade block the wheels and turn the front wheels to one side so that if your vehicle rolls the front tires act against the curb to stop your vehicle The front wheels are more effective at stopping a rolling vehicle than the rear wheels Cold Weather Note Idling in cold weather does not heat the engine to its normal operating temperature Long periods of idling in cold weather can cause build up of heavy deposits of carbon and rust on valve stems causing them to stick which in turn can cause valvetrain damage Note We recommend against using winter fronts or other air restrictive devices mounted in front of the radiator on vehicles with chassis mounted charge air coolers unless extremely cold w
129. arts of both engines or any fuel delivery system parts Jump Starting 1 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and run the engine at moderately increased speed 2 Start the engine of the disabled vehicle 3 Once the disabled vehicle has been started run both engines for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables Removing the Jumper Cables Note In the illustration the vehicle on the bottom is used to designate the assisting boosting battery Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Roadside Emergencies 181 sd IR Remove the jumper cable from the ground metal surface Remove the jumper cable on the negative terminal of the booster vehicle s battery Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the booster vehicle s battery Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the disabled vehicle s battery After the disabled vehicle has been started and the jumper cables removed allow it to idle for several minutes so the engine computer can relearn its idle conditions 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can 182 Customer Assistance GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be performed by an authorized Ford dealer While
130. as touch up paint to match your vehicle s color Take your color code printed on a sticker in the driver s door jamb to an authorized dealer to make sure you get the correct color e Remove particles such as bird droppings tree sap insect deposits tar spots road salt and industrial fallout before repairing paint chips e Always read the instructions before using the products 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Vehicle Care 237 CLEANING THE ENGINE Note To prevent damage to the engine control module never spray wash it directly Never spray any connector Engines are more efficient when they are clean because grease and dirt build up keep the engine warmer than normal When washing e Take care when using a power washer to clean the engine The high pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts and cause damage e Do not spray a hot engine with cold water to avoid cracking the engine block or other engine components e Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser on all parts that require cleaning and pressure rinse clean In Canada use Motorcraft Engine Shampoo e Never wash or rinse the engine while it is hot or running water in the running engine may cause internal damage CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES Clean the windows and wiper blades regularly If the wipers do not wipe properly substances on your vehicle s glass or the wiper b
131. ash hands after handling Note If your battery has a cover or shield make sure to reinstall it after cleaning or replacing the battery Note Electrical or electronic accessories or components added to your vehicle by an authorized dealer or the owner may adversely affect battery performance and durability 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 226 Maintenance Your vehicle is equipped with two or three maintenance free batteries mounted in a covered tray located on the left frame rail The covered battery tray depending upon application may also have one or two steps attached Covered battery tray shown battery tray with steps similar Pull up on the two rubber straps on the battery cover and move them to the side of the battery in order to remove the lid Battery tray with cover removed For longer trouble free operation keep the top of the battery clean and dry Also make sure you tightly fasten the battery cables to the battery terminals If you see any corrosion on the battery or terminals remove the cables from the terminals and clean with a wire brush You can neutralize the acid with a solution of baking soda and water If you plan to store your vehicle for an extended period disconnect the negative battery cable This minimizes the discharge of your battery during storage If the engine cranks but does not start remove the battery box
132. at hits the head restraint raise the head restraint to let the child seat fit further rearward 2 Locate the correct anchor for the selected seating position 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 38 Child Safety 3 You may need to pull the seat back forward to access the tether anchors Make sure the seat is locked in the upright position before installing the child seat 4 Clip the tether strap to the anchor as shown e Front seats Regular Cab and Rear seats Crew Cab If the tether strap is clipped incorrectly the child safety seat may not be retained properly in the event of a crash 5 Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions If the safety seat is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a crash greatly increases If your child restraint system is equipped with a tether strap and the child restraint manufacturer recommends its use Ford also recommends its use Tether Strap Attachment Rear SuperCab Only There are three loops of webbing just above the back of the rear seat along the bottom edge of the rear window in the SuperCab These loops are to be used as both routing loops and anchor loops for up to three child safety seat tether straps These straps may be secured below the back of the seat with rubber bands To access reach below the back of the seat and pull the tethe
133. ate the rear caliper slide rails air brakes only Inspect the disc brake pads and the piston boots hydraulic brakes only 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Scheduled Maintenance 343 Every Oil Change Clutch Lubricate the clutch release cross shaft and all linkages Check the clutch fluid level Fuel System Drain the accumulated water or sediment from the fuel tank s Steering System Lubricate the steering shaft s U joints and splines if equipped with grease fittings Lubricate the steering linkage when equipped with grease fittings Lubricate the power steering gear output shaft Make coolant protection checks just before the onset of freezing weather where applicable If coolant is dirty or rusty in appearance drain the system flush and refill the system with the prescribed solution of cooling system fluid and distilled water Use only permanent type coolant that meets specifications as listed in your engine operator s manual See the engine manufacturer s operating guide for supplemental corrosion inhibitor specifications Periodic Component and System Checks The following are vehicle checks that should be made periodically either by the owner or a qualified technician Bring any deficiencies to the attention of an authorized dealer or another qualified service outlet as soon as possible to obtain advice about the need for service or
134. atic operation 126 USB Line in BT audio 318 brake shift interlock BSD 127 Setting the clock 277 278 fluid checking and adding automatic 215 Spark plugs fluid checking and adding specifications a 254 272 manual 2ecnnaseae ero 218 Specification chart fluid refill capacities 268 T bricants 42 4 eerte 255 lubricant specifications 255 Starting your vehicle 93 95 manual operation 122 Jump start ng 2e 178 Turn signal yaaa aya nayasa 57 Steering 5i 204 U Steering wheel 53 E E Upfitter controls e 164 ge CUNEO II 110 US SE nn USB port cs 282 E O Using privacy mode 294 SYNC customer support 286 SYNC Services 305 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Index 383 V W Vehicle health report 311 Warning lights see Lights 67 Vehicle Identification Number Washer fluid 224 VIN ss teuer dues 272 274 Water Driving through 176 Vehicle loading 166 Wheels isses ete 249 Ventilating your vehicle 94 Windows Voice commands in media jung 58 MOLE p EN 315 Windshield washer fluid and Voice commands in phone MELDE eieiei ke pe
135. ation bounce and shimmy Replace damaged or out of round wheels You can correct out of round tires and wheel assemblies by re clocking the tire relative to the wheel You should then dynamically balance the tire and wheel assembly Tire Wear Radial tires can exhibit three types of normal wear patterns e Even e Erosion e Chamfer Even wear A sign that the tire is being properly used and maintained Erosion wear Also called rolling wear channel or river wear erosion wear occurs more often on free rolling tires This is an indication of using the tire in a slow wearing operation What happens is that the belt plies are held very rigid and the tread is not allowed to distort as it passes through the contact area Wear only occurs at the edge of the tread No corrective action required If erosion gets to be one sixteenth inch 2 millimeters or more you can rotate the tire to a drive axle Chamfer or shoulder wear With tires inflated properly this is a normal tendency of most radial tire designs If both inside and outside shoulders are wearing evenly around the tire no further action is required Over inflation is not effective in correcting this effect 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Wheels and Tires 249 Irregular Wear If irregular wear is present check the axle alignment tire pressure wheel balancing shock and suspension component condition and
136. cap designed for your vehicle The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the fuel tank or fuel system if the correct genuine Ford Motorcraft or other certified fuel filler cap is not used Your fuel tank filler cap has an indexed design with a quarter turn on and off feature When fueling your vehicle 1 Turn the engine off 2 Carefully turn the filler cap counterclockwise until it spins off 3 Pull to remove the cap from the fuel filler pipe 4 To install the cap align the tabs on the cap with the notches on the filler pipe 5 Turn the filler cap clockwise a V4 turn until it clicks at least once If the check fuel cap light appears in the instrument cluster and stays on after you start the engine you not have installed the fuel filler cap properly If the fuel cap light remains on at the next opportunity safely pull off the road remove the fuel filler cap align the cap properly and reinstall it The check fuel cap light may not reset immediately it may take several driving cycles for the indicators to turn off A driving cycle consists of an engine start up after four or more hours with the engine off followed by normal city and highway driving 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Fuel and Refueling 109 FUEL CONSUMPTION Filling the Tank The advertised capacity is the indicated capacity and the empty reserve combined Indicated capacity
137. child restraint manufacturer s instructions and warnings provided for installation and use in conjunction with the instructions and warnings provided by your vehicle manufacturer A safety seat that is improperly installed or utilized is inappropriate for your child s height age or weight or does not properly fit the child may increase the risk of serious injury or death WARNING Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash which may result in serious injury or death 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 26 Child Safety WARNING Never use pillows books or towels to boost a child They can slide around and increase the likelihood of injury or death in a crash WARNING Always restrain an unoccupied child seat or booster seat These objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury WARNING Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a crash WARNING To avoid risk of injury do not leave children or pets unattended in your vehicle Use any attachment method as indicated below by X Com LATCH LATCH e bined ower Restraint pila anch
138. conditioning 2 38 Ib 1 08 kg Mortorcraft YN 19 US refrigerant R 134a CYN 16 R Refrigerant Canada WSH M17B19 A Air conditioning 9 0 fl oz Motorcraft YN 24 compressor oil 266 2 mL Heavy Truck WST M1C231 B2 PAG Refrigerant Compressor Oil Note This system uses mineral based refrigerant oil to lubricate O rings and fittings Note Torque the captured washer nut to 170 190 inch pounds 19 21 Newton meters after servicing Fuel Tanks Gasoline engine Capacity Gallons Liters Single steel rectangular 42 159 60 227 Diesel engine Capacity Gallons Liters Single steel rectangular 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 272 Capacities and Specifications Diesel engine e 132 RH A70 LH nk Typ Dual steel D style 65 RH 45 LH 246 RH 170 LH Dual steel rectangular 65 65 246 246 Dual steel D style 80 65 303 246 MOTORCRAFT PART NUMBERS Component 6 8L V10 Engine Air filter element FA 1889 Oil filter FL 820 S BH 31 XT 950 CCA Spark plugs platinum Wiper blade For spark plug replacement see an authorized dealer See the Scheduled Maintenance chapter for the appropriate intervals for changing the spark plugs Note Replace the spark plugs with ones that meet Ford material and design specifications for your vehicle such as Motorcraft or equivalent replacement parts The customer warranty may
139. cover and check the 40 amp inline fuse located on the battery cable above the battery Because a computer electronically controls your vehicle s engine battery power controls some conditions When you disconnect the battery or install a new battery the engine must relearn its idle and fuel trim strategy for optimum driveability and performance To begin this process 1 With your vehicle at a complete stop set the parking brake 2 Put the gearshift in position P automatic transmission or neutral manual transmission turn off all accessories and start the engine 3 Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Maintenance 227 4 Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute 5 Turn on the air conditioning and allow the engine to idle for at least one minute 6 Release the parking brake With your foot on the brake pedal and with the air conditioning on put the transmission in position P automatic transmission or neutral manual transmission and allow the engine to idle for at least one minute Note Not allowing the engine to relearn the idle trim may adversely affect the idle quality of your vehicle until the engine eventually relearns the idle trim 7 Drive your vehicle to complete the relearning process If you disconnect the battery or install a new battery you have to reset the clock and radio s
140. crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 911 operators the vehicle location and or other details about the vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not turn the feature on Vehicle Health Report If Equipped WARNING Always follow scheduled maintenance instructions regularly inspect your vehicle and seek repair for any damage or problem you suspect Vehicle Health Report supplements but cannot replace normal maintenance and vehicle inspection Vehicle Health Report only monitors certain systems that are electronically monitored by the vehicle and will not monitor or report the status of any other system i e brake lining wear Failure to perform scheduled maintenance and regularly inspect your vehicle may result in vehicle damage and serious injury Note Your Vehicle Health Report feature requires activation prior to use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register There is no fee or subscription associated with Vehicle Health Report but you must register to use this feature Note This feature may not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your mobile phone Before running a report review the Vehicle Health Report privacy notice Note In order to allow a break
141. creases greatly and the handling of your vehicle is adversely affected Power Park Hydraulic Brake Vehicles Only This feature uses a brake chamber mounted on the chassis to power a spring applied hydraulically released driveline parking brake The park brake dash mounted yellow knob type switch controls the Power Park Brake The switch has three positions apply out neutral central and release in The switch is spring loaded to return to the neutral central position after pushing or pulling it There is no visual indication at the knob that the parking brake O is applied or released check the instrument cluster If the light is illuminated the parking brake is applied Applying the Parking Brake Pull the yellow dash mounted parking brake knob The parking brake light illuminates indicating that the parking brake has been successfully set Note If the light blinks and a warning tone sounds when you pull the control knob the parking brake is not functioning properly Seek immediate service from your dealer See Parking brake warning system in this section Releasing the Parking Brake WARNING Hold the brake pedal down while moving the gearshift lever from position to position If the brake pedal is not held down the vehicle may move unexpectedly resulting in property damage personal injury or death 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can 150 Brake
142. ct against major repair expenses resulting from neglect or inadequate maintenance and may help to increase the value of your vehicle when you sell or trade it Keep all receipts for completed maintenance with your vehicle We have established regular maintenance intervals for your vehicle based upon rigorous testing It is important that you have your vehicle serviced at the proper times These intervals serve two purposes one is to maintain the reliability of your vehicle and the second is to keep your cost of owning your vehicle down It is your responsibility to have all scheduled maintenance performed and to make sure that the materials used meet the specifications identified in the Capacities and Specifications chapter of this owner s manual Failure to perform scheduled maintenance invalidates warranty coverage on parts affected by the lack of maintenance Protecting Your Investment Maintenance is an investment that pays dividends in the form of improved reliability durability and resale value To maintain the proper performance of your vehicle and its emission control systems make sure you have scheduled maintenance performed at the designated intervals Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built with multiple complex performance systems Every manufacturer develops these systems using different specifications and performance features That is why it is important to rely upon your dealership to properly diagnose and repair your
143. cur Cruise Control It illuminates when you switch this feature on 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Instrument Cluster 69 Diesel Exhaust Fluid diesel engine only It illuminates when the diesel exhaust fluid level falls below See 0 5 gallons 1 9L in the 5 gallon 19 0L tank or one gallon 3 8L in the 9 gallon 34 0L tank Refill the tank or at a minimum add at least one gallon 8 8L to the 5 gallon 19 0L tank or two gallons 7 6L to the 9 gallon 34 0L tank Diesel Particulate Filter diesel engine only EEN lt illuminates when the soot level in the diesel particulate filter Kiew has reached a point where it requires operator assistance See Diesel particulate filter in the Maintenance chapter and your engine operator s manual for more details Do Not Shift Allison automatic transmission only E It illuminates while driving if a transmission problem exists ME shifting may be restricted Depending on the severity of the problem the shifter s digital read out may turn blank Operation may continue in order to reach service assistance The control unit may not respond to shift selector requests since there are operating limitations on the transmission such as upshift and downshift restrictions Direction changes do not occur Direction Indicator It illuminates when you turn on the left or right turn signal or ep the hazard warn
144. d below 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Maintenance 201 N WARNING 1 Always wear a respirator approved by the National Institute of Occupational Studies of Health NIOSH or Mine Safety and Appliance MSA during all brake service procedures Wear the respirator from removal of the wheels through assembly 2 Never use compressed air or dry brushing to clean brake parts or assemblies 3 Clean brake parts and assemblies in open air During assembly carefully place all parts on the floor to avoid getting dust in the air Use an industrial vacuum cleaner with a HEPA filter system to clean dust from the brake drums backing plates and other brake parts After using the vacuum remove any remaining dust with a rag soaked in water and wrung until nearly dry 4 Never use compressed air or dry sweeping to clean the work area Use an industrial vacuum cleaner with a HEPA filter system and rags soaked in water and wrung until nearly dry Dispose of used rags with care to avoid getting dust in the air Use an approved respirator when emptying vacuum cleaners and handling used rags b Worker clean up Wash your hands before eating drinking or smoking Vacuum your work clothes after use and then launder them separately without shaking them to prevent fiber dust getting into the air Your vehicle is equipped with non asbestos brake linings However exposure to exce
145. d and extension cord are firmly connected e Check for heat anywhere in the electrical hookup once the system has been operating for approximately 30 minutes e Make sure the system is unplugged and properly stowed before driving your vehicle Make sure the protective cover seals the prongs of the block heater cord plug when not in use e Keep plug terminals clean and free of dirt and corrosion e Make sure the heater system is checked for proper operation before winter 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 102 Starting and Stopping the Engine Using the Engine Block Heater Make sure the receptacle terminals are clean and dry before use To clean them use a dry cloth The heater uses 0 4 to 1 0 kilowatt hours of energy per hour of use The system does not have a thermostat It achieves maximum temperature after approximately three hours of operation Using the heater longer than three hours does not improve system performance and unnecessarily uses electricity 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Fuel and Refueling 103 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WARNING Do not overfill the fuel tank The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire WARNING The fuel system may be under pressure If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler inlet do not refuel until the
146. d by SYNC in the radio display The display indicates when the pairing is successful 7 The system then prompts with questions such as if you would like to set the current phone as the primary phone the phone SYNC automatically tries to connect with first upon vehicle start up download your phone book etc OT eo po D Phone Voice Commands Press the voice icon and say Phone Say any of the following n 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can SYNCG 293 PHONE Call lt name gt at home Call lt name gt at work OR Call lt name gt in office OR 1These commands do not require you to say Phone first These commands are not available until phone information is completely downloaded using Bluetooth See MENU table below 4See DIAL table below Phone settings set ringer 1 Phone settings set ringer 2 Phone settings set ringer 3 Text message inbox Words in are optional and do not have to be spoken for the system to understand the command Phone book commands When you ask SYNC to access a phone book name number etc the requested information appears in the display to view Press the phone button and say Call to call the contact 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 294 SYNC
147. d existing traffic regulations Any such feature is not a substitute for your personal judgment Any route suggestions made by this system should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices Route Safety Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Potential Map Inaccuracy Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads traffic controls or driving conditions Always use good judgment and common sense when following the suggested routes Emergency Services Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for these locations Not all emergency services such as police fire stations hospitals and clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such navigation features 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 340 Scheduled Maintenance GENERAL MAINTENANCE INFORMATION Why Maintain Your Vehicle Carefully following the maintenance schedule helps prote
148. d retreadability Under inflation is the primary cause of premature tire concerns including sudden loss of air In addition low inflation causes an increase in rolling resistance This results in reduced fuel mileage a loss in tread mileage and uneven wear due to increased tread movement To determine proper inflation see the tire manufacturer load and inflation guide which you can find on the tire manufacturer website or at your local truck tire dealer Tire Inspection Check the tires for abnormal wear patterns and proper inflation pressures Repair or replace cut or broken tire casings Inspect tires for the following conditions If any are present remove and repair retread or scrap the tire as the condition dictates e Any blister bump or raised portion anywhere on the surface of the tire tread or sidewall other than a bump made by a repair These indicate the start of internal separation e Any cut that reaches to the belt or ply cords or any cut that is large enough to grow in size and depth e Any nail or puncturing object e Ifa tread groove is holding a stone or object that is starting to drill into the tread base remove the object 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Wheels and Tires 247 Proper tire inflation toe in adjustment loads and road speeds are important factors governing tire mileage steering ease and maneuverability Tire Lo
149. d3no SV sso 1e98 Sutt 1 yeouqni 3urof dys syutol q uumpoo Sutr 1 PAI YOY D 8utr 1s JOMOg asueUp pm Sutr99 s IJ9M0q jueurooe do1 Jo Sutr 1s I9M0q soxeq Ie ojeotiqng sJojsnfpe JS soxe1q dre ojeormqnr ureo g soxe1q omnerpAu egjeouqnr e8exurp 1oA9 e o1 oxe1q SUTEA soxe1q omnerp Au eae xo9uo 1opur Ao I91se A ee xs sss asa Yoyo ad Ito Suueoq POUM ges eese Qro oSueu ody po Buteo POUM le j j j j youed i od oseo18 Surmeoq UAN Pe foe fe fe fe foe fe fe o o sua spu po onSunusng pue mun am Seq 9 XV 3U01 SUIALID UON rss rer ta Ee m pe ed eae e E Foor rrr ser err 96 os vo sr ze or CIE oor os os oz o9 o or j oe oc Or o00r 5 semm ISI s1n220 19A9W9IUA SYJUOU 10 S1939uro D SAN penunuo XTIVONNV 313A34 XO WA 00096 SATIN 00009 ALIO fr can Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 2015 F 650 750 167 Canadian French Scheduled Maintenance 360 SIY S UD ISA U9IUA sTe oon T 4 IO upi 000007 S ltut 000097 A asueyo lO 9TJ UJU S IOJU W SIY sauroo I AIYIYM grenuue 10 upi 00008 sepur 00009 AAA asueypo to umo o1jed I0 uni 000091 somu 000001 944 egueuo TOMY LOW SIY SOUIOD JoA9uonqM RAIOUL IJULUIJUTEUI jeep 10 uquour e ouo UY 00091 SEW 00001 LAF OA YOY LOYAL ej 0 lef J oun tto umojo1jed 1oordg eu
150. ding or feathering the clutch pedal since this causes erratic engagement that can cause engine stalling and potential serious damage to driveline components Clutch Brake Non Synchronized Transmissions Vehicle Stationary A clutch brake stops transmission input shaft rotation so you can accomplish the initial first gear or reverse gear selection when your vehicle is stationary and the engine is at idle speed Clutch brake application occurs in the last 1 inch 25 millimeters of clutch pedal travel When using the clutch brake fully press the clutch pedal and shift the transmission into first gear or reverse If the transmission does not go into one of these gears slowly release the clutch pedal while applying light pressure on the transmission shift lever until it shifts into gear Note After engagement of first gear do not use the clutch brake for upshifting or downshifting If you do clutch brake life shortens and gear selection shift efforts may increase Double Clutch Procedures Non Synchronized Transmissions In order to properly upshift or downshift 1 Press the clutch pedal to disengage the clutch 2 Shift the transmission into neutral 3 Release the clutch pedal If upshifting wait until the engine speed matches the transmission speed of the gear you are selecting If downshifting accelerate the engine until the engine speed matches the input speed of the gear you are selecting Press the clutch pedal immediat
151. does not start on the first try wait for a short period and try again If you have difficulty starting the engine when the temperature is below 13 F 25 C press the accelerator pedal slightly and try again If the engine does not start after three attempts wait 10 seconds and follow this flooded engine procedure 1 Select position P or N 2 Fully press the accelerator pedal and hold it there 3 Fully press the brake pedal 4 Start the engine Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes WARNING If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have this checked immediately Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust fumes Carbon monoxide is present in exhaust fumes Take precautions to avoid its dangerous effects Important Ventilating Information If you stop your vehicle and leave the engine idling for long periods we recommend that you do one of the following e Open the windows at least 1 inch 2 5 centimeters e Set your climate control to outside air 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Starting and Stopping the Engine 95 STARTING A DIESEL ENGINE WARNING Operation of a diesel engine near flammable vapors in the air may cause the engine speed to increase uncontrollably and over speed If this situation occurs mechanical damage fire explosion personal injury or death could result Turning off the ignition key does not slow or stop the engine
152. drum D Wheel stud 22 millimeter E Wheel hub 2 Position the outer rear tire and wheel in place over the studs and push it back as far as possible Use care so you do not damage the threads on the studs Orient clock the outer wheel on the hub so it allows access and clearance to the inner valve stem Rear wheel mounting of flange nut system A Flange nut B Wheel s C Brake drum D Wheel stud 22 millimeter E Wheel hub Aluminum Rear Disc Wheel with Flange Nuts Hub piloted A Flange nut B Wheel s C Brake drum D Wheel stud 22 millimeter E Wheel hub F Wheel locator pad 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 252 Wheels and Tires Note for aluminum wheels Clean each wheel locator pad on the hub from all dirt rust and foreign material prior to re installing rear aluminum hub piloted wheels Apply a light coat of chassis grease never seize or disc brake corrosion control grease only to the wheel locator pad 3 Run the nuts on the studs until they contact the wheel s Rotate the wheel assembly a half turn to permit the parts to seat 4 Draw up the nuts alternately following the crisscross sequence illustrated under the following wheel tightening sequence illustrations Do not fully tighten the nuts This allows uniform seating of the nuts and makes sure even face to face contact of the wheel and hub 8 lug wheel 10
153. dure to install the new bulb Replacing Front Parking Turn Signal and Side Marker Lamp Bulbs To remove the parking lamp and turn signal bulbs 1 Make sure the headlamp control is in the off position and the turn signals are off 2 Remove the four screws from the lamp assembly 3 Carefully lower the lamp assembly and pull the bulb socket straight out of the lamp assembly 4 Carefully pull the bulb straight out of the socket 5 Reverse the procedure to install the new bulb Replacing Front Clearance and Identification Lamp Bulbs 1 Make sure the headlamp control 339 is in the off position 2 Remove the screw and lens from the lamp assembly 3 Pull the bulb straight out of the socket 4 Reverse the procedure to install the new bulb 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Maintenance 233 Replacing Brake Tail Rear Turn Signal Reverse and License Plate Lamp Bulbs 1 Remove the four screws and the lamp lens from the lamp assembly 2 Carefully pull the bulb straight out of the socket 3 Reverse the procedure to install the new bulb BULB SPECIFICATION CHART Replacement bulbs specifications are in the chart below Headlamp bulbs must be marked with an authorized D O T for North America and an E for Europe to make sure lamp performance light brightness and pattern and safe visibility The correct bulbs do not damage the
154. dvance warning Never reach near or permit objects to protrude into the fan blade radius while the engine is running as this could result in vehicle damage personal injury or death WARNING Do not operate the vehicle if any suspension conditions listed in the following charts are evident Loss of steering or suspension could result in property damage personal injury or death WARNING If a wheel must be changed obtain expert tire service help Mounting and un mounting of tires should only be performed by a qualified technician using necessary safety procedures and equipment otherwise the result could be property damage personal injury or death Note Always make sure you apply the parking brake before starting the engine 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 14 Vehicle Inspection Guide Engine compartment with engine off Engine oil Use the dipstick to verify the oil level is in the proper operating range See Engine oil check in the Maintenance chapter Engine coolant Look through the plastic reservoir or the clear sight glass on the reservoir depending upon vehicle equipment and verify the coolant level is within the proper operating range Do not remove the pressure cap until the coolant has cooled See Engine coolant check in the Maintenance chapter Power steering Verify that the fluid level is in the proper fluid operating range See Power steer
155. e Vibration or abnormal tire wear indicating imbalance Hard shifting or excessive vibration mountings High effort to shift noisy transmission controls Insufficient full throttle power backfiring Radiator cap does not hold pressure on the radiator Electrical power supply has Check the battery terminals for diminished corrosion 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Scheduled Maintenance 345 Cleaning the wiper blades with a Replace wiper blades clean cloth and mild detergent and washing with a cleaner does not restore a clean wipe when vehicle operating loaded Windshield washers do not spray Check windshield washer fluid During maintenance and repair protect the fuel tube and the hose assemblies power steering lines and brake lines from external heat acids and abrasions that could damage them Check for free linkage action and make sure that return spring force is adequate to maintain pedal free play Adjust repair or replace as required with the same or equivalent parts Emissions Control System WARNING Because of high engine compartment and exhaust system temperatures resulting from emissions equipment do not park idle or operate your vehicle in dry grass or other dry ground cover where the possibility of ground fire exists To make sure the emissions control systems operate effectively you shou
156. e 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Vehicle Care 241 Body e Wash your vehicle thoroughly to remove dirt grease oil tar or mud from exterior surfaces rear wheel housing and the underside of the front fenders e Periodically wash vehicles stored in exposed locations Touch up raw or primed metal to prevent rust e Cover chrome and stainless steel parts with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent discoloration Re wax as necessary when you wash your vehicle e Lubricate all hood and door hinges and latches with light grade oil e Cover interior trim to prevent fading e Keep all rubber parts free from oil and solvents Engine e Change the engine oil and filter before storage Used engine oil contains contaminates that may cause engine damage e Start the engine every 15 days Run at fast idle until it reaches normal operating temperature e With your foot on the brake shift through all the gears while the engine is running Fuel System Fill the fuel tank s with high quality fuel until the first automatic shutoff of the fuel pump nozzle Cooling System e Protect against freezing temperatures e When removing vehicle from storage check coolant fluid level Confirm there are no cooling system leaks and fluid is at the recommended level Battery Note If battery cables are disconnected it is necessary to reset memory features e Check and recharge as necessary Keep connections clean e I
157. e 972 aaoge pue JST OFI M0S8 AVS 9AOq pu Cf emu sjueoriqni onoqju s UE pue euoru Auoo OVI MGZ AVS xrur Jou oq DLE 01 9007 7 sqjueoriqnr orjuqu s 4 08 01 4 077 Surpnpour suoneogroeds TO OPTMGL AX 08 482 AVS AGOT Aud TIN 3ueoriqunT XV eoo 0 92 91 0 07 Surjoour Ajpenb o Surreoq poym OTOYJUAS OPT MGL Ja 93 daf G TD IdV JO a0ml afp quod orreuo8 AVS 3Je191030 X WGL AVS 1998 Jy esodandnn yq o xe Jao1dg u0ye H ap IO SUIALIp UON Joquiny IMEN Med S930N OMRI TMJ prog uaqeambg yuorqury Qos P UPeds See SNOIL1VOIJIO3dS 1VOINHO3 L 2015 F 650 750 167 r can f Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French Capacities and Specifications 256 D 8B 01 DsgI AoOOT OF HOOT M06 AVS C S 0 0 92 Ao02 03 JdoSI M08 AVS enoqe pue Dr oAoqe pue AA MOPT AVS enoqe pu ET oAoqe pue 4 01 QV T MS8 AVS 9A0qe pue 2 96 oAoqe pue j GT 0 T M08 AVS aaoqe pue O07 oAoqe pue Aur QV T M9 AVS 0 0 03 Oe0T TO 06M08 AX qUROLIQN OXY JO umruroJd 06 08 AVS 3je1040 0 X TO OP LAGL AX jueoruiqnr oxy 1Y oneujus OP T MSA JTo66 01 dt AVS 3J 191030 N ASA AVS Joqumw 2urew Ld S JON o3n3e1eduro p4o p 3uo eAmb q Ju rqurv A3ISO2SIA SJUBITIQNT ITJ YJU S pue p euorjyuoAuoo xrur Jou oq SULINI orjeugqu s Surpngour suorjeoagroeds ASOT6 Aad TIN Surjoour TED STD Idy JO 9qni JOS qy esodundn n q
158. e s speakers Note If you have already connected a device to the USB port you cannot access the line in feature Some digital media players require both USB and line in ports to stream data and music separately 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 320 SYNC Media Settings Choose to shuffle or repeat your music and select your Autoplay settings Once these selections are turned on they remain on until turned off Press SEEK to play the previous or next track Note Some digital media players require both USB and line in ports to stream data and music separately Press OK to select and then scroll to choose from Shuffle Press OK to shuffle available media files in the current playlist Note To shuffle all media tracks you must select Play All in the Play Menu and then select Shuffle Repeat Press OK to repeat any song Autoplay Press OK to listen to music which has already been randomly indexed during the indexing Mobile Apps Interact with SYNC capable mobile applications on your smart phone See SYNC AppLink earlier in this chapter for more information System Settings Access Bluetooth Device menu listings add connect set as primary on off delete as well as Advanced menu listings prompts languages defaults master reset install application and system information Note See System Settings for more information Exit Media Menu Pr
159. e shuffle repeat etc and also to add connect or delete devices 1 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the Media Menu 2 Scroll to cycle through When you select Play Menu Play your music by artist album genre playlists tracks similar music or to simply play all You can also choose to Explore USB to view the supported digital music files on your playing device See Play Menu later in this section for more information 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can SYNC 319 Select Source SYNC USB Press OK to access music plugged into your USB port You can also plug in devices to charge them if supported by your device Once connected the system indexes any readable media files The time required to complete this depends on the size of the media content being indexed If Autoplay is on you can access media files randomly as they are indexed If turned off indexed media is not available until the indexing process is complete SYNC is capable of indexing thousands of average size media and notifies you if the maximum indexing file size is reached Bluetooth Audio This is a phone dependent feature which allows you to stream music playing on your Bluetooth enabled phone If supported by your device you can press SEEK to play the previous or next track SYNC Line In Press OK to select and play music from your portable music player over the vehicl
160. e Scheduled Maintenance chapter for service intervals Clutch Linkage Lubricate the clutch linkage using the following procedure Use a grease that meets manufacturer specifications See the Capacities amd Specifications chapter Transmission and clutch removed for clarity 1 Set the parking brake shift into first gear and turn the engine off 2 Remove the inspection cover from the clutch housing 3 Lubricate the clutch release bearing one location and the clutch release shaft two locations grease fittings with a grease gun 4 Lubricate the clutch release wear pads two locations where they contact the clutch release bearing with a brush or similar tool 5 Reinstall the inspection cover See the Scheduled Maintenance chapter for service intervals POWER STEERING FLUID CHECK Note To avoid damage to the power steering system do not operate your vehicle with a low power steering fluid level 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Maintenance 223 Note If adding fluid is necessary use only the appropriate fluid See the Capacities and Specifications chapter A low fluid level may indicate a leak in the power steering system Inspect the power steering system and repair the leak or see an authorized dealer or a qualified technician for service See the Scheduled Maintenance chapter for the recommended service intervals Check the fluid
161. e amount of torque on the parking pawl This makes it difficult to shift the transmission out of position P Hold the brake pedal down while shifting out of position P then release the parking brake 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 132 Transmission Allison 3000 Series Push Button Shifter To shift to Reverse or Drive 1 Press the brake pedal 2 Press R or D on the shifter 3 Release the brake pedal To select a higher range when in Drive press the up arrow button M D N T R To select a lower range when in Drive press the down arrow button To place the transmission in Neutral press N Allison 3000 Prognostics This transmission is equipped with the Allison Prognostics feature that can alert the driver to needed transmission maintenance and transmission fluid and filter life See the separate Allison transmission manual for complete details POWER TAKE OFF PTO OPERATION IF EQUIPPED A PTO unit allows the transmission to power auxiliary equipment to run devices such as snowplows aerial lifts tow truck lifts cement mixers or dump trucks Vehicles Equipped with an Allison Automatic Transmission Except 3000 Series You can operate the PTO while your vehicle is standing or moving To engage the PTO apply the brakes and shift to any gear other than position N then engage the PTO If the gear teeth not meshing properly p
162. e as when waiting for a traffic light Engaging the Clutch e Always start in the proper gear An empty vehicle can start in a higher gear than a fully loaded vehicle Starting in too high a gear can cause clutch slippage and excessive heat and wear on the clutch A gear that starts the vehicle moving at idle speed is the correct gear If you have to rev the engine to get your vehicle going the gear selection is too high e Do not shift until your vehicle has reached the proper speed Upshifting before your vehicle has reached the proper speed can cause clutch slippage and excessive heat and wear on the clutch e Never hold a vehicle on a grade with the clutch This causes the clutch to slip and can actually burn up the clutch e Never coast with the clutch disengaged The high RPM sometimes over 10000 can actually burst the facing material of the clutch e Never engage the clutch while coasting Re engaging the clutch after coasting may not only cause a great shock to the clutch but the whole drivetrain Internal engine damage or clutch and flywheel failure can result from this 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 124 Transmission If the transmission is equipped with a ceramic clutch you must start your vehicle moving in first gear and engage the clutch before pressing the accelerator at idle In addition do not try to slip the clutch by raising engine RPM and ri
163. e oo5 susug UO epuoururo291 s J MJVMULU 99g eurSuo osoarp oove da1 que ooo 3ji popua1x d UOrjepuourulo28 S 194n39ejnueur IIG our8uo osorp 1opuojxo ppe jue ooo af popud Xy SBS EENS E ouuo Toserp uj8u ns LOYTYUL UOISOII02 oAnrppe pue uorjo93o1d ozeo1g xo9wo que ooo oun pe fe fe fe fe fe foe fo eo o uomerjuaouoo pue 9A9 YU jue o09 au lmp uos spure Surpegod o qe Jo puo je 9 0U 99g sujuour 10 DU 0008 Soit 000G ATOAT euu oumose8 aBueYp Jay pue Tto ou UOT epuautul0291 sTM Lemuru 99g ur8u samt eS8ueuo Jo pue ro oun EMEN GEES E Tn rr E us 8 EUER 8 0001 X sxo3ouropry ht a a sm ISI 1990 19A W IUA su uour 10 s193ouro pp Ss TI N XATTVONNV YAMA YO CAM 000ZE SATIN 00002 YO SNOLLIGNOO ALAIA NI AVOA AAO NO AOIAAAS TATAAS Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 2015 F 650 750 f67 Canadian_French fr_can 367 Scheduled Maintenance SX1oJ syeus 8urreoq se N Won SIY SIWO ISA UO9IUA suquour oor 10 WA 00071 0008 SOMU 0008 0009 Lia IdS uou oeouqnr Tut dys pue mot say Sou JOASITYM SYJUOUT XTS JO UN 00007 serur 00097 KAJ DS ayeotmqny yutol f qooq yoodsut mof dys IJESA soxe1q ormnerp u egjeouqng e8exurp I9A9 epo1 ILIQ SUD ISIH s1n520 JOAVYSTYM SYJUOU 10 SJ939uro D satt penunuo XTIVINNV UAMAA YO CAM 0007 SATIN 0000 YO SNOLLIGNOO ALYIG NI AVOA 40 NO SOIASHS 32AHS
164. e q uogeng ce DoT oa HME PEP EPP EE EEE PEE el del j b aen ro umo orjed penuew 1o m q U0 e7 Tenue sojeJodo uorssmusuer 99g jius ojny pue orjeurogny ee ee SST SIY Soulod I A US9IUA Sou ao 10 uni 000ZT U 0008 Soff 0008 0009 Oo rIdS uou oyeorsqny urof dys pue met Gs SOUIOD AABYOTYA SYJUOU xrs A0 UQ 0000F SOMU 00097 AA TdS eseougnr mot r O Duru o os ve ne sr se on e 9 e C Sow oor Lt SZT Ter 0001 X steaouroqy DRESS Sona ISI 1990 19A9W9IJA SYJUOU 10 S19 9ULOTLY eat penuguo XTIVONNV YAMA AO WA 00096 SATIN 00009 ALIO Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 2015 F 650 750 f67 Canadian_French fr_can 361 Scheduled Maintenance maps AC yor pue xooup uro3s amp S AAA PMIA sneyxy posorq TT II STR PSHE sS fe j fe fe PNI sropur4o YOY SIOYLNs soyoyepsoesuny 100g sjuouoduro qe Fepupwe e s s a ps s on For vr ser err 9e os vo sr z or CUES Foor os os o oo os r oe oz or or samme ISIH s1n220 19A9W9IUA su uour 10 S1939uro D SAN penunuo XTIVONNV YAMA XO WA 00096 SATIN 00009 ALIO fr_can Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 2015 F 650 750 167 Canadian French Scheduled Maintenance 362 ubt 000091 SETA 000001 Jet ou ur pooerdot jou jt Du 0000F2 sait 000081 W eoerdou unt 000761
165. e than one person WARNING When possible all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position WARNING Safety belts and seats can become hot in a vehicle that has been closed up in sunny weather they could burn a small child Check seat covers and buckles before you place a child anywhere near them 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 42 Safety Belts T WARNING Front and rear seat occupants including pregnant women should wear safety belts for optimum protection in an accident The front and rear outboard safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts The front and rear seat passenger outboard safety belts have vehicle sensitive emergency locking retractors and automatic locking retractors The safety belt system consists of e Lap and shoulder safety belts e Shoulder safety belt with automatic locking mode except driver safety belt e Height adjuster at the front outboard seating positions e Safety belt warning light and chime See Safety belt warning light and indicator chime later in this chapter FASTENING THE SAFETY BELTS The front and rear outboard safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts 1 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming e from until you hear a snap and feel it la
166. e wheels so the vehicle cannot move once the brakes are released Note Make sure to connect your vehicle securely to the tow vehicle and that the tow vehicle s parking brakes are set before releasing the disabled vehicle s spring brakes Before moving the disabled vehicle check for adequate road clearance of vehicle components If possible unload the disabled vehicle before towing This reduces any abnormal load to the vehicle components resulting from the towing procedures Before towing make sure to release the parking brake fully You can reset the spring actuated type parking brake by recharging the air system with at least 64 psi 441 kPa of air If the brake system does not retain air pressure then you must release the spring brakes manually See Parking brake in the Brakes chapter 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 172 Towing Towing the Vehicle with the Front Wheels Suspended Note To avoid transmission damage do not tow your vehicle even a short distance without suspending rear wheels or removing the axle shafts or driveshaft Note When towing a vehicle equipped with a tandem axle from the front raise the forward rear axle so it can clear the road surface and secure it to the frame with chains or U bolts allowing only the rear rear axle to contact the road surface Remove axle shafts from the rear rear axle assembly Cover the wheel hub ends to prev
167. e your vehicle is dependent on many variables including transmission capability Check with your sales consultant for the exact rating on your vehicle ESSENTIAL TOWING CHECKS Service your vehicle more frequently if you tow a trailer See your scheduled maintenance information For load specification terms found on the Tire Label and Safety Compliance Certification Label and for instructions on calculating your vehicle s load see Load limit in the Load Carrying chapter Hitches Do not use a hitch that either clamps onto the bumper or attaches to the axle Distribute the trailer load so 10 1596 of the total trailer weight is on the tongue 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Towing 169 Safety Chains Note Do not attach safety chains to the bumper Always connect the trailer s safety chains to the frame or hook retainers of your vehicle hitch To connect the trailer s safety chains cross the chains under the trailer tongue and allow enough slack for turning tight corners Do not allow the chains to drag on the ground Trailer Brakes WARNING Do not connect a trailer s hydraulic brake system directly to your vehicle s brake system Your vehicle may not have enough braking power and your chances of having a crash greatly increase Electric brakes and manual automatic or surge type trailer brakes are safe if you install them properly and adjust them to
168. eat to dry thoroughly e Operate the heated seats unless the engine is running Doing so could drain your vehicle s battery Press to cycle through the various heat settings and off Warmer settings are indicated by more indicator lights 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can 90 Seats FRONT SEAT ARMREST IF EQUIPPED To release the armrest and gain access to the cupholders and seat back storage bin press the button on the right hand side of the seat and pull the seat back down Pull up on the tab to open the storage bin Lift up on the seat back to return it to the upright position 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Auxiliary Power Points 91 AUXILIARY POWER POINTS WARNING Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigarette lighter socket if equipped Improper use of the lighter can cause damage not covered by your warranty and can result in fire or serious injury Note If you use the power points when the engine is not running the battery may discharge and there may not be sufficient battery power to start your engine Note Do not insert objects other than an accessory plug into the power point This damages the outlet and blows the fuse Note Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug Note Do not use the power point ove
169. eather conditions exist Airflow restriction can cause high exhaust temperatures power loss excessive fan usage and a reduction in fuel economy If you must use a winter front the device should have a permanent opening of at least 120 square inches 774 square centimeters directly in line with the fan hub For best engine operation in temperatures of 32 F 0 C or lower e Make sure the batteries are the correct type and are fully charged Check other electrical components to make sure they are in optimum condition e Use a permanent type engine coolant to protect the engine against damage from freezing e f your vehicle is equipped with a water fuel separator drain it daily Fill the fuel tank at the end of daily operation to prevent condensation in the fuel system e Use the proper engine oil and maintain it at its proper level 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Driving Aids 161 At temperatures of 4 F 20 C or below it is recommended that you use a crankcase mounted coolant heater to improve cold engine starting If operating in arctic temperatures of 20 F 29 C or lower consult your truck dealer for information about special cold weather equipment and precautions Hot Weather Use a permanent type engine coolant to protect the engine against damage from overheating Fill the fuel tank at the end of daily operation to prevent condensati
170. ecember 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Fuses 195 Relay Description Location Shift interlock EPRNDL display Selective Catalyst Reduction SCR system NOx diesel ane only ABS warning indicator IR22 mm unlock R23 R24 R25 Park lights R26 Spare Trailer Tow Relays If Equipped Location Rating brake vehicles only 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 196 Fuses Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Protected Circuits Location Rating Trailer tow turn stop lamps combined Trailer tow turn lamps separate L 5 o Rl Trailer tow ABS relay non electric trailer brake vehicles only R Trailer tow marker lamp relay R3 Trailer tow stop lamp relay R RB LR Inline Fuses Your vehicle may have several inline fuses located in or on the battery cables located in the battery box depending on application e All vehicles equipped with an Allison transmission have a 10 amp fuse located in the clean power cables located in the battery box e All vehicles have a 30 amp fuse located in the clean power cables located in the battery box e All vehicles equipped with hydraulic brakes have a 40 amp fuse located in the clean power cables located in the battery box In addition another 30 amp fuse is located in a fuse holder just above the power distribution center located in t
171. ed Gasoline Engine Only WARNING If fail safe cooling activates pull off the road as soon as safely possible and turn the engine off The engine may automatically shut off while driving without further indication If the engine coolant supply is very low this feature allows you to drive your vehicle temporarily before incremental component damage occurs The fail safe distance depends on ambient temperatures vehicle load and terrain How Fail Safe Cooling Works If the engine begins to overheat e The engine coolant temperature gauge moves to the red hot area e The information display indicates the engine is overheating e The service engine soon indicator illuminates If the engine reaches a preset over temperature condition the engine automatically switches to alternating cylinder operation Each disabled cylinder acts as an air pump and cools the engine 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Maintenance 215 When Fail Safe Mode Turns On WARNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot Note Driving your vehicle without repairing the engine problem increases the chance of engine damage Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible You have limited engine power when in the fail safe mode so drive your vehicle with caution Your vehicle is not able to maintain high speed operation and the engine run
172. ehicle manually but it takes more effort 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 162 Driving Aids If the steering wanders or pulls check for Underinflated tire s on any wheel s Uneven vehicle loading High crown in center of road High crosswinds Wheels out of alignment Loose or worn suspension components AIR SUSPENSION IF EQUIPPED Note Do not operate your vehicle without air in the suspension springs Operating your vehicle without air in the suspension springs damages the suspension degrades ride performance and may cause property damage The air suspension system automatically adjusts to different loads to maintain a constant frame height allows for ease of vehicle loading provides improved vehicle ride and increased driver comfort Air Suspension Dump Switch Note The suspension dumps air when the ignition is in the accessory or on position but fills only when the ignition is in the on position A switch located in the overhead v switch pack controls the system It operates only when the ignition is in the accessory or on position and the SE air tanks have sufficient pressure to o o fill the air springs When you turn off the ignition the suspension remains in whatever state it was last set Pressing the lower portion of the switch exhausts air from the air springs lowering the frame for loading Pressing the upper portion of the
173. ehicle out of park which means the vehicle can roll freely To avoid unwanted vehicle movement always fully set the parking brake prior to doing this procedure Use wheel chocks if appropriate WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 128 Transmission If the fuse is not blown and the brake lamps are working properly the following procedure allows you to move the gearshift lever from position P 1 Apply the parking brake and turn the engine off 2 Remove the lower finish panel below the steering column 3 Turn the key to the on position but do not start the engine 4 Pull back on the solenoid and at the same time shift the transmission into position N 5 Start your vehicle See an authorized dealer as soon as possible if this procedure is used Six speed TorqShift amp Transmission N WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in position P Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle WARNING Do not use the tow haul feature when driving in icy or slippery conditions as the increased engine braking can cause the rear wheels to slide and the vehicle to swing around with the possible loss of veh
174. ely and shift into the desired gear then release the clutch pedal 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Transmission 125 Eaton FS 5205A 5 speed This transmission is equipped with five forward gears and one reverse 2 5 are synchronized gears The shift pattern is on the gearshift knob Do not shift the transmission into reverse while your vehicle is moving as this could damage the transmission Eaton FS 5406A FS 5406N FS 6406A and FSO 6406A 6 speed These transmissions are equipped with six forward gears and one reverse all forward gears are synchronized gears The shift pattern is on the gearshift knob Do not shift the transmission into first gear or reverse while your vehicle is moving as this could damage the transmission 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 126 Transmission Spicer ES56 7B and ES066 7B 7 speed These transmissions are equipped with seven forward gears and one reverse 2 7 are synchronized gears The shift pattern is on the gearshift knob Do not shift the transmission into first gear or reverse while your vehicle is moving as this could damage the transmission AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION OPERATION IF EQUIPPED A WARNING Hold the brake pedal down while you move the gearshift lever between positions If you do not hold the brake pedal down y
175. en to Use the Automatic Locking Mode This mode should be used any time a child safety seat is installed in a front outboard passenger seating position or any outboard rear seating position if equipped The optional front and rear seat center safety belt have a cinch mechanism Children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible See the Child Safety chapter How to Use the Automatic Locking Mode 1 Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt 2 Grasp the shoulder portion and pull downward until the entire belt is pulled out e Allow the belt to retract As the belt retracts you will hear a clicking sound This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking mode How to Disengage the Automatic Locking Mode WARNING After any vehicle crash the safety belt system at all passenger seating positions must be checked by an authorized dealer to verify that the automatic locking retractor feature for child seats is still functioning properly In addition all safety belts should be checked for proper function WARNING Belt and retractor assembly must be replaced if the safety belt assembly automatic locking retractor feature or any other safety belt function is not operating properly when checked by an authorized dealer Failure to replace the belt and retractor assembly could increase the risk of injury in crashes Unbuckle the combination lap and shoulder belt
176. ended with a maximum of 1596 ethanol in your gasoline vehicle Do not use e fuels containing more than 1596 ethanol or E 85 fuel e fuel containing methanol e fuels containing metallic based additives including manganese based compounds e fuels containing the octane booster additive methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT e leaded fuel The use of leaded fuel is prohibited by law Your vehicle was not designed to use fuels that contain manganese based additives Using fuels not recommended could damage or impair the emission control system 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Fuel and Refueling 105 Diesel Engine WARNING Using low sulfur 16 500 ppm or high sulfur greater than 500 ppm diesel fuel in a diesel engine designed to use only Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel fuel causes certain emission components to malfunction which may also cause the Service Engine Soon light to illuminate indicating an emissions related concern It may also increase the likelihood of engine oil dilution with fuel which may lead to major engine damage WARNING Do not mix diesel fuel with gasoline gasohol or alcohol This could cause an explosion resulting in personal injury WARNING Do not add gasoline gasohol or alcohol to diesel fuel This practice creates a serious fire hazard resulting in personal injury and engine performance problems WARNING Do not use sta
177. enough prediluted engine coolant to bring the coolant level to the proper level Recycled Engine Coolant Ford Motor Company does not recommend the use of recycled engine coolant since a Ford approved recycling process is not yet available Dispose of used engine coolant in an appropriate manner Follow your community s regulations and standards for recycling and disposing of automotive fluids 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 214 Maintenance Severe Climates If you drive in extremely cold climates e t may be necessary to have an authorized dealer increase the coolant concentration above 5096 e A coolant concentration of 6096 provides improved freeze point protection Engine coolant concentrations above 6096 decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage If you drive in extremely hot climates e It may be necessary to have an authorized dealer decrease the coolant concentration to 4096 e A coolant concentration of 40 provides improved overheat protection Engine coolant concentrations below 4096 decrease the corrosion and freeze protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage Vehicles driven year round in non extreme climates should use prediluted engine coolant for optimum cooling system and engine protection What You Should Know About Fail Safe Cooling If Equipp
178. ent Neither MS nor Microsoft Corporation nor their affiliates nor their designated agent are responsible for i the contents of any third party sites any links contained in third party sites or any changes or updates to third party sites or ii webcasting or any other form of transmission received from any third party sites If the SOFTWARE provides links to third party sites those links are provided to you only as a convenience and the inclusion of any link does not imply an endorsement of the third party site by MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent e Obligation to Drive Responsibly You recognize your obligation to drive responsibly and keep attention on the road You will read and abide with the DEVICE operating instructions particularly as they pertain to safety and assumes any risk associated with the use of the DEVICE UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY separate from the DEVICE on media such as a ROM chip CD ROM disk s or via web download or other means and is labeled For Upgrade Purposes Only or For Recovery Purposes Only you may install one 1 copy of such SOFTWARE onto the DEVICE as a replacement copy for the existing SOFTWARE and use it in accordance with this EULA including any additional EULA terms accompanying the upgrade SOFTWARE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE includ
179. ent loss of axle lubricant and entrance of contaminants Use extreme care in securing the chains or U bolts to avoid possible damage to the brake lines hoses or other components When it is necessary to tow a vehicle with the front wheels suspended take extra precautions to avoid transmission or differential damage e Remove the axle shafts from the axle assembly to prevent the wheels from driving the differential and the transmission e Cover the wheel hub ends to prevent loss of axle lubricant and entrance of other contaminants If you do not remove the axle shafts removal of the driveshaft is required Towing the Vehicle with the Rear Wheels Suspended Note To avoid damage to the cab roof or air deflector when towing your vehicle backward rear wheels suspended remove the air deflector Whenever possible it is preferable to tow a disabled vehicle from the rear by raising the rear of the chassis When towing a vehicle with the rear of the chassis suspended you must lock the front wheels in the straight ahead position Vehicles equipped with a manual transmission must have at least 1 0 pint 0 5 liter of transmission fluid drained from the case This prevents the transmission fluid from entering the clutch housing and saturating the clutch discs Make sure to replace the transmission fluid before returning your vehicle to service Towing Vehicles Equipped with a Driver controlled Differential Lock Note If you have to tow your
180. ents Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag in a collision For fabric carpets cloth seats safety belts and seats equipped with side airbags e Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner e Apply a layer of high quality foam cleaner designed for automotive interiors to the dry stained area s of the item you are cleaning and allow soaking for one minute If grease or tar is present on the material spot clean the area first with Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover In Canada use Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner e f a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning clean the entire area immediately but do not oversaturate or the ring can set e Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners which can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT PANEL AND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LENS WARNING Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the steering wheel or instrument panel to avoid contamination of the airbag system Clean the instrument panel and cluster lens with a clean damp white cotton cloth then use a clean and dry white cotton cloth to dry these areas e Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase the gloss of the upper portion of the instrument panel The dull finish in this area helps protect the driver from undesirable windshield reflection 2015 F
181. ers Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Maintenance 205 e Checking that the pitman arm steering arm at steering gear mounting is tight and locked Check system for leaks or hose chafing Repair immediately if necessary e Maintaining proper steering gear and power steering pump lubricant levels e Checking steering column joint bolts and steering linkage particularly for body to chassis clearance Steering Column Joint Bolts As a good maintenance practice check steering column joint bolt tightness every 60000 miles 96000 kilometers or annually whichever occurs first Do not overtighten the bolts Hydraulic System Whenever draining and refilling the power steering s hydraulic system for any reason bleed air from the system before returning the vehicle to service Failure to bleed the hydraulic system properly can result in degradation of power system performance Consult an authorized dealer who is aware of the proper procedures for filling and bleeding the system Catalytic Converter Diesel Engine Note If your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter or muffler do not blend waste oil with diesel fuel Operate only on ultra low sulfur less than 15 parts per million sulfur diesel fuel with a cetane value of 45 or higher If your diesel engine is equipped with a catalytic converter it is important to review the maintenance schedule to make sure proper functioning of
182. es with Steel Carcass Plies if equipped This type of tire utilizes steel cords in the sidewalls As such they cannot be treated like normal light truck tires Tire service including adjusting the air pressure must be performed by personnel trained supervised and equipped according to Federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration OSHA regulations For example during any procedure involving tire inflation the technician or individual must utilize a remote inflation device and make sure that all persons are clear of the trajectory area 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Wheels and Tires 245 Stay out of the trajectory 1 as indicated in the illustration WARNING Do not mount tube type tires on tubeless wheels or tubeless tires on tube type wheels To do so could result in tire or wheel failure and cause property damage personal injury or death Preserving proper inflation pressure is a very important maintenance practice to make sure safe vehicle operation and long life for the tires Failure to maintain correct inflation pressure may result in sudden tire destruction improper vehicle handling and may cause rapid and irregular tire wear Therefore inflation pressures should be checked daily and always before long distance trips Follow the tire manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure for the tire size type load range
183. eservoir 2 Visually inspect the fluid level It should be at the bottom of the fill ports 3 Add brake fluid if necessary from a clean unopened container until the level reaches the bottom of the fill ports Do not fill above this line Only use a DOT 3 brake fluid certified to meet manufacturer specifications See the Capacities amd Specifications chapter CLUTCH FLUID AND LINKAGE Clutch Fluid WARNING Carefully read cautionary information on product label For MEDICAL EMERGENCY INFORMATION contact a physician or Poison Control Center immediately on Ford Motorcraft products call 1 800 959 3673 FORD Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury Use only a DOT 3 brake fluid designed to meet manufacturer specifications See the Capacities and Specifications chapter During normal operation the fluid level in the clutch reservoir should remain constant If the fluid level drops fill to the step in the reservoir 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 222 Maintenance Set the parking brake shift into first gear and turn the engine off Open the hood Clean the reservoir cap before removal to prevent dirt and water from entering the reservoir Remove cap and rubber diaphragm from reservoir Add fluid if necessary until it reaches the step in the reservoir 6 Reinstall rubber diaphragm and cap onto reservoir See th
184. ess OK to exit the media menu Accessing Your Play Menu This menu allows you to select and play your media by artist album genre playlist track similar music or even to explore what is on your USB device 1 Make sure that your device is plugged into the USB port and is turned on 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can SYNCG 321 2 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the Media Menu 3 Scroll to select the Play Menu and press OK If there are no media files to access the display indicates there is no media If there are media files you have the following options to scroll through and select from When you select Play All Play all indexed media tracks from your playing device in flat file mode one at a time in numerical order Press OK to select The first track title appears in the display Artists Sort all indexed media by artist Once selected the system lists and then play all artists and tracks alphabetically If there are less than 255 indexed artist they are listed alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more they are categorized in alphabetical categories 1 Press OK to select You can select to play All Artists or any indexed artist 2 Scroll until the desired artist is chosen and press OK Albums Sort all indexed media by albums If there are less than 255 indexed albums they are listed alphabetically in flat file m
185. ettings after reconnecting the battery 4 Always dispose of automotive s S batteries in a responsible manner Ki Follow your local authorized standards for disposal Call your local authorized recycling center to find out more about recycling automotive batteries RECYCLE CHECKING THE WIPER BLADES Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of the blade to check for roughness Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid or water applied with a soft sponge or cloth 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 228 Maintenance CHANGING THE WIPER BLADES 1 To remove the wiper blade pull A the wiper arm away from your NSW vehicle Pry open the lock cover y B A with your thumb to release ef the blade i Press the retaining clip to disengage the wiper blade and then pull the wiper blade down C toward the windshield to remove it from the arm 3 To install the new wiper blade insert the wiper blade into the wiper arm hook B 4 While holding the wiper arm push the wiper blade up and a away from the windshield 5 Close the lock cover Replace wiper blades at least once per year for optimum performance Poor wiper quality can be improved by cleaning the wiper blades and the windshield See Cleaning the windows and wiper blades in the Vehicle Care chapter To prolong the life of the wiper blades it is highly recommended to scrape off
186. evel indicator is in the normal range If the transmission fluid temperature exceeds the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible and verify the airflow is not restricted such as snow or debris blocking airflow through the grill Special operating conditions such as snowplowing towing or off road use can also cause higher than normal operating temperatures Internal transmission damage may occur if you operate the transmission for extended periods with the gauge in the higher than normal area Changing the severity of the driving conditions may help lower the transmission temperature into the normal range If the gauge continues to show high temperatures see an authorized dealer Fuel Gauge Indicates approximately how much fuel is in the fuel tank when the ignition is on The fuel gauge may vary slightly when your vehicle is moving or on a grade The fuel icon and arrow indicates which side of the vehicle the fuel filler door is located Information Display Odometer Located in the bottom of the information display Registers the accumulated distance your vehicle has travelled Trip Computer See General information in the Information Displays chapter Vehicle Settings and Personalization See General information in the Information Displays chapter 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Instrument Cluster 67 Gauge Package If Equipped Your
187. ever you apply and release the brakes during forward or reverse operation Note Occasional brake noise is normal If a metal to metal continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present this may indicate worn brake linings Have them inspected by an authorized dealer If your vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking an authorized dealer should inspect the vehicle Know the required stopping distances for all driving conditions you may encounter For longer brake lining life take full advantage of engine braking power when coming to a stop WARNING Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal This results in abnormally high brake temperatures excessive lining wear and increased stopping distances Before descending a long or steep hill shift to a lower gear and avoid continuous application of the brakes Normally choose the same gear to descend the hill that you use to ascend the hill WARNING Continuous application of the brakes causes the brakes to overheat resulting in a temporary loss of braking See the nstrument Cluster chapter for information on the EY brake system warning light Wet brakes result in reduced braking efficiency Gently press the brake pedal a few times when driving from a car wash or standing water to dry the brakes If Brakes Do Not Grip Well e f you have been driving through deep water gently apply the brakes several times while your veh
188. f all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving When using SYNC e Do not operate playing devices if the power cords or cables are broken split or damaged Place cords and cables out of the way so they do not interfere with the operation of pedals seats compartments or safe driving abilities e Do not leave playing devices in your vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage See your device s manual for further information 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 288 SYNC e Do not attempt to service or repair the system See your authorized dealer For your safety some SYNC functions are speed dependent Their use is limited to when your vehicle is traveling at speeds under 3 mph 5 km h Make sure that you review your device s manual before using it with SYNC Privacy Information When a cellular phone is connected to SYNC the system creates a profile within your vehicle that is linked to that cellular phone This profile is created in order to offer you more cellular features and to operate more efficiently Among other things this profile may contain data about your cellular phone book text messages read and unread and call history including history of calls when your cell phone was not connected to the system In addition if you connect a media device the system creates and retains
189. f loose objects Turns signals Verify brake lights and e Both brake lights illuminate when the pedal is flashers applied e Each signal flashes e Four way flashers work properly 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 20 Vehicle Inspection Guide Rear of vehicle Lights and Verify reflectors e All exterior lights illuminate and are clean e Reflectors are clean unbroken and of proper color red on rear amber elsewhere e Running lights are clean and unbroken Note Inspect rear running lights separately from signal flasher and brake lights Tractor coupling system Mounting bolts Inspect for loose or missing mounting brackets clamps bolts or nuts Verify solid attachment of both fifth wheel and the slide mounting Platform Inspect for cracks or breaks in the platform structure Safety latch Verify engagement of the safety latch Release arm Verify e The safety latch is in the engaged position e Any safety latch is in place Kingpin and Verify apron e The kingpin is not bent or worn e The apron lies flat on the fifth wheel skid plate e The visible part of the apron is not bent worn cracked or broken Rear suspension Inspect for broken or shifted leaves or leaves that are in contact with or nearly contacting a tire rim brake drum frame or body component Inspect for missing or broken leaves in the leaf spring Spring mounts In
190. f storing your vehicle for more than 30 days without recharging the battery it may be advisable to disconnect the battery cables to make sure battery charge does not lose its charge Brakes e Make sure to release the brakes and parking brake fully 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 242 Vehicle Care Tires e Maintain recommended air pressure Miscellaneous e Make sure to cover all linkages cables levers and pins under your vehicle with grease to prevent rust e Move vehicles at least 25 feet 8 meters every 15 days to lubricate working parts and prevent corrosion Removing Your Vehicle from Storage When your vehicle is ready to come out of storage do the following e Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt or grease film build up on window surfaces e Check windshield wipers for any deterioration e Check under the hood for any foreign material that may have collected during storage mice or squirrel nests e Check the exhaust for any foreign material that may have collected during storage e Check tire pressures and set tire inflation per the Tire Label e Check brake pedal operation Drive your vehicle 15 feet 4 5 meters back and forth to remove rust build up e Check fluid levels including engine coolant engine oil and fuel to make sure there are no leaks and fluids are at recommended levels e f you remove the battery clean the battery cab
191. formation Display Controls Press the INFO button to scroll through trip and fuel usage e information SETUP RESET e Press the SETUP button to scroll through various vehicle feature settings e Press the RESET button to choose settings reset information and confirm messages Info Press the INFO button repeatedly to cycle through the following features Note Some options may appear slightly different or not at all if the items are optional TRIP A B MILES km TO E AVG MPG L 100 km TIMER BLANK SCREEN 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 74 Information Displays e TRIP A B Registers the distance of individual journeys Press and release the INFO button until the A or B trip appears in the display this represents the trip mode Press the RESET button to reset See System check and vehicle feature customization later in this section to switch the display from metric to English e MILES KILOMETERS TO E This displays an estimate of approximately how far you can drive with the fuel remaining in your tank under normal driving conditions Remember to turn the ignition off when refueling to allow this feature to detect the added fuel correctly The distance to empty calculation uses a running average fuel economy based on your recent driving history of 500 miles 800 kilometers This value is not the same as the average fuel economy display T
192. from around the rear axle filler and drain plugs 5 Remove the filler and drain plugs Drain the lubricant into a suitable container Dispose of all used automotive fluids in a responsible manner following your local authorized standards 6 Clean and install the drain plug securely 7 Add lubricant through the filler plug opening 8 Clean and install the filler plug securely 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can 220 Maintenance SPRING U BOLT CHECKS Check U bolt nuts and re torque every 36000 miles 60000 kilometers after initial 1000 mile 1600 kilometer re torque Clean and lubricate the U bolt and nut threads and seats to make sure they are in peak condition when re torqued U bolt Nut Torque Suspension ftb Nem Front axle 8500 Ib 3856 kg 180 200 244 271 Front axle 10000 Ib 4536 kg and higher 260 300 353 407 Rear axle with multi leaf 260 300 353 407 Rear axle with IROS air suspension 370 400 502 542 Rear axle with Hendrickson air suspension 400 450 542 610 See air suspension U bolt re torqueing and installation information below Air Suspension U bolt Checks and Re torqueing Procedures 1 Inspect the threads of the U bolt and nut for rust and debris Clean the threads if contaminated 2 Using a torque wrench determine if you can turn any nuts with a force below the specified torque 3 Using the lowest discovered torq
193. g e Frequent engine starting and stopping e Relatively light vehicle payload e Regular operation in cold ambient temperatures such as below 0 F 18 C Diesel particulate filter four level loading chart Level and lamp status Level 1 ZS solid Level 2 ZS flashing once per second Level 3 ZS flashing A solid Regeneration required Nearly full Engine performance is limited Full Engine performance is increasingly limited Over full Engine performance is highly limited Continued operation may result in irreparable damage to the filter 2015 F 650 750 167 Filter status Requested action Drive on the highway at highway speeds OR start parked regeneration to prevent loss of engine performance Perform parked regeneration to prevent loss of engine performance Pull vehicle safely off roadway turn on hazard flashers and shut down engine as soon as possible Seek service immediately Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can 98 Starting and Stopping the Engine EEN Instrument cluster lamp s illuminates or flashes when operator Ke assistance is required In addition engine performance becomes increasingly limited above Level 1 At Levels 1 and Z the operator can take two courses of action to facilitate filter regeneration 1 Drive your vehicle on the highway at highway speeds 2 Perform a parked regeneration by following the step
194. g the indexing process Turn off and the system does not begin to play any of your music until all media has all been indexed Indexing times can vary from device to device and also with regard to the number of songs being indexed The system searches all the data from your indexed music and if available begins to play the chosen type of music You can only play genres of music which are present in the GENRE metadata tags that you have on your digital media player The system compiles a playlist and then plays similar music to what is currently playing from the USB port using indexed metadata information The system searches for a specific artist track album from the music indexed through the USB port This allows you to make your previous command more specific For example if you asked to search and play all music by a certain artist you could then say refine album and choose a specific album from the list to view If you then select Play the system only plays music from that specific album Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can 318 SYNC Press the voice icon and when prompted say Bluetooth Audio and then any of the following BLUETOOTH AUDIO Phone Media Bluetooth Connections Play next track Play previous track Media Menu Features The media menu allows you to select your media source how to play your music by artist genr
195. gages 2 Open the DEF filler port on your vehicle by turning the blue cap counterclockwise a quarter turn 3 Lift and hold the DEF container without tipping and insert the spout into the DEF filler port Es 2 i lt 2 add Le x lt z a o E o 4 Lift and tip the container to let DEF flow into the tank Pour DEF until the container is empty or DEF flow stops DEF can be seen flowing through the spout but does not completely fill the spout while c lt flowing Air is trapped in the spout while DEF is flowing When the lt A DEF tank is full DEF completely fills the spout and displaces the air in the spout 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Fuel and Refueling 119 5 Once the spout is full with DEF no more large air pockets return the container to the vertical position slightly below the DEF filler port and let any DEF drain out of the spout DO NOT try to continue to add DEF to the tank by shaking or repositioning the container to induce flow This may cause spilling and overfill the tank Overfilling the DEF tank can cause damage to the tank 6 Once the spout has drained remove the spout from the DEF filler port and install the blue cap on the DEF filler port by turning the cap clockwise a V4 turn 7 Remove the spout from the DEF container and install the cap back on the bottle 8 If the container is empty discard
196. ge to the motor Normal operation resumes once the motor cools This feature automatically opens or closes the window Press or lift the switch completely and release The window fully opens or closes Press or lift it again to stop the window Restoring the One Touch Up Functionality Note Perform one touch up re calibration with the door closed Calibrating with the door open causes the window to continuously bounce back Functionality may be lost under low battery power conditions To reset this function after restoring full battery power 1 Pull the switch to the one touch up position 2 Hold the switch until the glass reaches the stall position and continue to hold for two seconds 3 Press the switch down and operate the window to the full down position One touch up is now be functional 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Windows and Mirrors 59 Bounce Back One Touch Up or Down Windows Only The window stops automatically while closing and reverse some distance if there is an obstacle in the way Overriding the Bounce Back Feature WARNING When you override the bounce back feature the window will not reverse if it detects an obstacle Take care when closing the windows to avoid personal injury or damage to your vehicle Pull up the window switch and hold within two seconds of the window reaching the bounce back position The window travels up
197. gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can SYNCG 307 Connecting to SYNC Services Using the Phone Menu Que com Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu Scroll until Services appears in the display Press OK to confirm and enter the Services menu The display indicates the system is connecting Press OK SYNC initiates the call to the Services portal Once connected follow the voice prompts to request your desired Service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a complete list of available services from which to choose To return to the Services menu say Services or for help say Help Receiving Turn by Turn Directions 1 When connected to SYNC Services say Directions or Business search To find the closest business or type of business to your current location just say Business search and then Search near me If you need further assistance in finding a location you can say Operator at any time within a Directions or Business search to speak with a live operator You may also be prompted to speak with an operator when the automatic system has difficulty matching your voice request The live operator can assist you by searching for businesses by name or by category residential addresses by street address or by name or specific street intersections Operator Assist is a feature of your SYNC Services subscription For mo
198. ght weight or age Children weighing 40 Ib 18 kg or less generally age four or younger Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety seat generally children who are less than 4 ft 9 in 1 45 m tall are greater than age four 4 and less than age twelve 12 and between 40 Ib 18 kg and 80 Ib 36 kg and upward to 100 Ib 45 kg if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a belt positioning booster seat generally children who are at least 4 ft 9 in 1 45 m tall or greater than 80 Ib 36 kg or 100 Ib 45 kg if recommended by child restraint manufacturer Recommended restraint type Use a child safety seat sometimes called an infant carrier convertible seat or toddler seat Usea belt positioning booster seat Use a vehicle safety belt having the lap belt snug and low across the hips shoulder belt centered across the shoulder and chest and seat back upright e You are required by law to properly use safety seats for infants and toddlers in the United States and Canada e Many states and provinces require that small children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 pounds 36 kilograms Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements about the safety of children in your vehicle e When possible always p
199. gine speed limit Refueling the fuel tank is increasing the fuel volume level by at least 1596 Final consequence for vehicles equipped with a manual transmission is 1000 RPM Final consequence for vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission is 1100 RPM 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 114 Fuel and Refueling Incorrect DEF Quality Warning Indications and Vehicle Consequences for Emergency Vehicles Lamps Correct DEF quality None Initial warning when Amber engine detecting incorrect None DEF quality solid Initial warning 10 hours after Amber engine N detecting incorrect solid Z SC DEE quality Replace DEF Final vehicle with consequence 20 hours after d detecting incorrect DEF quality and Amber engine N engine intentionally solid ES shut down key off in extended idle for one hour or fuel tank refilled 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Fuel and Refueling 115 SCR Faults and Vehicle Consequences Lamps No faults None Amber engine None solid v and or MIL is 2596 torque reduction Initial warning when detecting fault solid Amber engine solid v and or MIL is solid Initial warning one hour after detecting fault Torque reduction Amber engine increases solid v Secondary warning Co
200. h a clean white cotton cloth CLEANING LEATHER SEATS Clean spills and stains as quickly as possible For routine cleaning wipe the surface with a soft damp cloth For more thorough cleaning wipe the surface with a mild soap and water solution In Canada use Motorcraft Vinyl Cleaner CXC 93 Dry the area with a soft cloth If you cannot completely clean the leather using a mild soap and water solution you can try cleaning the leather using a commercially available leather cleaning product designed for automotive interiors To check for compatibility first test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous part of the leather Do not use household cleaning products alcohol solutions solvents or cleaners intended for rubber vinyl and plastics or oil and petroleum based leather conditioners These products may cause premature wearing or damage to the leather CLEANING THE ALLOY WHEELS Note Do not use chrome cleaner metal cleaner or polish on wheels and wheel covers 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 240 Vehicle Care A clearcoat paint finish coats aluminum wheels and wheel covers In order to maintain their condition e Clean weekly with Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner Use a sponge to remove heavy deposits of dirt and brake dust accumulation Rinse thoroughly with a strong stream of water when you have completed the cleaning process e To re
201. have fully closed on the trailer kingpin and the trailer plate is resting securely on the fifth wheel 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Towing 171 4 Make sure the coupler release lever is in the locked position 5 Charge the trailer brake system Set the trailer brakes with either the hand valve or tractor protection valve Pull against the trailer for an extra check of proper hook up Do not pull hard enough to damage or strain the equipment 6 Set the tractor parking brakes and fully raise the trailer landing gear See the Brakes chapter for proper operation of the parking brake and trailer brakes 7 Check the operation of all trailer lights and correct any lights that may be faulty Un hook Try to keep the tractor and trailer in a straight line Apply the parking brakes Lower the trailer landing gear making sure it is on solid level ground The weight of the trailer is to be on the landing gear Block the trailer wheels Disconnect the brake hoses and light cords Be sure hoses and cords are clear Pull coupler release lever to disengage the fifth wheel jaws Release the tractor parking brakes Pull out from the trailer slowly allowing the landing gear to take the load gradually WRECKER TOWING CNS Qus opor WARNING To reduce the risk of personal injury or property damage when manually releasing the spring brakes be sure to block th
202. he regular lubrication interval Stop your vehicle immediately should driveshaft vibrations occur to avoid possible hazardous consequences or damage to other components REAR AXLE FLUID Your rear axle may have an optional synthetic lubricant that allows the use of extended service intervals A tag on the filler plug identifies the use of the synthetic lubricant Only use a lubricant that meets manufacturer specifications See the Capacities and Specifications chapter Use of a non approved rear axle lubricant may cause internal axle component damage Checking the Fluid Level See the Scheduled Maintenance chapter for lubricant check intervals 1 Park your vehicle on level ground 2 Set the parking brake and shift into position N or P automatic transmission or first gear manual transmission Turn the engine off 3 Clean any dirt from around the axle filler plug 4 Remove the filler plug and inspect the lubricant level It should be at the bottom of the filler plug opening 5 Add lubricant if necessary through the filler plug opening 6 Clean and install the filler plug securely Changing the Fluid See the Scheduled Maintenance chapter for lubricant change intervals 1 Drain the rear axle while the lubricant is warm 2 Park your vehicle on level ground 3 Set the parking brake and shift into position N or P automatic transmission or first gear manual transmission Turn the engine off 4 Clean any dirt
203. he first 18 months of ownership of a new vehicle or the first 18000 miles 29000 kilometers whichever occurs first 1 Two or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity likely to cause death or serious bodily injury OR 2 Four or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity a defect or condition that substantially impairs the use value or safety of the vehicle OR 3 The vehicle is out of service for repair of nonconformities for a total of more than 30 calendar days not necessarily all at one time 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 184 Customer Assistance In the case of 1 or 2 above the consumer must also notify the manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the following address Ford Motor Company 16800 Executive Plaza Drive Mail Drop 3NE B Dearborn MI 48126 ONLY THE MEDIATION ARBITRATION PROGRAM CANADA NLY For vehicles delivered to authorized Canadian dealers In those cases where you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of Canada and the authorized dealer to resolve a factory related vehicle service concern have been unsatisfactory Ford of Canada participates in an impartial third party mediation arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP The CAMVAP program is a straightforward and relatively speedy alternative to resolve a disagreement when a
204. he running average fuel economy resets to a factory default value if the battery is disconnected e AVG MPG L 100 km Average fuel economy displays your average fuel economy in miles gallon or liters 100 km e TIMER Displays the trip elapsed drive time Press and release RESET to pause the timer Press and hold RESET to reset the timer System Check and Vehicle Feature Customization Press the SETUP button repeatedly to cycle the message center through the following features INFO RESET SETUP RESET FOR Press the SYSTEM CHECK RESET button MILES TO EMPTY UNTTS Press the English or Metric RESET button 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Information Displays 75 LANGUAGE Press the English Spanish French Press ENGLISH RESET button fand hold to set SPANISH FRENCH INFORMATION MESSAGES Note Depending on the options equipped with your vehicle not all of the messages display or are available Certain messages appear abbreviated or shortened depending upon which cluster type you have Press the OK button to acknowledge and remove some messages from the information display Other messages disappear automatically after a short time You need to confirm certain messages before you can access the menus Battery and Action Description Charging System Messages CHECK CHARGING Displays when the charging system needs SYSTEM serv
205. he vehicle s engine compartment 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Maintenance 197 GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING Making modifications to various parts components and systems of the vehicle such as brake and steering systems can adversely affect the quality reliability and operation of your vehicle and could result in property damage personal injury or death Such modifications must be avoided WARNING Failure to properly perform maintenance and servicing procedures could result in vehicle damage personal injury or death WARNING Take care when performing any maintenance system check or service on your vehicle Some of the materials may also be hazardous if used serviced or handled improperly and could result in property damage personal injury or death Always use care when performing vehicle maintenance repairs or system checks Improper or incomplete service could result in your vehicle not working properly which may result in personal injury or damage to your vehicle or equipment It is the operator s responsibility to see that your vehicle receives proper care and maintenance If you have any questions about performing service have the service done by a qualified technician Servicing Guidelines When servicing your vehicle e Always wear safety glasses for eye protection e Always set the parking brake or chock the wheels e Always use sup
206. her straps in this chapter 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Child Safety 33 9 Before placing the child in the seat forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place To check this grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back There should be no more than one inch two and a half centimeters of movement for proper installation Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician CPST to make certain the child restraint is properly installed In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a CPST Using Cinch Tongue Lap and Shoulder Belts All Front Center and Super Crew Cab Rear Center Positions WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move seat all the way back WARNING Rear facing child seats should never be placed in front of an active airbag WARNING Always use both lap and shoulder safety belt in the Regular Cab center seating position if applicable The belt webbing below the tongue is the lap portion of the combination lap and shoulder belt and the belt webbing above the tongue is the shoulder belt portion of the combination lap and shoulder belt 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December
207. hicle is on a hill or another uneven surface REAR AXLES Gross Axle Weight WARNING Exceeding these ratings by overloading can cause component failure resulting in property damage personal injury or death Your truck has gross axle weight gross vehicle weight and gross combination weight ratings Do not exceed these ratings Locking or Limited Slip Differentials WARNING If both wheels are not raised off the ground the one wheel that is not raised may pull the vehicle off its support possibly resulting in personal injury If your vehicle is equipped with a locking or limited slip differential note the following e Power is transmitted to the opposite wheel should one of the wheels begin to slip e Both wheels must be raised off the ground should it be necessary to operate one wheel with your vehicle stationary Driver controlled Differential Lock Note Never use the differential lock at vehicle speeds above 25 mph 40 km h Some drive axles have a driver controlled differential lock The differential lock can lock or unlock the differential when your vehicle is moving or stopped When extra traction is required the differential lock provides full power to both axles When you lock the differential your vehicle s turning radius increases under steer 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Transmission 135 You can lock and unlock the differenti
208. houlder wear on both tires indicates too much toe in Rapid inside shoulder wear on both tires indicates too much toe out In P amp D type service there can be a left to right steer tire tread life differential up to 4096 depending on routes and other variables Follow the tire manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure for the tire size load range ply rating and steer axle loading typical for their operation each steer axle tire equals 1 2 steer axle loading 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 200 Maintenance Special applications may warrant a setting based on experience with the type of tire operating loads and conditions Radial tires are more sensitive to toe in setting than bias ply tires Fine tuning school bus alignment to line haul truck standards does not drastically improve tire tread life Rear Axle Regular inspections should include e Checking for proper tightness of axle mounting U bolt nuts attaching or mounting bolts and nuts See Spring U bolt checks later in this chapter e Checking the axle for damage binding worn parts and adequate lubrication NoSpin Detroit Locker Positive Locking Differential Vehicles equipped with this type differential have the operator s manual supplied with the vehicle See that manual for maintenance inspections Brake System Note People handling brake linings should follow all precautions liste
209. icant and seals requiring axle lubrication changes to become more frequent to preserve the axle Do not consistently run extreme pressure EP lubricants above 230 F 110 C Axle Conversions WARNING When operating a loaded vehicle the driver must keep all adjustable axles on the ground at all times supporting their share of the vehicle s load Failure to do so can overload other axles tires wheels springs steering components brakes and frames resulting in early component failure loss of vehicle control possible property damage and personal injury 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 136 Transmission We do not recommend or approve performing axle conversions However we understand that on occasion others install aftermarket add on axles on the truck chassis that allow operator control for weight transfer from other axles such as air lift axles TWO SPEED REAR AXLE IF EQUIPPED WARNING Never shift a two speed axle when descending a steep grade as this may cause loss of vehicle control and result in personal injury Note Do not shift between ranges when the speed control is on A two speed rear axle allows the driver to select a low range for greater pulling power and a high range for greater road speed and fuel economy You can also use these ranges to provide extra steps between transmission shifts when driving on steep grades or fue
210. icing If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible Brake System Action Description Messages BRAKE FLUID Displays when the brake fluid level is low LEVEL LOW Have the brake system inspected immediately See Brake fluid check in the Maintenance chapter CHECK BRAKE Displays when the brake system needs SYSTEM servicing If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible PARK BRAKE Displays when the parking brake is set and ENGAGED your vehicle is moving 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 76 Climate Control MANUAL CLIMATE SYSTEM A Defrost Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents and demister vents This setting can also be used to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice B Heated mirrors Turns the heated mirrors on and off See Heated mirrors later in this chapter for more information C Air distribution control Press to set the air distribution to a position listed below mE Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents demister NAM vents and floor vents Distributes air through the instrument panel vents P d ES Distributes air through the instrument panel vents floor vents Yad and demister vents Distributes air through the floor vents 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose
211. icle Driving Hints WARNING Do not coast the vehicle with the clutch pedal pressed or with the transmission in neutral This practice could result in loss of vehicle control The following driving hints are a brief general guide in operating the different manual transmissions used in your vehicle e When shifting into first gear or reverse with your vehicle standing still quickly release and press the clutch pedal if necessary to complete gear engagement e Always use the lowest or most appropriate gear to start your vehicle e Always use a gear ratio low enough to allow the engine to operate above the minimum engine operation speed range e Do not lug the engine Do not slam or jerk the gearshift lever into gear e When more power is required shift to a lower gear and accelerate the engine near the governed speed To go forward press the clutch pedal in and shift into first gear while the engine is idling Engage the clutch while pressing the accelerator to start forward Operate the clutch and upshift as required by driving conditions To go backward put the gearshift lever in reverse and engaging the clutch while pressing lightly on the accelerator Shifting with a Synchronized Transmission With the clutch pedal pressed in use the second gear synchronizer to stop the clutch disc rotation this allows smooth engagement of first gear or reverse To complete the gear engagement it may be necessary to apply light pre
212. icle control 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Transmission 129 P RND 4 2 1 Position P This position locks the transmission and prevents the rear wheels from turning To put your vehicle in gear 1 Start the engine 2 Press the brake pedal 3 Move the gearshift lever into the desired gear To put your vehicle in position P 1 Come to a complete stop 2 Move the gearshift lever and securely latch it in position P Position R With the gearshift lever in position R your vehicle moves backward Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of position Position N With the gearshift lever in position N you can start your vehicle and it is free to roll Hold the brake pedal down while in this position Position D This is the normal driving position for the best fuel economy This position allows automatic upshifts and downshifts in gears one through six Position 4 This position allows automatic upshifts and downshifts in gears one through four Position 2 Use this position to start up on slippery roads or provide extra engine braking on downgrades 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 130 Transmission Position 1 e Provides maximum engine braking e Allows upshifts by moving gearshift lever e The transmission does not downshift into posit
213. icle is moving slowly e Let the brakes cool if you have been using them excessively as in mountain driving or after several fast high speed stops e Check brake adjustment e Check brake linings for excessive wear e Check system air pressure on vehicles equipped with air brakes 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Brakes 139 Anti lock Brake System ABS This system helps you maintain steering control during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking The ABS lamp momentarily illuminates when you switch on the 55 ignition If the light does not illuminate during start up if it remains on or flashes the ABS may not be working and requires servicing If the ABS is disabled normal braking is still effective If the REY brake warning lamp illuminates have your brake system serviced immediately Gei If you connect a PLC trailer with the ignition on the trailer KOF ABS light also illuminates If the light fails to illuminate if it remains on after you start the vehicle or continues to flash have the system serviced immediately FULL POWER BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING If the red BRAKE warning lamp in the instrument cluster remains illuminated after engine start up this indicates a system failure in the Full Power Brake System Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible and seek service immediately This system incorporates standard braking an an
214. id repeated light application of the brake pedal This depletes air pressure faster and could result in loss of braking capability Periodically check the air pressure P gauge while driving Pressure should 4 P li 74 e range between approximately EM 100 125 psi 690 862 kPa The air F d compressor governor cut in and Po E g cutout pressure settings are set at the factory and are not adjustable S y j ar 150 PRESSURE When air pressure is insufficient below 60 psi 414 kPa a DIE warning light illuminates and a buzzer sounds when the ignition is in the on position This may happen because excessive brake applications are depleting the system air pressure If this condition occurs stop driving your vehicle until the compressor has fully recharged the air system WARNING Do not move the vehicle when the air pressure is insufficient because the brake system may be inoperative Select a gear ratio to help slow your vehicle before descending grades Supplementing with brakes as required help to safely slow the vehicle and avoids overspeeding the engine Air Chamber Stroke Indication Air chamber push rods have orange stroke indicator markers that warn when the braking system requires adjustment or repair The painted orange indicator is on the air chamber push rod at the slack adjuster stroke dimension that requires service when visible during brake application 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose
215. ide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 190 Fuses DUCES ER Protected Circuits Location Rating 103 Ignition switch Passenger compartment fuse box fuses 19 29 and 30 Power door lock switches Main light switch Multi function switch 4 5 6 7 8 Fuel heater diesel engine only Fuel pump module gasoline engine only Windshield wiper Ignition switch Passenger compartment fuse box fuses 8 9 10 and 11 Left Right turn relays Back up lamp relay Passenger compartment fuse box fuses 1 2 3 4 12 13 14 and 15 Stop lamps Hydraulic brake vehicles trailer tow package only 2 Heated seats Air Ride seat A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 20A 20A ER 40A 20A i 40A 30A 30A _ Body builder relay Parking lamps 203 203 W g 30A 20A 60a 20 20 20 30 50 40 20 40 30 30 40 30 20 30 0 60 60 60 Air brake trailer tow fuse block Windshield washer relay Wiper run park relay Windshield wiper relay E dl x n IP Body builder relay right tum NE e Wiper high low relay Body builder relay left turn ABS event relay hydraulic brake vehicles only Body builder relay back up lamps relay 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Fuses 191 a kelay Tuse Am p Protected Circuits Location Rating 209
216. ience we offer a number of ways to contact us as well as help manage your account Phone 1 800 727 7000 For more information regarding Ford Credit as well as access to Account Manager please go to www fordcredit com REPLACEMENT PARTS RECOMMENDATION Your vehicle has been built to the highest standards using quality parts We recommend that you demand the use of genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts whenever your vehicle requires scheduled maintenance or repair You can clearly identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts by looking for the Ford FoMoCo or Motorcraft branding on the parts or their packaging Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical Repairs One of the best ways for you to make sure that your vehicle provides years of service is to have it maintained in line with our recommendations using parts that conform to the specifications detailed in this owner s manual Genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these specifications 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Introduction 11 Collision Repairs We hope that you never experience a collision but accidents do happen Genuine Ford replacement collision parts meet our stringent requirements for fit finish structural integrity corrosion protection and dent resistance During vehicle development we validate that these parts deliver the intended level of protection as a whole system A great way to
217. ifficult 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Fuel and Refueling 107 If you have run out of fuel e If your vehicle is equipped with dual fuel tanks adding four five gallons 15 19 liters of fuel is enough to restart the engine If your vehicle is out of fuel and on a steep grade more than four five gallons 15 19 liters may be required e The fuel system must be primed before attempting to restart the engine See your engine operators manual for instructions on priming the engine e Use caution not to overheat and damage the starter by cranking the engine for an excessive period You may need to crank the engine for a longer time than normal If the engine fails to start in 30 seconds turn the ignition to the off position and wait for two minutes before cranking the engine again e Any remaining trapped air self purges from the fuel system once the engine starts running e The engine may run rough and produce white smoke while air is in the fuel system This is normal and should stop after a short period See General information in the Information Displays chapter for information on Miles to Empty REFUELING WARNING Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause severe injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others e Read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near
218. ighting 57 DIRECTION INDICATORS e Push down to switch on the left turn signal e Push up to switch on the right turn signal If your vehicle is a tractor the turn signals may not shut off when a turn is completed This is normal See an authorized dealer if there are any questions about your vehicle s options INTERIOR LAMPS The map lamps are located on the overhead console Press the controls on either side of each map lamp to turn on the lamps The map lamps also light when e Someone opens a door e Any of the remote entry controls are pressed and the ignition is off 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 58 Windows and Mirrors POWER WINDOWS IF EQUIPPED WARNING Do not leave children unattended in your vehicle and do not let them play with the power windows They may seriously injure themselves WARNING When closing the power windows you should verify they are free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the window openings Note You may hear a rumbling noise when one or both of the rear windows are open Lower a front window slightly to reduce this noise Press the switch to open the window Lift the switch to close the window One Touch Up or Down Front Windows Note The window may disable for up to five minutes if you cycle it up and down repeatedly This helps prevent dama
219. iles in a crash or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while your vehicle is moving The auxiliary input jack allows you to connect and play music from your portable music player through your vehicle speakers You can use any portable music player designed for use with headphones Your audio extension cable must have male Vs inch 3 5 millimeter connectors at each end 1 Switch off the engine radio and portable music player Set the parking brake and put the transmission in position P 2 Plug the extension cable from the portable music player into the auxiliary input jack 3 Switch the radio on Select either a tuned FM station or a CD 4 Adjust the volume as desired b Switch your portable music player on and adjust its volume to half its maximum level 6 Press AUX until LINE or LINE IN appears in the display You should hear music from your device even if it is low 7 Adjust the volume on your portable music player until it reaches the volume level of the FM station or CD Do this by switching back and forth between the AUX and FM or CD controls 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can 282 Audio System USB PORT IF EQUIPPED WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strong
220. imeters of movement for proper installation 9 Check from time to time to be sure that there is no slack in the lap and shoulder belt The shoulder belt must be snug to keep the lap belt tight during a collision 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 36 Child Safety Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician to make certain the child restraint is properly installed In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a Child Passenger Safety Technician Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren LATCH The LATCH system is composed of three vehicle anchor points two lower anchors located where the vehicle seat back and seat cushion meet called the seat bight and one top tether anchor located behind that seating position Your vehicle is not equipped with the lower anchor points in the seat bight For this vehicle use the vehicle safety belt and upper tether to secure a child seat See Using Tether Straps and Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children in this chapter for more information USING TETHER STRAPS Many forward facing child safety seats include a tether strap which extends from the back of the child safety seat and hooks to an anchoring point called the top tether anchor Tether straps are available as an accessory for many older safety seats Contact the manufacturer of your child
221. in period for your vehicle you may not be able to create a Vehicle Health Report until your vehicle odometer has reached 200 miles Register for Vehicle Health Report and set your report preferences at www SYNCMyRide com After registering you can request a Vehicle Health Report inside your vehicle Return to your account at www SYNCMyRide com to view your report You can also choose for SYNC to automatically remind you to run reports at specific mileage intervals Cellular phone airtime usage may apply when reporting 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 312 SYNC The system allows you to check your vehicle s overall health in the form of a diagnostic report card The vehicle health report contains valuable information such as e Vehicle Diagnostic Information e Scheduled maintenance e Open Recalls and Field Service Actions e Unserviced items from vehicle inspections by your authorized dealer You can run a report after the vehicle has been running a minimum of 60 seconds by pressing the voice button and saying Vehicle health report or pressing the phone button To run a report using the phone button 1 Press the phone button to enter Phone Menu 2 Scroll until Vehicle Health is selected and press OK 3 Scroll to select from the following options User Preferences Automatic Reports Press OK and select on Press OK to select or off Select
222. ing guidance Interaction mode advanced Provides less audible interaction and more tone prompts The system defaults to the standard interaction mode The system Confirmation prompts are short questions the system asks when it is not sure of your request or when there are multiple possible responses to your request For example the system may ask Phone is that correct If turned off the system simply makes a best guess as to what you requested and you may still occasionally be asked to confirm settings Confirmation prompts on Confirmation prompts off The system creates candidate lists when it has the same confidence level of several options based on your voice command When turned on you may be prompted with as many as four possibilities for clarification For example Say 1 after the tone to call John Doe at home Say 2 after the tone to call Johnny Doe on mobile Say 3 after the tone to call Jane Doe at home Or Say 1 after the tone to play John Doe Say 2 after the tone to play Johnny Doe Phone candidate lists on Phone candidate lists off Media candidate lists on Media candidate lists off Helpful Hints e Make sure the interior of the vehicle is as quiet as possible Wind noise from open windows and road vibrations may prevent the system from correctly recognizing spoken commands e After pressing the voice icon wait until after the tone sounds
223. ing brake knobs pop out at 20 psi 138 kPa or higher Automatic Verify that the fluid level is in the proper ransmission fluid operating range See Transmission fluid check in the Maintenance chapter 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Vehicle Inspection Guide 17 i Verify e All exterior lishts illuminate and are clean e Headlights function on hish and low beam e Reflectors are clean unbroken and of proper color red on rear amber elsewhere e Running lights are clean and unbroken Steering gear Inspect for any e Missing or loose fasteners e Power steering fluid leaks e Damage to power steering hoses Steering linkage Verify e Connecting links arms and rods are not worn or cracked e Joints sockets and boot seals are not worn or loose e Cotter keys nuts and bolts are not loose or missing Tow hooks Inspect front and rear tow hooks for damage or loose mounting This is particularly important on vehicles that use them frequently Frontsuspmnsion a suspension Inspect for leaves that may be e Missing e Broken e Shifted e n contact with or nearly contacting a tire rim brake drum frame or body component Note Never apply grease to spring pads Spring mounts Inspect the following for cracks breaks wear damage and tightness e Spring hangers e Bolts e Bushings e Axle mounting bolts e Nuts Shock absorbers I
224. ing but not limited to any images photographs animations video audio music text and applets incorporated into the SOFTWARE the accompanying printed materials and any copies of the SOFTWARE are owned by MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY or their affiliates or suppliers The SOFTWARE is licensed not sold You may not copy the printed materials accompanying the SOFTWARE AII title and intellectual 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 336 Appendices property rishts in and to the content which may be accessed through use of the SOFTWARE is the property of the respective content owner and may be protected by applicable copyright or other intellectual property laws and treaties This EULA grants you no rights to use such content All rights not specifically granted under this EULA are reserved by MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service providers their affiliates and suppliers Use of any on line services which may be accessed through the SOFTWARE may be governed by the respective terms of use relating to such services If this SOFTWARE contains documentation that is provided only in electronic form you may print one copy of such electronic documentation EXPORT RESTRICTIONS You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is subject to U S and European Union export jurisdiction You agree to comply with all applicable internation
225. ing flasher If the indicators stay on or flash faster check for a burned out bulb Electronic Locking Differential It illuminates when using the electronic locking differential be Engine Oil Pressure gasoline engine only 2 It illuminates when engine oil pressure is low Fasten Safety belt It illuminates and a tone sounds to remind you to fasten your safety belt 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 70 Instrument Cluster High Beam Es It illuminates when you turn on the headlamp high beam Low Fuel Level gasoline engine only It illuminates when the fuel level is low or near empty Refuel as soon as possible Parking Brake Warning It momentarily illuminates when you turn the ignition to the on Q position with the engine off It also illuminates when you apply the parking brake If the parking brake warning lamp does not illuminate at these times seek service immediately Vehicles equipped with the Power Park Parking Brake option If the park brake warning lamp begins to blink after setting the parking brake on your vehicle this may indicate a failure in the parking brake system Seek service from an authorized dealer immediately Powertrain Malfunction Reduced Power Electronic Throttle Control gasoline engine only It illuminates when a powertrain fault exists Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible Service Engine Soon It illumi
226. ing fluid check in the Maintenance chapter Brake fluid Remove the master cylinder caps and inspect the fluid level See Brake fluid check in the Maintenance chapter Clutch fluid Remove the cap and inspect the fluid level See Clutch fluid and linkage in the Maintenance chapter Belts fan Inspect for glazing fraying or cracking There alternator water should be no more than 5 7 cracks per rib per pump and air inch 2 5 centimeters conditioning compressor Fluid leaks Inspect for signs of fluid puddles or dripping fluid on the ground under the engine or the underside of the engine HVAC air inlet Inspect for debris that may have collected on the HVAC air inlet grille or inside the exterior module as this may reduce system performance 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Vehicle Inspection Guide 15 Engine starting with parking brake applied Safety and Before entering the cab verify that the vehicle is emergency equipped with spare electrical fuses if used equipment three red reflective triangles a properly charged and rated fire extinguisher and wheel chocks Walk around the vehicle and verify all steps and grab handles inside and out as well as behind are tight and clean Use extreme caution and a three point stance at all times Inspect door latches for proper closing latching and locking Starting the Set the parking brake
227. ing linkage Inspect for excessive free play in the steering free play linkages The steering wheel should have less than 2 inches 5 centimeters of free play at its rim Full power Pump the brake pedal several times with the hydraulic brake ignition in the off or run position You can inspection momentarily hear the motor and pumps replenishing the accumulators Parking brake Verify the parking brake holds the vehicle by gently trying to pull forward with the parking brake applied Air brakes Verify operation using the following procedure Chock the wheels if necessary Push in the parking brake and on tractors push in the tractor parking brake knob 1 Verify the air compressor or governor cutout pressure is approximately 120 psi 827 kPa 2 Turn off the engine and then turn the key back to the on position without starting the engine 3 Without the brake pedal applied note the air pressure drop for one minute It should be less than 2 psi 14 kPa for single vehicles and 3 psi 21 kPa for combination vehicles 4 Press and hold the brake pedal with 90 psi 621 kPa or more Make sure there is no more than a 3 psi 21 kPa per minute leak for single vehicles and a 4 psi 28 kPa per minute leak for combination vehicles 5 Pump the brake pedal to deplete the system of air pressure The warning light and tone should turn on at 57 psi 393 kPa 6 Pump the brake pedal and make sure the parking brake and trailer park
228. inutes 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Audio System 285 Radio display Call SIRIUS Your satellite service is Call Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 no longer available 1 888 539 7474 to resolve subscription issues None Found Check All the channels in the Use the channel guide Channel Guide selected category are to turn off the Lock or either skipped or Skip function on that locked station Subscription Updated Sirius has updated the No action required channels available for your vehicle 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 286 SYNC 15 a ve Powered by Microsoft SYNC is an in vehicle communications system that works with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone and portable media player This allows you to Make and receive calls Access and play music from your portable music player Use 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and SYNC Services Traffic Directions amp Information if equipped Use applications such as Pandora and Stitcher via SYNC AppLink if applicable Access phonebook contacts and music via voice commands Stream music from your connected phone Text message Use the advanced voice recognition system USB device charging if your device supports this GENERAL INFORMATION Make s
229. ion 1 at high speeds it downshifts to a lower gear and then shifts into position 1 when your vehicle reaches slower speeds Forced Downshifts e Allowed in position D e Press the accelerator to the floor e Allows transmission to select an appropriate gear Allison 2200 with Parking Pawl Feature Note Also see the separate Allison Transmission Operators Manual WARNING Always set the parking brake fully Do not use the gearshift in place of the parking brake WARNING To avoid sudden unexpected vehicle movement and possible personal injury or death 1 Bring the vehicle to a complete stop 2 Shift the transmission into position P Slowly lift your foot from the brake pedal to engage the transmission parking pawl mechanism 3 Apply the parking brake and make sure it is holding properly Do not rely solely on the parking mechanism of the transmission 4 Turn the engine off when you leave the vehicle Never leave the vehicle unattended when the engine is running A parking pawl effectively grounds the transmission s output shaft preventing rotation of the driveline If your vehicle is stationary selecting position P places the transmission in neutral and engages the parking pawl Always use the parking brake when parking your vehicle Note If you select position P when your vehicle is moving the parking pawl mechanism ratchets and does not hold the truck 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December
230. ion label Audio System 275 AM FM stereo llle rs AM FM CD with SYNG i4 ig bb ewe Seba Gb ey tom E HUS lep aq Auxiliary input ck USBSDOP eiei sien dei por oR ys Sa a uy ate ete Satellite radio information 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 6 Table of Contents SYNC 286 Pairing your phone for the first time 291 OD ASSISUIM uod our exer Ie eh eo S 3e ed 308 Vehicle Health Report 311 Appendices 332 Scheduled Maintenance 340 Index 378 The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print In the interest of continuous development we reserve the right to change specifications design or equipment at any time without notice or obligation No part of this publication may be reproduced transmitted stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission Errors and omissions excepted Ford Motor Company 2013 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Introduction 7 ABOUT THIS MANUAL Thank you for choosing Ford We recommend that you take some time to get to know your vehicle by reading this manual The more that you know about it the greater the safety and pleasure you will get from driving it W
231. ior Mirrors Push the mirror toward the door window glass Make sure that you fully engage the mirror in its support when returning it to its original position Power Folding Mirrors If Equipped Note Using the mirrors 10 or more times within one minute or repeated folding and unfolding of the mirrors while holding the control down during full travel may disable the system to protect motors from overheating Wait approximately three minutes with your vehicle running and up to 10 minutes with your vehicle off for the system to reset and for function to return to normal Pull the control back to fold the L R 1 ay mirrors am Loose Mirror You can manually fold a power folding mirror by pulling it toward the door window glass This may cause the mirror to appear loose and it needs to be re synchronized Pull and hold the control to fold the mirrors in until movement stops You hear a click that indicates re synchronization If you do not hear a click use the control to fold the mirrors all the way out then in again Once you hear the click the mirrors operate normally until you fold them manually again Heated Exterior Mirror If Equipped The heated exterior mirrors switch on with the heated mirror switch See Heated mirrors in the Climate Control chapter Signal Indicator Mirrors If Equipped The outer portion of the appropriate mirror housing blinks when you activate the turn signal Clearance Lamps If Equipped
232. ironments Rear leaf springs or other 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 236 Vehicle Care suspension components may emit squeak or popping noises while operating your vehicle if particles such as dirt rocks or other debris are present in the components Cleaning Plastic Exterior Parts Use only approved products to clean plastic parts e For routine cleaning use Motorcraft Detail Wash e If tar or grease spots are present use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover WAXING Regular waxing is necessary to protect the paint on your car from the elements We recommend that you wash and wax the painted surface once or twice a year When washing and waxing park your vehicle in a shaded area out of direct sunlight Always wash your vehicle before applying wax e Use a quality wax that does not contain abrasives e Follow the manufacturer s instructions to apply and remove the wax e Apply a small amount of wax in a back and forth motion not in circles e Do not allow wax to come in contact with any non body low gloss black colored trim The wax discolors or stains the parts over time such as Bumpers Grained door handles Side mouldings Mirror housings Windshield cowl area e Do not apply wax to glass areas e After waxing your car s paint should feel smooth and be free of streaks and smudges REPAIRING MINOR PAINT DAMAGE Your authorized dealer h
233. isplay the API certification mark These oil do not meet all the requirements of your vehicles engine and emissions system Do not use supplemental engine oil additives cleaners or other engine treatments They are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that is not covered by Ford warranty Engine 1 Enginecoolant 26 0 quarts 24 6L 26 3 quarts 24 9L Quantities listed are approximate Add the coolant type originally equipped in your vehicle Transmission Note Capacities may be higher if the vehicle is equipped with a cooler Always check to make sure the fluid level is in the acceptable range Capacity Pints Liters Allison 2000 Series 30 0 14 2 Allison 3000 Series 37 6 17 8 TorqShift six speed 31 0 14 9 12 5 5 9 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Capacities and Specifications 269 Capacity Pints Liters 19 5 9 2 22 0 10 4 Total fluid capacity dry transmission and torque converter Rear Axle Eaton Spicer Capacity g Liters S135 S 24 5 11 6 48150 8 24 5 11 6 170608 28 0 13 2 19055T 28 0 13 2 21060D 21000 9525 Single reduction 28 0 13 2 driver controlled locking differential Single reduction 23090D 23000 10432 Single reduction 39 0 18 5 driver controlled locking differential 23082T 23000 10432 37 0 17 5 Quantities listed are appro
234. ission is in position N then release and apply the accelerator To shift the axle from HIGH to LOW with the vehicle stopped place the transmission in position N then press the upper part of the switch Split shifting Combined Axle and Transmission Shift Manual Transmission Only To downshift the axle to a slower ratio and shift the transmission shift the transmission and move the switch to the lower ratio before the clutch is re engaged To upshift the axle and shift the transmission move the switch to a faster ratio and make the transmission shift in the usual manner Ratio combination 1 2 3 4 5 6 v 8 j 10 11 Ratio Extender Use Low end You can use a two speed axle as a ratio extender when split shifting is not necessary For low end use just shift the axle into LOW to start out and shift to HIGH when you longer need the extra torque Transmission 5 speed 1st 1st 2na 3rd 4th 5th 6th High end To use the two speed axle as a high end ratio extender stay in the LOW range for normal upshifts and only shift the axle to HIGH on the freeway for greater road speed Transmission 5 speed 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th em Low for gradeability Axle high 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 138 Brakes GENERAL INFORMATION All standard equipment brakes self adjusting Automatic adjustment when required occurs when
235. king brakes You can indepdently release the trailer brakes by pushing only the trailer air supply valve in Initial Charge With the air system completely discharged both knobs A and B are out When the air pressure reaches 70 psi 483 kPa the trailer air supply A red knob may be pushed in and should stay in charging the trailer air system and releasing the trailer brakes D B A You can push in the parking brake B yellow knob and supply air to the tractor spring brakes releasing them 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 146 Brakes Normal Driving Position n B 9 Push in both knobs to supply air to both trailer and tractor spring brakes releasing all brakes System Park B q lt e o e Pj o e p P With both knobs pushed in normal driving position the parking brakes for both the tractor and trailer can be applied by pulling the parking brake knob B out exhausting air from the tractor spring brakes simultaneously causing the trailer air supply valve to pop out applying the trailer brakes 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Brakes 147 Trailer Charge If both knobs are out and you want to recharge the trailer while leaving the tractor spring brakes applied the trailer air supply A can be pushed i
236. king or when stopping suddenly Max 30 When you use them properly the seat head restraint and safety belt provide optimum protection in the event of a crash We recommend that you follow these guidelines Do not recline the seat back more than 30 degrees from vertical Sit in an upright position with the base of your spine as far back as possible Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible remaining comfortable Keep sufficient distance between yourself and the steering wheel We recommend a minimum of 10 inches 250 millimeters between your breastbone and the center of the steering wheel Hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent Bend your legs slightly so that you can press the pedals fully Position the shoulder strap of the safety belt over the center of your shoulder and position the lap strap tightly across your hips Make sure that your driving position is comfortable and that you can maintain full control of your vehicle 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 80 Seats HEAD RESTRAINTS N WARNING To minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash you and the passenger occupants should not sit in or operate the vehicle until the head restraint is placed in its proper position Never adjust the head restraint while the vehicle is in motion T WARNING
237. l economy may be factors Axle Shifting with a Manual Transmission To downshift select the next lower gear release and press the accelerator pedal rapidly or while holding the accelerator pedal down release and engage the clutch rapidly Note Use the clutch method when driving at slower speeds To upshift keep the accelerator pedal down select the next higher gear release the accelerator and pause until the axle upshifts Note De clutch for smoother axle upshifts when driving at slower speeds Axle Shifting with an Automatic Transmission Note You cannot split shift with an automatic transmission In addition downshifting above 40 mph 64 km h may result in transmission or axle damage Note Do not shift the axle to LOW with your vehicle is moving Use LOW when you drive a fully loaded vehicle on a severe grade or in congested traffic Press the upper portion of the switch Use HIGH for all normal driving conditions with a lightly loaded or partially loaded vehicle Press the lower portion of the switch 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Transmission 137 To shift the axle from LOW to HIGH with your vehicle stopped place the transmission in position N then press the lower part of the switch To shift the axle from LOW to HIGH with your vehicle moving accelerate to approximately 35 mph 56 km h press the lower part of the switch while the transm
238. l to explore indexed media on your flash drive Similar Music Play music similar to what is currently playing from the USB port The system uses the metadata information of each song to compile a playlist for you Press OK to select The system creates a new list of similar songs and begins playing The metadata tags must be populated for this feature to include each track Note With certain playing devices if your metadata tags are not populated the tracks won t be available in voice recognition play menu or similar music However if you place these tracks onto your playing device in Mass Storage Device Mode they are available in voice recognition play menu browsing and similar music Unknowns are placed into any unpopulated metadata tag Exit the current menu 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can SYNCG 323 System Settings System settings provide access to your Bluetooth Devices and Advanced menu features The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you to add connect and delete a device as turn the Bluetooth feature on and off Your Advanced menu allows you to access and set prompts languages defaults and perform a master reset Bluetooth Devices Menu Options This menu allows you to add connect and delete devices as well as turn Bluetooth on and off 1 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the Media Menu 2 Scroll until System Settings appea
239. lades may cause squeaking or chatter noise from the blades and streaking and smearing of the windshield To clean these items follow these tips e Clean the windows with a non abrasive cleaner such as Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner e The wiper blades can be cleaned with isopropyl rubbing alcohol or Motorcraft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrate in the United States or Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid in Canada Be sure to replace wiper blades when they appear worn or do not function properly e Do not use abrasives as they may cause scratches e Do not use fuel kerosene or paint thinner to clean any parts If you cannot remove those streaks after cleaning with the glass cleaner or if the wipers chatter and move in a jerky motion clean the outer surface of the windshield and the wiper blades using a sponge or soft cloth with a neutral detergent or mild abrasive cleaning solution After cleaning rinse the windshield and wiper blades with clean water The windshield is clean if beads do not form when you rinse the windshield with water 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 238 Vehicle Care CLEANING THE INTERIOR WARNING Do not use cleaning solvents bleach or dye on the vehicle s safety belts as these actions may weaken the belt webbing WARNING On vehicles equipped with seat mounted airbags do not use chemical solvents or strong deterg
240. lbums Note The system is capable of indexing up to 30 000 songs SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any digital media player including iPod Zune Plays from device players and most USB drives SYNC also supports audio formats such as MP3 WMA WAV and ACC Connecting Your Digital Media Player via the USB Port Note If your digital media player has a power switch ensure that the device is turned on To connect using voice commands 1 Plug the device into the vehicle s USB port 2 Press the voice icon and when prompted say USB 3 You can now play music by saying any of the appropriate voice commands See the media voice commands 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can SYNC 315 To connect using the system menu Plug the device into the vehicle s USB port Press AUX and then MENU to enter the Media Menu Scroll until Select Source appears and press OK Scroll to select USB and press OK Depending on how many digital media files are on your connected device Indexing may appear in the radio display When indexing is complete the screen returns to the Play Menu 6 Press OK and scroll through selections of e Play All Artists Albums Genres Playlists Tracks Explore USB Similar Music Return Qus com When the desired selection appears in the display press OK to build your desired music selection What s Playing EE At any time when
241. ld be no cracks radiating from the lug bolt holes or distortion of the bolt holes 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 22 Vehicle Inspection Guide Trailer If you are pulling a trailer perform an inspection of the trailer similar to that of the tractor The inspection should follow trailer manufacturer recommendations and should include at a minimum general condition landing gear doors sides lights reflectors suspension brakes tires wheels cargo placement stability and tie downs Transmission WARNING If the unit starts in gear and or the neutral start switch is not functioning correctly the vehicle may inadvertently move which could result in property damage personal injury or death If your vehicle is equipped with an automatic transmission regularly inspect the transmission s neutral start switch The engine should only start in position N or P Inspect the transmission fluid level and shift linkage for proper operation 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Child Safety 23 GENERAL INFORMATION See the following sections for directions on how to properly use safety restraints for children WARNING Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for their height age and weight Child safety restraints must be bought separately from
242. ld have the services listed in the maintenance schedule performed at the specified time and mileage intervals You should avoid running out of fuel or turning off the ignition when your vehicle is moving especially at high speeds Do not make unauthorized modifications to the engine or vehicle Modifications causing increased amounts of unburned fuel to reach the exhaust system can significantly increase the temperature of the engine compartment and the exhaust system Avoid driving your vehicle if it does not operate properly If the engine diesels more than five seconds of engine run on after shut off misfires surges stalls or backfires see an authorized dealer Be alert for fluid leakage odor smoke loss of oil pressure or charge indicator or over temperature warning 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 346 Scheduled Maintenance Vehicles equipped with a diesel engine cannot use diesel fuel blended with waste oil if equipped with a catalytic converter muffler Waste lube oil blending in fuel plugs the catalytic converter muffler resulting in a significant loss of engine power Noise Emissions Warranty Prohibited Tampering Acts and Maintenance On January 1 1978 Federal regulations became effective governing the noise emissions on trucks over 10000 pounds 4536 kilograms GVWR The following statements concerning prohibited tampering acts and maintenance a
243. le e If there is irregular wear on the front steering axle tires move to rear position e Ina dual assembly reverse the position of the tires if one tire wears much faster than its mate does e On the drive axle if heel and toe wear or alternate lug wear occurs rotating the tires from one end of the axle to the other end of the axle may help even out this wear 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 248 Wheels and Tires Rotation may not advisable e Front Steering Axle Remove tires when tread wears down to four thirty seconds inch 3 millimeters or less Retread or rotate worn tires to drive position We do not recommend using retreaded tires on steering axles e Rear Axles Remove tires when tread wears down to two thirty seconds inch 2 millimeters If using a rib tire on front axle and lug or off road type on rear axle positions e Front Steering Axle Replace tires at front wheels when tread is worn to four thirty seconds inch 3 millimeters or less e Rear Axles Remove tires when the tread wears down to two thirty seconds inch 2 millimeters or less Tires identified with the word re groovable molded on the sidewall can be re grooved There must be a minimum of three thirty seconds inch 2 5 millimeters of under tread at the bottom of the grooves Wheel and Tire Balancing Out of round or out of balance wheels or tires can cause vehicle vibr
244. le ends and inspect Contact an authorized dealer if you have any concerns or issues 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Wheels and Tires 243 TIRES Tire Inflation Information WARNING Always maintain your tires in good condition Frequently check and maintain correct inflation pressures as specified by tire manufacturers Inspect periodically for abnormal wear patterns and repair replace cut or broken tire casings Always use experienced trained personnel with proper equipment and correct procedures to mount or remove tires and wheels Failure to adhere to these warnings could result in wheel or tire malfunction damage to your vehicle personal injury or death WARNING To avoid personal injury or death always follow these instructions when mounting radial tires on wheels e Only personnel that have had proper training and experience should mount or remove tires from rims or wheels e Use only heavy duty rims or approved rims for radial tires It may be necessary to contact your wheel and rim distributor to determine if you can use radial tires with your rims e If you are using a tube make sure to use special radial tire tubes because of the increased flexing of the sidewalls on radial tires e Never use anti freeze silicones or petroleum based lubricants when mounting radial tires Make sure to use only an approved lubricant as an aid for mounting tires
245. lenty of water and contact a physician Clean affected skin with soap and water If DEF is swallowed drink plenty of water and contact a physician immediately WARNING Refill DEF in a well ventilated area When opening the cap on the DEF tank or bottle containing DEF ammonia vapors may escape The vapors can be irritating to skin eyes and mucous membranes Inhaling ammonia vapors can cause burning to the eyes throat and nose and cause coughing and watery eyes 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Fuel and Refueling 117 Note Do not put DEF in the fuel tank or any other tank on your vehicle This can cause damage to components not covered by your vehicle s warranty Your vehicle is equipped with a DEF tank with a blue capped filler port The 5 gallon 19 0L DEF tank is located on the left side of your vehicle under the cab The 9 gallon 34 0L DEF tank is located on the right side of your vehicle behind the cab Regular Cab and Super Cab or under the cab Crew Cab The tank can be filled using a nozzle at a DEF filling station similar to fuel fill or using a DEF bottle with a spout We recommend using Motorcraft brand DEF bottles You can use other aftermarket bottles but the bottles should have a seal on the spout and an internal vent tube to achieve best fill performance and prevent overfilling You can buy DEF at an authorized dealer most highway truck stop
246. level when it is at ambient temperature 20 F 80 F 7 C 25 C 1 Set the parking brake and then start the engine 2 Shift into position N or P if equipped automatic transmission or first gear manual transmission and turn the engine off 3 Open the hood 4 Clean the top of the power steering fluid reservoir 5 Remove the dipstick from the reservoir and wipe the dipstick clean 6 Reinstall the dipstick Remove it again and check the fluid level Check the MAX COLD side of the dipstick if the fluid is cool or warm to the touch approximately 68 F 120 F 20 C 49 C The fluid level should be within the FULL range If necessary add fluid in small amounts continuously checking the level until it reaches the proper level Check the MAX HOT side of the dipstick if the fluid is too hot to touch approximately 176 F 230 F 80 C 110 C The fluid level should be within the FULL range If necessary add fluid in small amounts continuously checking the level until it reaches the proper level ADD FULL MAX COLD ADD FULL lt MAX HOT When you install the dipstick make sure to seat it and tighten it securely You can also check the fluid level by looking at the see through plastic reservoir Make sure that the fluid is within the minimum and maximum fluid range as marked on the reservoir 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr c
247. ll from an active hands free environment to your cellular phone for a more private conversation Press OK when Privacy on off appears The display indicates In Privacy and the system transfers your call Call Hold Put an active call on hold Press OK when Place Call on Hold appears To answer another call at this time press the phone button Join Calls Join two separate calls 1 Press the phone button 2 Access the desired contact through SYNC or use voice commands to place the second call Once actively in the second call press MENU 3 Scroll until Join Calls appears and press OK Press OK again when Join Calls appears Note SYNC supports a maximum of three callers on a multiparty conference call Enter Tones Enter tones such as numbers for passwords Scroll until the desired number appears in the display then press OK a tone sounds as confirmation Repeat as necessary Phonebook Access your phonebook contacts 1 Press OK to select then scroll through your phonebook contacts 2 Press OK again when the desired selection appears in the display 3 Press the phone button 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 296 SYNC When you select Call History Access your call history log 1 Press OK to select then scroll through your call history options incoming outgoing or missed 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in
248. ll other efforts to produce a settlement have failed This procedure is without cost to you and is designed to eliminate the need for lengthy and expensive legal proceedings In the CAMVAP program impartial third party arbitrators conduct hearings at mutually convenient times and places in an informal environment These impartial arbitrators review the positions of the parties make decisions and when appropriate render awards to resolve disputes CAMVAP decisions are fast fair and final as the arbitrator s award is binding on both you and Ford of Canada CAMVAP services are available in all Canadian territories and provinces For more information without charge or obligation call your CAMVAP Provincial Administrator directly at 1 800 207 0685 or visit WWW camvap ca GETTING ASSISTANCE OUTSIDE THE U S AND CANADA Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign country contact the appropriate foreign embassy or consulate These officials can inform you of local vehicle registration regulations and where to find diesel fuel If you cannot find diesel fuel or can only get fuel with an anti knock index lower than is recommended for your vehicle contact a regional office or owner relations customer relationship office The use of low quality diesel fuel may affect your emissions control system and may cause engine damage Ford Motor Company Ford of 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French f
249. lometers To obtain reimbursement information U S Ford vehicle customers call 1 800 241 3673 Customers are asked to submit their original receipts 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 178 Roadside Emergencies Vehicles Sold in Canada Getting Roadside Assistance Canadian customers who require roadside assistance call 1 800 665 2006 Vehicles Sold Canada Using Roadside Assistance Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference In Canada the card is found in the warranty information in the glove box Canadian Roadside coverage and benefits may differ from the U S coverage Please see your warranty information or visit our website at www ford ca for information on Canadian services and benefits Canadian customers who need to obtain roadside information call 1 800 665 2006 or visit our website at www ford ca HAZARD FLASHER CONTROL Note With extended use the flasher may run down your battery The hazard flasher is located on the steering column just behind the S steering wheel The hazard flashers operate when the ignition is in any position or if the key is not in the ignition e Press the flasher control to flash all front and rear direction signals e Press the flasher control again to turn them off Use it when your vehicle is creating a safety hazard for other motorists JUMP
250. ly inlet pipe outlet pipe resonator and flex pipe Rotation of horizontal exhaust system directional outlet pipe to cause the exhaust to be emitted in a direction other than the orientation your vehicle was originally produced with Engine cooling Removal or rendering inoperative the fan clutch Removal or modification of the fan shroud Replacing a fixed fan with a fan of increased diameter different number of blades or different pitch width DEF Diesel Removal or rendering inoperative DEF system exhaust fluid components including the DEF tank dosing module dosing supply module dosing control unit NOx electronic module or NOx sensor Emissions Control System s Laws Federal law prohibits vehicle manufacturers dealers and other persons engaged in the business of repairing servicing selling leasing or trading motor vehicles as well as fleet operators from knowingly removing or rendering an emissions control device or system inoperative Further modifications of the emissions control system s could create liability on the part of individual owners under the laws of some states In Canada modification of the emissions control system could create liability under applicable Federal or Provincial laws Maintenance Instructions for maintenance and service of the noise control system have been included in the required maintenance services and in the general maintenance section To further help minimize noise emissions deg
251. ly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving The USB port allows you to plug in media playing devices memory Sticks and charge devices if supported See the SYNC chapter for more information SATELLITE RADIO INFORMATION IF EQUIPPED Satellite Radio Channels Sirius broadcasts a variety of music news sports weather traffic and entertainment satellite radio channels For more information and a complete list of Sirius satellite radio channels visit www siriusxm com in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 Note This receiver includes the eCos real time operating system eCos is published under the eCos License 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Audio System 283 Satellite Radio Reception Factors Potential satellite radio reception issues Antenna For optimal reception performance keep the obstructions antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible Terrain Hills mountains tall b
252. ly to start the incline at full power and then shift down as needed to maintain vehicle speed e When going down a hill or long steep grades prevent overspeeding of the engine Normally choose the same gear to descend the hill that you use to ascend the hill The engine governor has no control over engine speed when it is being pushed by a loaded vehicle e Do not operate in a gear that permits an engine speed more than the maximum governed speed or high idle RPM no load e Always shift to a lower gear at high altitudes to prevent engine smoking Backing Up WARNING All vehicles have blind spots To reduce the risk of severe injury or property damage never move your vehicle to the side or rear or change lanes without being sure your way is clear on both sides and to your rear WARNING To reduce the risk of the possibility of personal injury while backing up the vehicle always be sure your vehicle s path is clear Before backing up your vehicle be sure you can do so safely If anything behind the cab limits your view do not rely on mirrors alone to make sure that your intended path is clear If other people are in the vicinity have someone standing well behind your vehicle and outside of your intended path visible through an exterior mirror guide you as you back up Although OSHA or some governmental regulations may require the use of an electrical or mechanical back up alarm to warn bystanders such an alarm does not gu
253. mber The nut and shaft are metric 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 152 Brakes Air Brakes WARNING Do not use the gearshift selector in place of the parking brake unexpected and possible sudden vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not taken Always set the parking brake fully AND make sure the gearshift selector is in position R for vehicles equipped with manual transmission or position N except Allison 2200 transmission or P Allison 2200 transmission for vehicles with automatic transmission If the service brakes should fail to operate while your vehicle is moving you can make an emergency stop with the parking brake Since the parking brake only applies stopping power to the rear wheels your vehicle s stopping distance greatly increases and the handling of your vehicle is adversely affected Make repairs immediately to an inoperative air brake system circuit WARNING This control is used for parking only Do not leave the vehicle unattended after setting the parking brake without placing the transmission inposition R for vehicles equipped with manual transmission or position N except Allison 2200 transmission or P Allison 2200 transmission for vehicles with automatic transmission Use of wheel chocks is also recommended in hilly or off road usage Pull the yellow parking brake knob out to apply the parking brake Push the kn
254. meters Also fuel expense frequency of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are not accurate ways to measure fuel economy 1 Fill the fuel tank completely and record the initial odometer reading 2 Each time you fill the tank record the amount of fuel added 9 After at least three to five tank fill ups fill the fuel tank and record the current odometer reading 4 Subtract your initial odometer reading from the current odometer reading 5b Calculate fuel economy as follows e Standard Divide miles traveled by gallons used e Metric Multiply liters used by 100 then divide by kilometers traveled 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 110 Fuel and Refueling Keep a record for at least one month and record the type of driving city or highway This provides an accurate estimate of your vehicle s fuel economy under current driving conditions Additionally keeping records during summer and winter shows how temperature impacts fuel economy In general lower temperatures mean lower fuel economy SELECTIVE CATALYTIC REDUCTION SCR SYSTEM DIESEL ENGINE ONLY Your vehicle is equipped with a selective catalytic reduction SCR system to help reduce emission levels of oxides of nitrogen from the exhaust of the diesel engine The system automatically injects diesel exhaust fluid DEF into the exhaust system to enable proper SCR function Importance of Maintaining the DEF
255. move tar and grease use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover e Never apply any cleaning chemical to hot or warm wheel rims or covers e Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims or covers e ndustrial strength heavy duty cleaners or cleaning chemicals in combination with brush agitation to remove brake dust and dirt could wear away the clearcoat finish over time e Do not use hydrofluoric acid based or high caustic based wheel cleaners steel wool fuels or strong household detergent e If you intend on parking your vehicle for an extended period after cleaning the wheels with a wheel cleaner drive your vehicle for a few minutes before doing so This reduces the risk of increased corrosion of the brake discs VEHICLE STORAGE If you plan to store your vehicle for an extended period 30 days or more read the following maintenance recommendations to make sure your vehicle stays in good operating condition All motor vehicles and their components were engineered and tested for reliable regular driving Long term storage under various conditions may lead to component degradation or failure unless you take specific precautions to preserve the components General e Store all vehicles in a dry ventilated place e Protect from sunlight if possible e f vehicles are stored outside they require regular maintenance to protect against rust and damage 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloos
256. n Child Safety 29 Children and booster seats vary in size and shape Choose a booster that keeps the lap belt low and snug across the hips never up across the stomach and lets you adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest snugly near the center of the shoulder The following drawings compare the ideal fit center to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder The drawings also show how the lap belt should be low and snug across the child s hips ARK If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat upon which it is being used placing a rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner under the booster seat may improve this condition Do not introduce any item thicker than this under the booster seat Check with the booster seat manufacturer s instructions 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can 30 Child Safety INSTALLING CHILD SAFETY SEATS Using Automatic Locking Mode Combination Lap and Shoulder Belts Front Passenger and Rear Outboard Seating Positions WARNING Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in the rear seat whenever possible WARNING Depending on where you secure a child restraint and depending on the child restraint design you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies and or LATCH lower anchors rendering those features potentially unusable
257. n to recharge the trailer air supply line You can also use this mode to park a combination vehicle with tractor spring brakes Automatic Application B Ba If both knobs are pushed in and the brake system air pressure is reduced to approximately 35 psi 249 kPa the trailer air supply A knob automatically pops out applying the emergency or parking brakes on the trailer If the trailer air supply A knob is manually held in and the air pressure is reduced to approximately 30 psi 207 kPa a tripper piston within the valve moves exhausting the trailer air supply applying the trailer brakes Further reduction of air pressure while holding the trailer air supply knob in causes the parking brake knob to pop out at 25 psi 172 kPa 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 148 Brakes Actuation of Trailer Park Emergency or Tractor Bobtail Position o e lt To actuate the trailer brakes only pull out the trailer air supply knob A This applies the trailer brakes whether the trailer uses emergency or spring brakes You can also use this mode when the tractor or truck with trailer is used during bobtail operation PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic Brakes WARNING Do not use the gearshift selector in place of the parking brake Always set the parking brake fully AND make sure the gearshift selector is in position R for vehicles equipped with a ma
258. nates when you turn the ignition to the on position to check the bulb and to indicate whether the vehicle is ready for Inspection Maintenance I M testing Solid illumination after you start the engine indicates the on board diagnostics OBD II system has detected a malfunction WARNING Under engine misfire conditions excessive exhaust temperatures could damage the catalytic converter the fuel system interior floor coverings or other vehicle components possibly causing a fire 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Instrument Cluster 71 Stop Engine diesel engine only This red lamp illuminates when you need to stop the engine as Cry soon as it is safely possible If the lamp begins flashing automatic engine shutdown may take place in as little as 20 seconds WARNING In the event of engine shutdown make sure the vehicle is safely off the road and the problem is remedied prior to returning to the road Failure to remove the vehicle from the road could result in an accident causing serious injury or death If the engine shuts down you can restart and operate it for 30 seconds at a time or until you correct the problem For more information see Engine automatic shutdown warning light or tone in the Driving chapter and your engine operator s manual See your engine operator s manual for specific information about this feature Drivers of electronically c
259. nd control should never be used to apply the brakes when the tractor and trailer are parked unattended Air may leak from the system and the vehicle could possibly move resulting in possible property damage personal injury or death The hand control is located on the right hand side of the instrument panel It applies the trailer service brakes which are independent of the truck or tractor service brakes A It operates a valve that provides gradual control of air pressure applied When the valve is only partially applied you can override the trailer brakes by pressing fully on the brake pedal To apply the trailer brakes using the hand control move the lever downward The further you push the lever down the greater the air pressure is applied to the brakes The lever remains in place until manually moved To release the trailer brakes move the lever up completely Trailer Air Supply and Parking Brake Modular Controls If Equipped The trailer air supply valve delivers air to the trailer supply and automatically pops out shutting off the trailer supply if pressure decreases to approximately 35 psi 249 kPa 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Brakes 145 The parking brake controls the spring brakes on the tractor When you pull the knob out it causes the trailer supply valve to pop out applying both the tractor and trailer par
260. nd the cab unless you have three point contact with a step and handle system at all times You must be careful and deliberate to minimize the possibility of personal injury from a slip and fall when entering exiting or climbing on this vehicle Always use the steps and assist handles before climbing Do not skip any steps or assist handles Use three point contact at all times with at least two feet and one hand or two hands and one foot firmly placed during all phases of entering exiting or climbing Always keep your shoe soles and hands clean Keep the steps and assist handles free of snow ice oil grease substances or debris Be sure to use extra care in bad weather Avoid wearing thick gloves Always perform trailer hook up while standing on the ground 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Vehicle Inspection Guide 13 VEHICLE INSPECTION INFORMATION To make sure your vehicle is ready to operate conduct a pre trip inspection at the beginning of each work period Follow the steps listed in this section to verify a proper vehicle inspection procedure WARNING Exercise great caution when working on a vehicle equipped with an automatic fan clutch The fan starts in motion only after the engine coolant reaches a predetermined temperature or the refrigerant pressure if equipped with air conditioning reaches a predetermined setting The fan starts at this point with no a
261. nd the noise warranty are found in the warranty information and are applicable to completed trucks Tampering with Noise Control System Prohibited Federal law prohibits the following acts or the causing thereof 1 The removal or rendering inoperative by any person other than for purposes of maintenance repair or replacement of any device or element of design incorporated into any new vehicle for the purpose of noise control prior to its sale or delivery to the ultimate purchaser or while it is in use or 2 the use of the vehicle after such device or element of design has been removed or rendered inoperative by any person Among those acts presumed to constitute tampering are the following acts listed Vehicle System Acoustical shielding Removal of noise shields hood blanket tunnel liner or acoustical absorptive material Engine Removal or rendering inoperative the engine speed governor to allow engine speed to exceed manufacturer specifications Removal of engine mounted noise shield or oil pan enclosure Engine air induction Removal of the air duct silencer air cleaner and or air cleaner element and baffle in air cleaner re indexing of air cleaner 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Scheduled Maintenance 347 Vehicle System Exhaust Removal or rendering inoperative exhaust system components including the catalytic converter muffler assemb
262. nd view a list of previously paired phones 2 Scroll until the desired device is chosen then press OK to connect the phone Note Only one device can be connected at a time When another phone is connected the previous one is disconnected Set Primary Phone Set a previously paired phone as your primary phone Press OK to select and scroll to select the desired phone Press OK to confirm Note SYNC attempts to connect with the primary phone at every ignition cycle When a phone is selected as primary it appears first in the list and is marked with an asterisk 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can SYNC 303 Set Bluetooth On Off Turn the Bluetooth feature on and off Press OK and scroll to toggle between On and Off When the desired selection is chosen press OK Note Turning Bluetooth off disconnects all Bluetooth devices and deactivates all Bluetooth features Delete Device Delete a paired phone Press OK and scroll to select the device Press OK to confirm Delete All Devices Delete all previously paired phones and all information originally saved with those phones Press OK to select Exit the current menu This is a speed dependent feature 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 304 SYNC Advanced Menu Options This menu allows you to access settings such a
263. nebook every time your phone connects to SYNC Your phonebook call history and text messages can only be accessed when your specific phone is connected to SYNC Note Downloading times are phone and quantity dependent Note When auto download is on any changes additions or deletions saved since your last download are deleted Exit the current menu 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 302 SYNC System Settings System Settings provide access to your Bluetooth Devices and Advanced menu features Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the menu options The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you to add connect delete and set a phone as primary as well as turn your Bluetooth feature on and off The Advanced menu allows you to access and set prompts languages defaults perform a master reset install an application and view system information Bluetooth Devices Menu Options This menu allows you to add connect delete set a phone as primary and turn Bluetooth on or off 1 Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu 2 Scroll until System Settings appears and press OK 3 Scroll until Bluetooth Devices appears and select OK 4 Scroll to select from the following options If you select Device this chapter for pairing instructions Connect Bluetooth Connect a previously paired Device Bluetooth enabled phone 1 Press OK to select a
264. ng tone sounds during an incoming call one of the system s or your phone s 1 Press OK to select and scroll to hear Ringer 1 Ringer 2 Ringer 3 and Phone Ringer 2 Press OK to select Note If your phone supports in band ringing your phone s ringer sounds when Phone Ringer is chosen Message Notification Have the option of hearing an audible tone to notify you when a text message arrives 1 Press OK to select and scroll between Message Notification On or Message Notification Off 2 Press OK to select 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can SYNCG 301 Modify Phonebook Modify the contents of your phone book such as add delete download Press OK to select and scroll between Add Contacts Press OK to add more contacts from your phone book Push the desired contact s on your phone See your phone s user guide on how to push contacts Delete Phonebook Press OK to delete the current phone book and call history When Delete Phonebook appears press OK to confirm SYNC takes you back to the Phone Settings menu Download Phonebook Press OK to select and press OK again when Confirm Download appears Auto Download Automatically download your phone book each time your phone connects to SYNC Press OK to select When Auto Download On appears press OK to have your phonebook automatically downloaded each time Select Off to NOT download your pho
265. nloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 104 Fuel and Refueling Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes If fuel is splashed in the eyes remove contact lenses if worn flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention Failure to seek proper medical attention could lead to permanent injury e Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed through the skin If fuel is splashed on the skin or clothing promptly remove contaminated clothing and wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Repeated or prolonged skin contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes skin irritation e De particularly careful if you are taking Antabuse or other forms of disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism Breathing gasoline vapors or skin contact could cause an adverse reaction In sensitive individuals serious personal injury or sickness may result If fuel is splashed on the skin promptly wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Consult a physician immediately if you experience an adverse reaction CHOOSING THE RIGHT FUEL Note Do not add after market fuel additive products to your fuel tank We recommend that you use only high quality fuel without after market additives or other engine treatments Note Use of any fuel other than those recommended may cause vehicle damage a loss of vehicle performance and repairs may not be covered under warranty Gasoline Engine 6 8L V10 Use only UNLEADED gasoline or UNLEADED gasoline bl
266. nspect for any e Cracks e Leaks e Missing or broken bolts or bushings 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 18 Vehicle Inspection Guide Front brakes ERE Inspect for cracked worn or frayed hoses Verify all couplings are secure Brake chambers Verify e There are no cracks or dents e They are securely mounted Slack adjusters Inspect for broken loose or missing parts Note The angle between the push rod and adjuster arm should be approximately 90 degrees when the brakes are applied When pulled by hand the push rod should not move more than approximately 1 inch 2 5 centimeters Verify e There are no cracks dents holes and no loose or missing bolts e The brake linings are not worn dangerously thin or contaminated by lubricant Front wheels Inspect for damaged or bent rims They should not have welding repairs and there should be no rust trails which indicate it is loose on the wheel Lug nuts Verify all lug nuts are present and not loose look for rust trails around the lug nuts There should be no cracks radiating from the lug bolt holes or distortion of the bolt holes Hub oil seals Inspect wheel hub oil seal for leaks and if sight glass if present verify the oil level is adequate Oil lubricated Inspect for proper lubrication level if the hubcap front wheel has a transparent window If the hubcap does not bearings have a t
267. nspections usually prevent serious problems from developing later If the owner or operator of the vehicle is a skilled technician and intends on performing the vehicle maintenance and service he is strongly urged to purchase a service manual Electrical System Periodically inspect electrical connectors on the outside of the cab and on the engine and frame for corrosion and tightness Exposed terminals such as the fuel sender cranking motor alternator and feed through studs should be cleaned and re coated with a lubricant sealing grease such as Motorcraft Silicone Brake Caliper Grease and Dielectric Compound XG 3 or equivalent This should include the ground cable connector for batteries engine and cab as well as the jump starting stud Accessory Feed Connections Vehicle electrical systems are complex and often include powertrain components such as engine and transmission controls instrument panels and ABS While most systems operate on battery voltage 12 volts some systems can be as high as 90 volts or as low as five volts See the Electrical Circuit Diagram Manuals available from your vehicle s manufacturer to make sure that any extra body lights and accessory connections to circuits are both appropriate and not overloaded Do not make modifications to any vehicle control system without first contacting an authorized dealer 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can
268. nt cluster Setting a Speed l Accelerate to the desired speed 2 Press and release SET ACCEL 3 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 158 Cruise Control Changing the Set Speed There are a few ways to change the set speed e Press and hold SET ACCEL to increase or COAST to decrease the set speed Release the button when you reach the desired speed e Press and release SET ACCEL to increase or COAST to decrease The set speed changes in approximately 1 mph 2 km h increments e Press the accelerator pedal or brake pedal until you reach the desired speed Press and release SET ACCEL Canceling a Set Speed Tap the brake pedal This does not erase the set speed Resuming a Set Speed Press and release RES Switching Off Cruise Control Note Turning off the cruise control erases the set speed Press OFF or turn off the ignition 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Driving Aids 159 OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE General Information e Start the vehicle moving by using the highest gear speed in the transmission that lets the engine easily start the load without slipping the clutch e Accelerate smoothly and evenly Rapid acceleration increases fuel consumption without increasing engine performance e When approaching a hill press the accelerator smooth
269. nter console 2 Press MENU to access the SYNC menu 3 Select SYNC Media by pressing OK 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 314 SYNC 4 Then scroll to Mobile Apps and press OK to access a list of available applications 5 Scroll through the list of available applications and press OK to 6 select a particular app Once an app is running through SYNC you can access an app s menu by pressing the MENU button to first access the SYNC menu Select SYNC Media by pressing OK Scroll until lt App name gt Menu is displayed such as Pandora Menu then press OK From here you can access an application s features such as Thumbs up Thumbs down etc For more information please visit www SYNCMyRide com GON To Access Using Voice Commands 1 Press the voice icon 2 When prompted say Mobile Apps 3 Say the name of the application after the tone 4 The app should start While an app is running through SYNC you can press the voice button and speak commands specific to the app such as Play Station Quickmix Say Help to discover available voice commands USING SYNC WITH YOUR MEDIA PLAYER You can access and play music from your digital music player over the vehicle s speaker system using the system s media menu or voice commands You can also sort and play your music by specific categories such as artists or a
270. nual transmission or position P if equipped or N for vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission Use of wheel chocks is also recommended in hilly or off road usage Unexpected and possible sudden vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not taken WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the parking brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your dealer or a qualified service technician Apply the parking brake whenever the vehicle is parked To set the parking brake pull the handle up until it snaps into the locked position When the parking brake is out of adjustment seek service immediately The parking brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster P illuminates and remains illuminated when you switch on the ignition until you release the parking brake 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Brakes 149 Push the palm release lever A on the parking brake handle B and push down as far as possible to release the brake Driving with the parking brake on causes the brakes to wear out quickly and reduces fuel economy We recommend you not use the parking brake to stop a moving vehicle However if the normal brakes fail you can use the parking brake to stop your vehicle in an emergency Since the parking brake only applies retardation to the rear wheels the vehicle s stopping distance in
271. o provide or make available to you SOFTWARE updates supplements add on components or Internet based services components of the SOFTWARE after the date you obtain your initial copy of the SOFTWARE Supplemental Components If FORD MOTOR COMPANY or third party software and services suppliers provide or make available to you Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided along with the Supplemental Components then the terms of this EULA shall apply If MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent make available Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Appendices 335 provided then the terms of this EULA shall apply except that the MS Microsoft Corporation or affiliate entity providing the Supplemental Component s shall be the licensor of the Supplemental Component s FORD MOTOR COMPANY MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent reserve the right to discontinue without liability any Internet based services provided to you or made available to you through the use of the SOFTWARE e Links to Third Party Sites The MS SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to link to third party sites through the use of the SOFTWARE The third party sites are not under the control of MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated ag
272. o enter the Phone Menu Scroll until 911 Assist is selected Press OK to confirm and enter the 911 Assist menu Scroll to select between On and Off selections Press OK when the desired option appears in the radio display Set On or Set Off appears in the display as confirmation gus Go DO c 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 310 SYNC Off selections include Off with reminder and Off without reminder Off with reminder provides a display and voice reminder at phone connection at vehicle start Off without reminder provides a display reminder only without a voice reminder at phone connection To make sure that 911 Assist works properly e SYNC must be powered and working properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use e SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident A Bluetooth enabled and compatible phone has to be paired and connected to SYNC A connected Bluetooth enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the incident e A connected Bluetooth enabled phone must have adequate network coverage battery power and signal strength e The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the United States Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number In the Event of a Crash Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut off
273. o p ds Ao se uons suonipuoo sso un np uos ewou y 9AI9Sqo pinous sesueyo Jo pue Io urgu au urgu out oses e qr p ddrnb st IPMA 1no J 9390N woysks qu Wa pue 22017 uro3s amp S AAA PMIA neyxy posorq ayeoLqny s pys 1aysn pe yeas yeoumqni siopum amp o xoo srexrus sauoqe se8uru Joo q sjuouoduro qe Daum S UI029 JoAouoruM Aprnuue 10 Wy 000091 seru 000001 AAA asueY LO IY YJU S I0 LI9 AT Daum S UD IoA9uotuM renuue IO upi 00007 s ltur 00097 Aiaant asueyp to umo or ed 1oJLI W unt 000091 sot 000001 LAA ou IAY IOWA 09 us ve re sp ev er 6e oe ee puoN 097 ver vet oer szt OZT ett vor 96 88 0001 X sm oor s o6 es og sa 02 co 09 e 0001 X sot SA s1n2520 JOAVYSTYM SYJUOU 10 si9J uro Di satt penunuo XTTVONNV YAMA AO CAM 0002 SATIN 00002 YO SNOLLIGNOO ALAIA NI AVOA 410 NO HOIAWAS 3HHASS Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 SS c iv gt rss Ko T5 i og Sec RO lt yS wes D SSS e HORS Scheduled Maintenance 374 Maintenance Record Retention and Service Log SOLU IIP 1e open eu uy ureuie pinous Wourop stu INv LHOdMWI OWEN JAUME JaquNN uoneoyguep 9joIuSA jueujeoe dsiq euiBu3 aqd RIS RueueM p40258H e 5ueug ure Ny ejoiuaA INOA uo peuuojed Sales eoueuejureui suiejs s 0juoo uoissiuie Aug Jo s
274. ob in to release the parking brake ds PARKING 4 BRAKE amp The parking brake light illuminates and remains illuminated P when you switch the ignition to the on position until you release the parking brake Releasing Spring Brake with Air Pressure The air system in all vehicles with spring actuated rear wheel parking brakes is equipped with a tank valve located on the supply or service air tank for connection to an outside air supply The valve lets you recharge 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Brakes 153 the system with air from an outside source releasing the spring actuated parking brakes Your vehicle is now ready to tow in an emergency You can only use an outside air source if the protected system is in operating condition If you cannot restore air pressure in the protected air system you must release the spring actuated brakes manually Releasing Spring Manually d WARNING Do not attempt to disassemble the parking brake chamber under any circumstances The high spring load may cause serious injury if the chamber clamps are removed If you release air pressure from the spring brake chamber the power spring applies the brake and unless air pressure can be re established you must release the spring brake as follows in order to move your vehicle WARNING Block the wheels to help prevent the vehicle from moving n WARNING Unex
275. ode If there are more they are organized into alphabetical categories 1 Press OK to enter the album menu and select from playing all albums or from any individual indexed album 2 Scroll until the desired album is chosen and press OK Genres Sort indexed music by genre category type SYNC lists the genres alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 SYNC automatically organizes them into alphabetical categories Press OK to select and then scroll to select the desired genre and press OK 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 322 SYNC Playlists Access your playlists from formats such as ASX M3U WPL MTP The system lists your playlists alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 they are organized into alphabetical categories Press OK to select Then scroll to select the desired playlist and press OK Tracks Search for and play a specific track which has been indexed SYNC lists your tracks alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 SYNC automatically organizes them into alphabetical categories Press OK to select Then scroll to select the desired track and press OK Explore USB Explore all supported digital media on your media device connected to the USB port You can only view media content which is compatible with SYNC other files saved are not visible Press OK to select Then scrol
276. oft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and systems suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may collect and use technical information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and services suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may use this information solely to improve their products or to provide customized services or technologies to you MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and systems suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may disclose this information to others but not in a form that personally identifies you e Internet Based Services Components The SOFTWARE may contain components that enable and facilitate the use of certain Internet based services You acknowledge and agree that MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may automatically check the version of the SOFTWARE and or its components that you are utilizing and may provide upgrades or supplements to the SOFTWARE that may be automatically downloaded to your DEVICE e Additional Software Services The SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service suppliers MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent t
277. ok contacts to SYNC by using the Add Contacts feature e Use the SYNCmyphone feature available on the website The system says Limitations on e Try pushing your phonebook Phonebook your phone s contacts to SYNC by using the Downloaded but capability Add Contacts feature my phonebook in e If the missing contacts are SYNC is empty or stored on your SIM card try is missing moving them to the device contacts memory e Remove any pictures or special ring tones associated with the missing contact I am having e This isa e Go to the website to review trouble phone dependent your phone s compatibility connecting my feature OR e Try turning off the device phone to SYNC e Possible phone resetting the device or removing malfunction the device s battery then trying again e Try deleting your device from SYNC deleting SYNC from your device and trying again e Check the security and auto accept prompt always settings relative to the SYNC Bluetooth connection on your phone e Update your device s software firmware e Turn off the Auto phonebook download setting 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can SYNCG 327 cause s Text messaging is e This is a e Go to the website to review not working on phone dependent your phone s compatibility SYNC feature OR e Try turning off the device e Possible phone resetting the device or removing malfunction
278. olant e DO NOT MIX different colors or types of coolant in your vehicle Make sure the correct coolant is used Mixing of engine coolants may harm your engine s cooling system The use of an improper coolant may harm engine and cooling system components and may void the warranty Use prediluted engine coolant meeting the Ford specification See the Capacities and Specifications chapter for more information e Incase of emergency you may add a large amount of water without engine coolant in order to reach a vehicle service location In this instance drain the cooling system chemically clean it with Motorcraft Premium Cooling System Flush and refill it with engine coolant as soon as possible Water alone without engine coolant can cause engine damage from corrosion overheating or freezing e Do not use alcohol methanol brine or any engine coolants mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze coolant Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine damage from overheating or freezing e Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to the coolant These can be harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the engine coolant Unscrew the cap slowly Any pressure escapes as you unscrew the cap Add prediluted engine coolant meeting the Ford specification See Capacities and Specifications for more information Whenever you add coolant check the coolant level in the coolant reservoir the next few times you drive your vehicle If necessary add
279. on 122 Transmission operation 2s 126 Brakes 138 EE EE 138 Hints on driving with anti lock brakes 142 Traction Control 155 Traction Control M ccu xt ndvxa ER xaX RICE ARA che Se See 155 Cruise Control 157 Driving Aids 159 EE a Ed bx Y NUN LOGER NC A OR 161 Air suspension 162 Upftitter coDLrolSs s s Lex 6 TRUE puis Orden vdd 164 Load Carrying 165 Vehicle loading ccsa ass scam RR DES DEG d REVO 166 Towing 167 Trailer EE EE 167 Wrecker TOWNE ues ee US ee ERE ENIMS PR d PSY 171 Driving Hints 175 Economical driving sees n uwa a a RR Rd 175 Roadside Emergencies 177 Getting roadside assistance 177 Hazard flasher contra 178 Jump starting the vehicle zx s px pea aaa cages RUE RS 178 Customer Assistance 182 Getting assistance outside the U S and Canada 184 Reporting safety defects U S only _ 186 Reporting safety defects Canada only 186 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can 4 Table of Contents Fuses Changing a TUSE sacs car pas weed cx DR Hs S ham RGAE iY Fuse specification chat Fuses and relays oada kio cenaa eee Maintenance General information se 3d ee EEN eX EE e Opening and closing the hood l lille Engine oll dipstick 3 23 40 tuw Ee EE e S Engme ol CHECK shox oa v d aere e
280. on in the fuel system Keep external surfaces of the engine radiator charge air cooler air conditioning condenser and accessories clean to avoid dirt build up You may experience above normal coolant temperatures while driving in a transmission gear ratio that lugs the engine To correct this problem increase engine speed by downshifting into the next lower Bear STEERING Your vehicle is equipped with power steering Power steering uses energy from the engine to decrease the driver s effort in steering your vehicle To help prevent damage to the power steering pump Never hold the steering wheel to the extreme right or the extreme left for more than a few seconds when the engine is running Do not operate your vehicle with the power steering pump fluid level below the ADD mark on the MAX COLD side of the power steering reservoir dipstick Some noise is normal during operation If the noise is excessive check for low power steering pump fluid level before seeking service by an authorized dealer Low power steering pump fluid levels may cause heavy or uneven steering efforts Check the power steering pump fluid level before seeking service from an authorized dealer Do not fill the power steering pump reservoir above the FULL mark on the MAX HOT side of the power steering reservoir dipstick as this may result in leaks from the reservoir If the power steering system breaks down or if the engine is turned off you can steer your v
281. on the inside of the pipes If the service condition of the pipes hoses or clamps is questionable replace the defective part s Make sure to clean all dust and debris out of the pipes and couplings with a clean damp rag before reassembly Chassis mounted Charge Air Cooler Visually inspect the core assembly for debris and clogging of external fins with the engine off Before engine operation remove any debris blocking the core e Turbocharger to charge air cooler e Charge air cooler to intake manifold pipe e Mounting bracket e Chassis mounted charge air cooler core Inspect air intake piping e Check for accumulation of salt deposits where applicable If present disassemble and clean the complete air intake piping system If pitting is evident on the intake piping use Motorcraft Silicone Gasket and Sealant TA 30 to seal joints against leakage e Check for loose hoses and clamps e Check for ruptured or collapsed hoses e Check air cleaner housing for cracks Suspension Inspection Note Do not adjust air suspension height to any setting other than the specified setting Altering the height setting changes the driveline angle and may result in unwarrantable component damage such as transmission component damage Verify drive axle air suspension height and height control valve performance at engine oil change intervals 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can
282. ontrolled engines should know the extent of the warning engine shutdown system before operating the vehicle Traction Control diesel engine only It illuminates and flashes slowly if you select the Off Road or 9 Mud Snow mode It illuminates and flashes rapidly during a traction control event Trailer Anti Lock Braking System ABS Gei It illuminates briefly when you turn the ignition on and only KOR when a PLC trailer or a PLC diagnostic tool is connected If the light fails to illuminate remains on after you start the vehicle or continues to flash have the system serviced immediately Wait to Start diesel engine only It illuminates when the air intake heater is in operation and CO special starting procedures are required WARNING If equipped with an air intake heater DO NOT use ether or any other starting fluids The use of starting fluids ether in an engine equipped with an air intake heater could result in damage and or personal injury 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 72 Instrument Cluster Water in Fuel diesel engine only It illuminates when the fuel filter water separator has a significant quantity of water in it If the light illuminates when the engine is running stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible shut off the engine then drain the fuel filter and water separator See your engine operator s manual for the drain procedure Allo
283. or information on checking and adding engine coolant Fan Clutches WARNING Stay clear of the fan and fan area while the engine is running or possible personal injury may occur Your vehicle s cooling system is equipped with a viscous fan clutch which e Helps control cooling increases performance improves fuel economy and reduces noise e Bimetallic spring sensors control Do not tamper with these sensors as this may change their calibration or keep the fan clutch from operating at all 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 212 Maintenance Gasoline Engine Checking the Engine Coolant When the engine is cold check the concentration and level of engine coolant at the intervals listed in the Scheduled Maintenance chapter Note Make sure that the level is between the MIN and MAX marks on the coolant reservoir Note Coolant expands when it is hot The level may extend beyond the MAX mark Note If the level is at the MIN mark below the MIN mark or empty add coolant immediately See Adding engine coolant in this section Note For best results coolant concentration should be tested with a refractometer such as Rotunda tool 300 ROB75240 available from an authorized dealer Ford does not recommend the use of hydrometers or coolant test strips for measuring coolant concentrations Note Automotive fluids are not interchangeable do not use engine coolan
284. ors anchors type and seat and top only weight tether anchor Rear fac Up to ing child 65 Ib seat 29 kg Rear fac Over ing child 65 Ib seat 29 kg Forward Up to facing 65 Ib child seat 29 kg Forward Over facing 65 Ib child seat 29 kg 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Child Safety 27 Note The child seat must rest tightly against the vehicle seat upon which it is installed It may be necessary to lift or remove the head restraint See the Seats chapter for information on head restraints BOOSTER SEATS WARNING Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a crash Use a belt positioning booster seat for children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety seat generally children who are less than 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall are greater than age four 4 and less than age twelve 12 and between 40 pounds 18 kilograms and 80 pounds 36 kilograms and upward to 100 pounds 45 kilograms if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Many state and provincial laws require that children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight 8 a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 pounds 36 kilograms
285. ort Press the bottom of the rear control to deflate the upper lumbar support Seat height adjuster Pull the control up to raise the seat Push the control down to lower the seat Seat adjuster Lift the bar up to move the seat forward or backward Release the bar to lock the seat in position ee j eo 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Seats 87 Type 2 Recline Rotate the handle to adjust the angle of the seatback Lumbar Press the lever up to inflate the lumbar Press the lever down to deflate the lumbar Seat height adjust Press the lever up to raise the seat height Press the elver down to lower the seat height REAR SEATS sec eet gt Folding Up the Rear Seats SuperCab 1 Pull the control to release the seat cushion 2 Rotate the seat cushion up until it locks into the vertical storage RK position 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 88 Seats Returning the Seat to the Seating Position WARNING Make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped underneath the seat cushion before returning the seat cushion to its original position and that the seat cushion locks into place Failure to do so may prevent the seat from operating properly in the event of a crash which could increase the risk of serious injury 1 Pull the control on
286. our vehicle may move unexpectedly and cause property damage personal injury or death Main transmission auxiliary transmission transfer case and power take off PTO control shift patterns can be found on a placard or decal on the driver s sun visor on the instrument panel or on the shift control itself Use the main transmission control to select the various gear ratios or speeds of the transmission Selecting position D does not change the transmission gear ratio but for use where the gear ratios in the main transmission are adequate to handle the vehicle operation If the transmission fails to shift properly check the inline 10A fuse located in the battery cables above the battery 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Transmission 127 Brake shift Interlock Vehicles equipped with a gasoline engine have a brake shift interlock feature that prevents you from moving the gearshift lever from position P when the ignition is in the on position and the brake pedal is not pressed If you cannot move the gearshift lever out of position P with the ignition in the on position and the brake pedal pressed it is possible that a fuse has blown or your vehicle s brake lamps are not operating properly See the Fuses chapter WARNING Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the brake lamps are working WARNING When doing this procedure you will be taking the v
287. ow as possible around the hips not across the waist v Insert the tongue into the correct ics buckle the buckle closest to the d direction the tongue is coming from To lengthen the belt turn the tongue at a right angle to the belt and pull across your lap until it reaches the buckle To tighten the belt pull the loose end of the belt through the tongue until it fits snugly across the hips 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Safety Belts 47 Shorten and fasten the belt when not in use SAFETY BELT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT WARNING Position the safety belt height adjusters so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder Failure to adjust the safety belt properly could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt and increase the risk of injury in a crash Adjust the height of the shoulder belt so the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder To adjust the shoulder belt height 1 Pull on the center button and slide the height adjuster up or down 2 Release the button and pull down on the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place SAFETY BELT WARNING LIGHT AND INDICATOR CHIME Conditions of Operation rr This lamp illuminates and an audible warning sounds if the driver s safety belt has not been fastened when the vehicle s ignition is turned on The driver s safety belt is not buckled The safety belt warning light
288. ower mirrors nterior lamp relay nterior lamp relay 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Fuses 193 Location m 16 15A High beams Indicator 17 Notued 5 0 0 0 2 5A Starting system C 21 10A DRLresstor ST Air horn Air suspension dump Two speed axle Driver controlled locking differential 23 10A Jj Flshereay NE NE Hydraulic brakes relay Fuel heater relay diesel engine only Air dryer 25 10A Blower motor relay coll Blower motor relay coil HA Right harlow G 27 Noued Cluster GEM Relay1 Interior lamps Reay2 Notued 0 0 0 Reay3 Ho S O Reay4 Notued 0 0 0 0 0 Reay5 JNotused 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 194 Fuses Relay Center The relay center is located along the passenger side A pillar on the right side of the footwell Relay Location Relay Description Spring applied hydraulic release warning chime module or PCM power VPWR 2 3 and 4 A C compressor clutch Power windows Flasher standard LED Upfitter relay 1 Upfitter relay 2 Headlights Cummins starter lockout RO Upfitterrelay3 bo A 1 R6 R8 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing D
289. oximately 20 miles 30 kilometers Verify that the transmission fluid temperature gauge located on the instrument cluster is within the normal range 1 Drive your vehicle 20 miles 30 kilometers or until it reaches normal operating temperature Park your vehicle on a level surface and engage the parking brake With the engine running parking brake engaged and your foot on the brake pedal move the gearshift lever through all of the gear ranges Allow sufficient time for each gear to engage Latch the gearshift lever in position P and leave the engine running Remove the dipstick wiping it clean with a clean dry lint free rag Install the dipstick making sure to seat it fully in the filler tube Remove the dipstick and inspect the fluid level The fluid should be in the designated area for normal operating temperature or ambient temperature go bo ER 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Maintenance 217 Low Fluid Level Do not drive your vehicle if there is no indication of fluid on the dipstick and the ambient temperature is J 1 above 50 F 10 C Correct Fluid Level Check the fluid at normal operating temperature 196 F 216 F 91 C 102 C on a level surface The fluid reaches normal operating temperature after approximately 20 miles 80 kilometers of driving High Fluid Level Fluid levels above the safe range may result in transmission
290. p R M 2 octane rating of 87 is recommended Some stations offer fuels posted as Regular with an octane rating below 87 particularly in high altitude areas Do not use fuels with a posted octane rating below 87 Do not be concerned if your engine sometimes knocks lightly However if it knocks heavily under most driving conditions while you are using fuel with the recommended octane rating see an authorized dealer to prevent any engine damage RUNNING OUT OF FUEL Gasoline Engine Avoid running out of fuel because this situation may have an adverse effect on powertrain components If you have run out of fuel e You may need to cycle the ignition from off to on several times after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine On restarting cranking time takes a few seconds longer than normal e f your vehicle is equipped with dual fuel tanks adding four five gallons 15 19 liters of fuel is enough to restart the engine If your vehicle is out of fuel and on a steep grade more than four five gallons 15 19 liters may be required e The service engine soon indicator may come on For more information on the service engine soon indicator see the Instrument Cluster chapter See General information in the Information Displays chapter for information on Miles to Empty Diesel Engine Avoid running out of fuel as this allows air to enter the fuel system which makes restarting your vehicle d
291. p10991 dee pjnoys osje noA Sadas y JO S d19991 Jno Jo seidoo ua Pinoys no peuuopied seoiues eui Buipiooei 0 uonippe uj eoueiueAuoo JNOA JO SI SMO 0J U9IUM WO p10991 eoueuojureui au NOILN3 L3H QHO23U ANY S39IAH3S JONVNALNIVIN 2015 F 650 750 167 r can f Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French Scheduled Maintenance DEALER VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can 376 Scheduled Maintenance DEALER VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cope PA Heures KILOM TRAGE Dearer VALIDATION Cope PA
292. pair Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access or share among them data for vehicle improvement purposes For U S only if equipped if you choose to use the SYNC Vehicle Health Report you consent that certain diagnostic information may also be accessed electronically by Ford Motor Company and Ford authorized service facilities and that the diagnostic information may be used for any purpose See the SYNC chapter for more information 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 10 Introduction CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING Some constituents of engine exhaust certain vehicle components certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm PERCHLORATE MATERIAL Note Certain components in your vehicle such as airbag modules safety belt pretensioners and remote control batteries may contain perchlorate material Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate for more information FORD CREDIT U S ONLY Ford Credit offers a full range of financing and lease plans to help you acquire your vehicle If you have financed or leased your vehicle through Ford Credit thank you for your business For your conven
293. parts 2 Check all battery terminals and remove any excessive corrosion before you attach the battery cables Make sure that vent caps are tight and level 3 Turn the heater fan on in both vehicles to protect from any electrical surges Turn all other accessories off Connecting the Jumper Cables WARNING Do not connect the end of the second cable to the negative terminal of the battery to be jumped A spark may cause an explosion of the gases that surround the battery Note Do not attach the negative cable to fuel lines engine rocker covers the intake manifold or electrical components as grounding points Note In the illustration the vehicle on the bottom is used to designate the assisting boosting battery 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 180 Roadside Emergencies 1 Connect the positive jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery 2 Connect the other end of the 1 positive cable to the positive N terminal of the assisting E battery R mas 3 Connect the negative cable to the negative terminal of 4 the assisting battery 4 Make the final connection of the negative cable to an exposed metal part of the stalled vehicle s engine away from the battery and the carburetor or fuel injection system 3 A Make sure that the cables are clear of fan blades belts moving p
294. pected and possibly sudden vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not taken Do not use impact wrenches as they may damage the piston and prevent proper caging of the spring Do not apply more than 50 foot pounds 68 newton meters torque to the release bolt nut 1 Remove the stud tool and nut from the carrying pocket on the brake chamber assembly 2 Remove the access plug from the end of the spring chamber 3 Insert the release stud through the opening in the chamber and into the spring pressure plate 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 154 Brakes 4 Turn the release stud V4 turn to engage the stud tangs with the slot in the pressure plate Keep the stud engaged and install the nut on the release stud 5 Tighten the nut until the spring is fully caged and brakes released Do not loosen or remove the release stud and nut unless you completely assemble and securely clamp the brake chamber 6 After restoring the air pressure unscrew and remove the release stud and install in the carrying pocket Install the access plug 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Traction Control 155 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction If your vehicle begins to slide the system applies the rear brakes to individ
295. pies you transfer all of the SOFTWARE including all component parts the media and printed materials any upgrades and if applicable the Certificate s of Authenticity and the recipient agrees to the terms of this EULA If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade any transfer must include all prior versions of the SOFTWARE Termination Without prejudice to any other rights FORD MOTOR COMPANY or MS may terminate this EULA if you fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this EULA Security Updates Digital Rights Management Content owners use the WMDRM technology included in your DEVICE to protect their intellectual property included copyrighted content Portions of the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE use WMDRM software to access WMDRM protected content If the WMDRM software fails to protect the content content owners may ask Microsoft to revoke the 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 334 Appendices SOFTWARE ability to use WMDRM to play or copy protected content This action does not affect unprotected content When your DEVICE downloads licenses for protected content you agree that Microsoft may include a revocation list with the licenses Content owners may require you to upgrade the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE to access their content If you decline an upgrade you will not be able to access content that requires the upgrade Consent to Use of Data You agree that MS Micros
296. plays the structure as if it were only one level deep all mp3 files play regardless of being in a specific folder In folder mode the system only plays the mp3 files in the current folder 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Audio System 277 AM FM WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving A CLK Press this button to switch the display between the clock and radio frequency To set the time 1 Press and hold CLK until the hours start to flash 2 Press the arrow buttons to adjust the hours Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to set the minutes 9 Press CLK again to exit clock mode B Tune Press these arrow buttons to manually search through the radio frequency band Press and hold for a fast search In AUDIO mode press the buttons to adjust different sound settings C AUDIO Press this button to access settings for Treble Middle Bass Fade and Balance D SEEK Press this button to go to the
297. plete title such as the same way you California remix featuring are saying it Jennifer Nettles e f the songs are saved in all CAPS you have to spell them LOLA requires you to say Play L O L A e Do not use special characters in the title as the system does not recognize them SYNC does not e You may be e Review the phone voice understand oris using the wrong commands at the beginning of calling the wrong voice commands the phone section contact when I OR e Make sure you are saying the want to make a e You may not be contacts exactly as listed For call saying the name example if a contact is saved as exactly as it is Joe Wilson say Call Joe saved OR Wilson e Contacts in e The system works better if your phonebook you list full names such as Joe may be very short Wilson rather than Joe and similar or e Do not use special characters they may contain such as 123 or ICE as the special system does not recognize them characters OR e f contacts are saved in CAPS e Your you have to spell them JAKE phonebook requires you to say Call contacts may be J A K E saved in CAPS 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can SYNCG 331 Possible solution s cause s SYNC does not e Your device e Check the website for find any mobile may not support compatible devices and apps that are on the AppLink applications my phone
298. port stands not a jack when working under a raised vehicle e Always turn off the ignition unless a procedure requires the engine to be running e Always avoid contact with hot metal parts Allow the components to cool before working with or around them Always operate the engine in a well ventilated area Do not wear loose fitting clothing hanging jewelry watches or rings Do not smoke Do not work on the brakes or the clutch unless you take the proper precautions to avoid inhaling friction material dust 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 198 Maintenance Quality service parts are available through an authorized dealer If dealer parts are not used make sure the replacement parts are of equivalent quality WARNING The use of inferior parts can adversely affect the quality and reliability of your vehicle which in turn can result in property damage personal injury or death To avoid damage to your vehicle s electrical components before electric welding e Disconnect both battery cables welder ground cable as close as possible to the part being welded e We recommend temporarily removing the component if welding close to an electrical component Follow the checks and services in the Scheduled Maintenance chapter Have an authorized dealer or service center inspect your vehicle at least once a year Remember that regular maintenance and i
299. pot and Stain Remover United States only ZC 14 Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC 23 Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC 37 A CLEANING THE EXTERIOR Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A which is available from an authorized dealer e Do not use a commercial or high pressure wand on the surface or edge of stripes and graphics This can cause damage to the film and cause the edge of the film to peel away from the vehicle surface e Never use strong household detergents or soap such as dishwashing or laundry liquid These products can discolor and spot painted surfaces e Never wash a vehicle that is hot to the touch or during exposure to strong direct sunlight 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Vehicle Care 235 Always use a clean sponge or car wash mitt with plenty of water for best results Dry your vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel in order to eliminate water spotting It is especially important to wash your vehicle regularly during the winter months as dirt and road salt are difficult to remove and cause damage to the vehicle Immediately remove items such as gasoline diesel fuel bird droppings and insect deposits because they can cause damage to your vehicle s paintwork and trim over time Use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover Z
300. previous or next strong station on the frequency band 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 278 Audio System E Memory presets Store your favorite radio stations To store a radio station tune to the station then press and hold a preset button until sound returns F AM FM Press this button to select a frequency band and access media through the auxiliary input jack G VOL PUSH e Press this button to switch the system off and on e Turn the control to adjust the volume AM FM CD WITH SYNCG NM L K J l H N WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving A Eject Press this button to eject a CD B CD slot Insert a CD C Tune Press this button to manually search through the radio frequency band Press and hold for a fast search 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Audio System 279 D Phone Press this
301. ps www fleet ford com truck bbas 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Load Carrying 165 LOAD LIMIT WARNING Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the Safety Compliance Certification Label WARNING Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originals because they may lower the vehicle s GVWR and GAWR limitations Replacement tires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations WARNING Exceeding any vehicle weight rating limitation could result in serious damage to the vehicle and or personal injury Every vehicle manufactured by Ford Motor Company is supplied with information on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on either the B pillar or the driver s door edge listing the maximum loading for the vehicle GVWR and its axle systems GAWR at the tire to ground interface A product of FORD MOTOR COMPANY Incomplete Vehicle Manufactured By Vehicle incomplet fabrique par BLUE DIAMOND TRUCK S de R L de C V GIP GJP FRONT GJP REAR w 33000 LB AJN 12000 LB AIN 21000 LB Riv 14969 KG ple 543 KG ale 2525 KG A SUITABLE TIRE 11RX22 5 14 TIRES 11RX22 5 14 TIRES AND RIM CHOICE 22 5X8 25 RIMS 22 5X8 25 RIMS AT 724 KPA 105 PSICOLD AT 724 KPA 105 PSI COLD DUAL WB 194 0 IN 493 0 CM Model F750 4X2 ASSEMBLED IN MEXICO VIN 3FRXF75L0V285893 MFD ON AUG 24 200
302. pt Press the voice button at any time while you are connected to SYNC Services to interrupt a voice prompt or an audio clip such as a sports report wait for the listening tone and say your voice command Portable Your subscription is associated with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone number not your VIN Vehicle Identification Number You can pair and connect your phone to any vehicle equipped with SYNC Services and continue enjoying your personalized services You can even access your account outside the vehicle Just use the number on your phone s call history Traffic and Directions features do not function properly but information services and the 411 connect and text message features are available 911 Assist If Equipped WARNING Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on prior to a crash the system will not dial for help which could delay response time potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can SYNCG 309 WARNING Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself Dial emergency services immediately to avoid delayed response time which could increase the risk of serious injury or death after a crash If you do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the crash the system or phone may be damaged or non functional WARNING Always place you
303. r 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Instrument Cluster 65 GAUGES GASOLINE ENGINE A B C D 2 Ce an pares Cluster shown in standard measure Metric similar A Engine oil pressure gauge B Engine coolant temperature gauge C Transmission fluid temperature gauge D Fuel gauge E Speedometer F Information display See the Information Displays chapter for more information G Tachometer Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Indicates engine oil pressure The needle should stay in the normal operating range If the needle falls below the normal range stop the vehicle turn off the engine and check the engine oil level Add oil if needed If the oil level is correct have your vehicle checked at an authorized dealer 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 66 Instrument Cluster Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Indicates engine coolant temperature At normal operating temperature the level indicator is in the normal range If the engine coolant temperature exceeds the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible switch off the engine and let the engine cool WARNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot Transmission Fluid Temperature Gauge Indicates transmission fluid temperature At normal operating temperature the l
304. r can Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 2015 F 650 750 167 Canadian French Scheduled Maintenance 372 WY 0091 Sot 0001 amp I A9 oA9 Y9 uo uoreaodo Aynp Aavoy snonurjuoo 104 ASI SOUIOD IAIM eAJo Ur ooueuoureur Da 10 quour e ouo WA 0008 Sot 0008 AAJ OAV X99 OILY asueyp to oneuqu s 1oordc eue q uo asueyp to umno orrjed 1eordg eue qyuo Daat YOY 1oordg eue qyuo 9A9 YoU enueur 19 n j U0 e7 u ojeouqnr x10j sireus 8utteoq se u Wong SIY SOUIOD JAAD YOM suquour oor 10 ubt 00061 0008 Serur 0008 0009 LAJ rIdS uou e3eoriqnr quto dys pue mot em Seuroo IOANA sujuour xrs 10 Du 00007 serur 00097 LAY IdS eyeotiqny quro 300q 1o dsur 3urof dig IJESA 09 us ve Te sr er cr 6e oe ee mme 097 zst vet oer szt oct cTT vor 96 s8 0001 x mg oor s o6 cs os sa 02 c9 09 e 0001 X sev ISI 1990 ABAVYITYM su uour 10 sr9J uro DI S r N penunuo XTIVONNV UAIMAT YO WA 0002 SATIN 00002 AO SNOILIGNOO ALINIA NI OO 44O NO HOIAMHS AATAAS Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 2015 F 650 750 f67 Canadian French fr can 373 Scheduled Maintenance sInoy ourguo gg 1949 pooe dox oq pmous Jo pue Io eur8uo ou omipauos Jo d sry uj pepuoeuruiooai st sinou auf uo paseq o npouos L JTM jsrxo asn Kreuorejs 10 uoneJed
305. r loop out of the rubber band securing it 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Child Safety 39 Many tether straps cannot be tightened if the tether strap is hooked to the loop directly behind the child seat To provide a tight tether strap 1 Route the tether strap through the loop directly behind the child seat 2 Attach the strap hook onto the loop behind an adjacent seating position 3 Install the child safety seat tightly using the vehicle belts Follow the instructions in this chapter 4 Tighten the tether strap according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions A single loop can be used to route and anchor more than one child seat For example the center loop can be used as a routing loop for a child safety seat in the center rear seat and as an anchoring loop for child seats installed in the outboard rear seats 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 40 Child Safety CHILD SAFETY LOCKS IF EQUIPPED When these locks are set the rear doors cannot be opened from the inside The childproof locks are located on the rear edge of each rear door and must be set separately for each door Move the lock control up or down to engage or disengage the childproof lock 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr c
306. r stands under the frame side members preferably between the axles SUR ro Frame and Tow Hooks Your vehicle s chassis is manufactured with frame rails of either HSLA steel or heat treated steel Handle each in a specific manner to make sure maximum service life Consult the service manual or an authorized dealer before attempting frame repair or modification It is important particularly on vehicles that use tow hooks frequently to inspect the front and rear tow hooks for damage or a loose mounting 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 208 Maintenance OPENING AND CLOSING THE HOOD WARNING The parking brake must be fully set before opening the hood or possible personal injury may occur WARNING To reduce the risk of the possibility of personal injury never stand beneath the hood when it is being raised or lowered WARNING If you must leave the engine running while checking under the hood do not allow any loose clothing jewelry hair or other items to get near moving engine components or possible personal injury may occur A latch located on each fender holds the hood and fenders in position Before opening the hood set the parking brake shift into position N automatic transmission or first manual transmission and turn the engine off To open the hood 1 Lift up on the bottom of each latch 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose
307. r can Customer Assistance 185 Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by use of improper fuel In the United States using leaded fuel may also result in difficulty importing your vehicle back into the U S Ford dealerships outside of the U S and Canada may be unable to support the F 650 750 due to the specialized training and servicing requirements of these vehicles If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Central or South America the Caribbean or the Middle East contact the nearest Ford dealership If the dealership cannot help you write or call FORD MOTOR COMPANY FORD EXPORT OPERATIONS 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 313 594 4857 FAX 813 390 0804 If you are in another foreign country contact the nearest Ford dealership If the dealership employees cannot help you they can direct you to the nearest Ford affiliate office If you buy your vehicle in North America and then relocate outside of the U S or Canada register your vehicle identification number VIN and new address with Ford Motor Company Export Operations ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER S LITERATURE To order the publications in this portfolio contact Helm Incorporated at HELM INCORPORATED 47911 Halyard Drive Plymouth Michigan 48170 Attention Customer Service Or to order a free publication catalog call toll free 1 800 782 4356 Monday Friday 8 00
308. r phone in a secure location in the vehicle so it does not become a projectile or get damaged in a crash Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone which could prevent 911 Assist from working properly Note SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident Note Before setting this feature on ensure that you read the 911 Assist privacy notice later in this section for important information Note If 911 Assist is turned on or off by any user that setting applies for all paired phones If 911 Assist is turned off a voice message plays and or a display message icon comes on when the vehicle is started after a previously paired phone connects Note Every phone operates differently While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones some may have trouble using this feature If a crash deploys an airbag excludes knee airbags and rear inflatable safety belts if equipped or activates the fuel pump shut off your SYNC equipped vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth enabled phone For more information about 911 Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca e For information on airbag deployment see the Supplementary Restraints System chapter e For information on the fuel pump shut off see the Roadside Emergencies chapter Setting 911 Assist On Perform the following Press the phone button t
309. r the vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or a fuse may blow Note Do not use the power point for operating a cigarette lighter element Note Improper use of the power point can cause damage not covered by your warranty Note Always keep the power point caps closed when they are not in use Run the engine for full capacity use of the power point To prevent the battery from discharging e Do not use the power point longer than necessary when the engine is not running e Do not leave devices plugged in overnight or when you park your vehicle for extended periods Locations Power points may be e Onthe instrument panel two locations Inside the center console storage compartment if equipped On the rear of the center console if equipped Inside the 20 percent front seat console if equipped Inside the rear under seat storage compartment if equipped 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 92 Starting and Stopping the Engine GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the engine and exhaust system creating the risk of fire or other damage WARNING Do not park idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system which can start a fire WARNING Do not start your vehicle in a closed gar
310. radation throughout the life of your vehicle Ford Motor Company recommends that you operate this vehicle in the manner described within this owner s manual Caution should be exercised by the owner when installing replacement parts to be sure that a tampering act as outlined above is not committed Note any inspection and service performed in the maintenance log 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 348 Scheduled Maintenance Emissions Information Label Emissions information appears on the Important Engine Information decal located on or near the engine Scheduled Maintenance Services Maintenance service adjustments must conform to specifications contained in this manual and those shown on the Important Engine Information decal Perform the following services at scheduled intervals because they essential to the life and performance of your vehicle Ford recommends that you perform maintenance on all designated items to achieve best vehicle operation There are three types of maintenance intervals for general vehicle environments On Highway City and Severe Service In all applications monitoring miles kilometers and time and when the engine is due for an oil change determine the actual interval When the engine oil change is required before the truck lubrication interval perform the lubrication at the same time in order to reduce your vehicle s time out of service
311. rain Rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving Carry unnecessary weight Approximately 1 mpg 0 4 km L is lost for every 400 pounds 180 kilograms of weight carried e Add particular accessories to your vehicle such as bug deflectors roll bars and light bars running boards ski racks e Drive with the wheels out of alignment 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 176 Driving Hints DRIVING THROUGH WATER If driving through deep or standing water is unavoidable proceed very slowly especially if you do not know the depth Never drive through water that is higher than the bottom of the hubs Traction or brake capability may be limited and your vehicle may stall Water may also enter your engine s air intake and severely damage your engine drive axles or the transmission through the breather ports Once through the water always dry the brakes by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as quickly as dry brakes 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Roadside Emergencies 177 ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE Vehicles Sold in the U S Getting Roadside Assistance To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern Ford Motor Company offers a complimentary roadside assistance program This program is separate from the Ne
312. ransparent window remove the rubber fill plug and inspect for proper level Fuel area Fuel tank s Verify e Tank s and cap s are secure e There is no damage to the tank s Inspect for leaks from the tank s 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Vehicle Inspection Guide 19 Diesel Exhaust Fluid DEF area DEF tanks Verify e Tanks and caps are secure e There is no damage to the tanks Inspect for leaks from the tanks Underbody Driveshaft Verify e The driveshaft is not bent or cracked e All driveshaft couplings are secure Exhaust system Verify e The visible outside parts are securely mounted e There are no cracks holes or severe dents Frame Inspect for cracks or bends in longitudinal frame members Verify there are no loose cracked bent broken or missing crossmembers or crossmember fasteners Rear of vehicle Air hoses and Verify there are no cuts cracks chafing or wear electrical lines on the air hoses and electrical line insulation Listen for audible air leaks Verify air and electrical lines are not tangled crimped or pinched or being dragged against any truck parts None of the air or electrical line should be spliced or taped Inspect for corrosion on pins and in electrical sockets to verify continuity and reduced heat build up potential Deck plate Verify the deck plate is clean bolted securely to the frame and is clear o
313. re information SYNC AppLink Note This feature is only available in the United States Note You must pair and connect your smartphone to SYNC to access AppLink Note iPhone users need to connect the phone to the USB port in order to start the application We recommend you lock your iPhone after starting an application Note The AppLink feature is not available if your vehicle is equipped with the MyFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch system Depending on your display type you can access AppLink from the media menu the phone menu or by using voice commands Once an app is running through AppLink you can control main features of the app through voice commands and steering wheel controls To Access Using the Phone Menu 1 Press the phone button to access the SYNC phone menu on screen 2 Scroll to Mobile Apps and press OK to access a list of available applications Scroll through the list of available applications and press OK to select a particular app Once an app is running through SYNC you can access an app s menu by pressing the MENU button to first access the SYNC menu Select SYNC Media by pressing OK Scroll until lt App name gt Menu is displayed such as Pandora Menu then press OK From here you can access an application s features such as Thumbs up Thumbs down etc For more information please visit www SYNCMyRide com ao RB O9 To Access Using the Media Menu 1 Press AUX button on the ce
314. re loss of vehicle control possible property damage and personal injury We do not recommend performing or approve of suspension conversions However we understand that on occasion others install aftermarket add on suspensions on the truck chassis that allow operator control for weight transfer from other axles such as air lift axles 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 164 Driving Aids UPFITTER CONTROLS IF EQUIPPED The upfitter option package provides four switches mounted in AUX1 AUX2 AUX3 AUX 4 the center of the instrument panel These switches are always on KH whether the engine is running or not Make sure you put the switches in the off position to avoid draining the battery when not using your vehicle Let the engine remain running to maintain battery charge when using the upfitter switches for extended duration or higher current draws This is even more important for vehicles with a diesel engine since the glow plugs are also draining battery power when the ignition key is in the on position Each switch provides 10 amps of electrical battery power for a variety of personal or commercial uses There is also a relay box located on the passenger side end of the instrument panel See your authorized dealer for service Switch access location is in a connector located in the engine compartment You can find more detailed information at htt
315. re details about recommended maintenance and service of your DPF Exhaust Outlet Assembly WARNING The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high Never work around or attempt to repair any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury Note Do not modify or remove this device Modification of the system or additions of aftermarket devices can reduce the effectiveness of the system as well as cause damage to the exhaust system or engine Any modifications may also invalidate the vehicle or engine warranty See your warranty information Note Blocked or plugged holes or modification to or removal of the outlet assembly could result in elevated exhaust temperatures that may result in vehicle or property damage or personal injury The exhaust outlet assembly on your vehicle is a uniquely functioning device that accompanies the DPF assembly It can help control the temperature of the exhaust during the DPF regeneration process 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 100 Starting and Stopping the Engine The inlet holes in the side of the assembly are functional These holes allow outside air to enter into the outlet assembly Keep the holes clear of mud and other foreign material to maintain proper functionality of the system One way to keep the holes clear is to spray the o
316. re information on Operator Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com support Follow the voice prompts to select your destination Once your destination is selected your current vehicle location is uploaded and a route based on current traffic conditions is calculated and sent back to your vehicle After the route download is complete the phone call is automatically ended You then receive audible and visual driving instructions as you travel toward your destination While on an active route you can select or say Route summary or Route status to view the Route Summary turn list or the Route Status ETA You can also turn voice guidance on or off cancel the route or update the route If you miss a turn SYNC automatically asks if you want the route updated Just say Yes when prompted and a new route will be delivered to your vehicle 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can 308 SYNC Disconnecting from SYNC Services 1 Press and hold the phone button on the steering wheel 2 Say Good bye from the SYNC Services main menu SYNC Services quick tips Personalizing You can personalize your Services feature to provide quicker access to your most used or favorite information You can save address points such as work or home You can also save favorite information like sports teams or a news category To learn more log onto www SYNCMyRide com Push to interru
317. re towing on long steep grades e Shift to a lower gear when driving down a long or steep hill Do not apply the brakes continuously as they may overheat and become less effective e Allow more distance for stopping with a trailer attached Anticipate stops and brake gradually FIFTH WHEEL OPERATION WARNING Failure to follow the fifth wheel manufacturer s instructions for hooking and unhooking as well as sliding the fifth wheel could result in an accident personal injury or death WARNING When the tractor and trailer are parked unattended the trailer brake hand control should never be used to apply the brake since air may leak from the system allowing vehicle movement resulting in possible property damage personal injury or death Before hook up make sure e The fifth wheel jaws are fully open e The fifth wheel is fully tilted back to prevent body damage when the tractor is backed under a trailer e You block the trailer wheels and adjust and apply the trailer spring brakes Never chase a trailer e The brake hoses and light cords are clear of the fifth wheel Hook up 1 Back the tractor squarely under the trailer engaging the fifth wheel jaws on the kingpin Always back up slowly make sure the trailer is neither too high nor too low Avoid backing under the trailer from an angle 2 Connect the service and emergency brake hoses and trailer light connector 3 Inspect the jaws of the fifth wheel to be sure they
318. retarding effect Note Exhaust brakes operate effectively with automatic transmissions but performance varies with engine speed and the gear selected by the transmission An exhaust brake is an auxiliary braking system that assists but does not replace the primary service brake system It helps control vehicle speed it is not a vehicle stopping device 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Brakes 143 A switch on the instrument panel in combination with the accelerator and clutch pedal allows the operator to make maximum use of the exhaust brake in the following conditions e Off highway driving e Mountain driving e Heavy traffic e High speed highway driving To switch the brake on push the switch up Push the switch down to turn it off While approaching a steep grade make sure that the exhaust brake switch is in the on position The exhaust brake begins working as soon as you remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Before descending a hill or steep grade always select the proper gear If you take the transmission out of gear while descending it is possible that you cannot select another gear because of maximum governed RPM Make sure the engine speed does not exceed the maximum allowable engine RPM Exceeding the maximum allowable engine RPM can result in damage to the engine Apply the service brakes to reduce the engine RPM or make a slo
319. revent engagement release the brakes and allow your vehicle to creep slightly or shift the selector to position N and then back into gear Never engage the PTO by clashing 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Transmission 133 the gear teeth This may damage the PTO unit and the transmission PTO drive gear teeth resulting in further damage to the transmission and PTO PTO Operation with Vehicle Stationary WARNING When the PTO is operated with the vehicle stationary the transmission must be placed in position N with the parking brake set If the transmission is not in position N and is equipped with a remote throttle control an increase in engine speed can overpower the parking brake and cause the vehicle to move possibly resulting in personal injury and or property damage Stop your vehicle idle the engine and set the parking brake Make sure the gear selector is in any forward drive range and then engage the PTO After engaging the PTO move the range selector to position N Increase the engine speed until reaching the desired PTO operation speed To disengage the PTO after operation with your vehicle standing release the throttle allow the drive equipment to come to a stop and then disengage the PTO PTO Operation while Vehicle Is Moving After engaging the PTO for driven vehicle operation shift to the desired range and drive your vehicle The speed of the
320. rinting December 2013 2015 F 650 750 167 Canadian French Capacities and Specifications 260 sommyerodwe IN MOG HVS dO O8T da 9A0qV M06 AVS Oe8T Aa mog M08 AVS Oe8T Aal 9 0qV MOS AVS 9 817 J00 MOET MOP AVS Joqumw ourey Ld s930oN o3n3e1eduro p10 j 3uo eAmb q Ju rqurv A3ISO2SIA JO IdV 10 IS IdV WeST9P T IIIN 10 40I T TIIN 8urjooaur rto urgu oneuju g o sey UA lqe1d ooe jou ore spo Jeo8 gq poyqryur uoreprxo pue jsni TD IdV Io Teas eI9UI N Geiist bal 10 APOI TIIN O IdV 10 TS IdV 0 ou TO umo od o d uornornrodg 99u919 91d Jo 19p10 ut pejsi squeoriqn T pezruomqou amp s uou IooIdg fr can Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 2015 F 650 750 f67 Canadian French 261 Capacities and Specifications somyeroduley TV JO IdV 10 IS IdV Hz T9 Im 10 POISTIN Stoot IO urgu M0G AVS 2n9uqu g TO ogeujusg OASE AoOT 940qV M06 AVS Et AoOT Mopog US AVS CET Ho0T 9A0qV MOS AVS CET A01 MOTO MOV AVS JoqumN 9urew Hed S970N MII dM piog juopeambq ju rqurv A3IS09SIA poyqryur uoreprxo pue sn 7TD IdV Io Teas Texourq CH GST9T T TIIN 10 POISTIN AO IdV 40 TS IdV Ito ursuy HO umo og 9d o9uoJ19JoJ1d Jo 1opgo ut pejsm squeouqn T pezruomqou S 1 1d9 fr can Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 2015 F 650 75
321. rinting December 2013 Canadian French fr can 68 Instrument Cluster WARNING Driving a vehicle with the brake system warning light on is dangerous A significant decrease in braking performance may occur It takes you longer to stop the vehicle Have the vehicle checked by your authorized dealer Driving extended distances with the parking brake engaged can cause brake failure and the risk of personal injury Charging System It illuminates when the 12 volt battery is not charging properly E Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible This indicates a problem with the electrical system or a related component Check Fuel Cap gasoline engine only A It illuminates when you may not have installed the fuel cap E properly Continued driving with this light on may cause the service engine soon warning indicator to come on Check Suspension It illuminates when you press the air suspension dump switch SUSP Check Transmission Allison automatic transmission only It illuminates while driving if a transmission problem exists shifting may be restricted Depending on the severity of the problem the shifter s digital read out may turn blank On MD 3000 series transmissions operation may continue in order to reach service assistance The control unit may not respond to shift selector requests since there are operating limitations on the transmission such as upshift and downshift restrictions Direction changes do not oc
322. rked 2 The transmission must remain in position P or N as previously described in Step 2 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Starting and Stopping the Engine 99 3 Do not press the accelerator pedal service brake pedal or clutch pedal manual transmission 4 The parking brake must remain set On average depending on filter level and other factors the process takes 20 30 minutes to complete The DPF lamp turns off when the process is complete Repeat Steps 1 5 if parked regeneration is interrupted To Discontinue Parked Regeneration Press any of the floor pedals to discontinue parked regeneration Maintenance and Service The DPF can retain a relatively large amount of residual ash and provide many miles and hours of maintenance free operation At some point generally beyond 150000 miles 240000 kilometers or 5000 hours of operation whichever comes first the DPF requires professional cleaning to remove the accumulated ash The exact number of miles or hours of operation vary greatly depending upon vehicle and engine loading and operating conditions ash content of the engine oil and quality of the diesel fuel used in your truck Adhering to your engine manufacturer s recommended oil and fuel specifications maximizes the miles and hours of operation before a DPF professional cleaning is required See your engine manufacturer s owner s manual for mo
323. roperly restrain children twelve 12 years of age and under in a rear seating position of your vehicle Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in a front seating position See Front Passenger Sensing System in the Supplementary Restraints System chapter for more information 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Child Safety 25 Child Seats Use a child safety seat sometimes called an infant carrier convertible seat or toddler seat for infants toddlers or children weighing 40 pounds 18 kilograms or less generally age four or younger CHILD SEAT POSITIONING WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the vehicle seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back When possible all children age 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position If all children cannot be seated and restrained properly in a rear seating position properly restrain the largest child in the front seat WARNING Always carefully follow the instructions and warnings provided by the manufacturer of any child restraint to determine if the restraint device is appropriate for your child s size height weight or age Follow the
324. rrect and five hours after detecting fault and or MIL is solid from 2596 to 4096 at rate of clear fault condition 196 each minute e 4096 torque reduction e 5 mph 8 km h vehicle speed limit Final vehicle consequence five Amber engine hours after detecting solid Z fault detected and and or MIL is engine intentionally solid RUE ROV key ot Red engine in extended idle for e 1000 RPM one hour or fuel solid C engine speed tank refilled limit Refueling the fuel tank is increasing the fuel volume level by at least 1596 Final consequence for vehicles equipped with a manual transmission is 1000 RPM Final consequence for vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission is 1100 RPM 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 116 Fuel and Refueling SCR Faults and Vehicle Consequences for Emergency Vehicle Lamps None Initial warning when Amber engine None detecting fault solid Z Initial warning 10 hours after niv al None detecting fault one Final vehicle Correct and consequence at clear fault 40 hours after condition detecting fault and Amber engine aD e None engine intentionally solid shut down key off or in extended idle for one hour Filling the DEF Tank WARNING Make sure that DEF does not come into contact with eyes skin or clothing Should DEF contact your eyes flush them with p
325. rrect torque value See the Workshop Manual 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Driving Hints 175 BREAKING IN You need to break in new tires for approximately 300 miles 480 kilometers During this time your vehicle may exhibit some unique driving characteristics Avoid driving too fast during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers Vary your speed frequently and change up through the gears early Do not labor the engine ECONOMICAL DRIVING Several things affect your vehicle s fuel economy such as how you drive the conditions you drive under and how you maintain your vehicle You may improve your vehicle s fuel economy by keeping these things in mind Accelerate and slow down in a smooth moderate fashion Drive at steady speeds without stopping Anticipate stops slowing down may eliminate the need to stop Close the windows for high speed driving Drive at reasonable speeds Traveling at 55 mph 88 km h uses 1596 less fuel than traveling at 65 mph 105 km h e Keep the tires properly inflated and use only the recommended size e Use the recommended engine oil e Perform all regularly scheduled maintenance You may want to avoid doing these things since they may reduce your vehicle s fuel economy Sudden or hard accelerations Warm up your vehicle on cold mornings Use the air conditioner or front defroster Use the speed control in hilly ter
326. rs and select OK 3 Scroll until Bluetooth Devices appears 4 Press OK and then scroll to select from When you select Add Bluetooth Allows you to pair additional devices to the Device system 1 Press OK to select and press OK again when Find SYNC appears in the display 2 Follow the directions in your phone s user guide to put your phone into discovery mode A six digit PIN appears in the display 3 When prompted on your phone s six digit display enter the PIN Connect Bluetooth Connect a previously paired Device Bluetooth enabled phone 1 Press OK to select and view a list of devices 2 Scroll until the desired device is chosen and press OK to connect the device Set Bluetooth On Off Turn the Bluetooth feature on and off Press OK and scroll to toggle between On and Off When the desired selection is chosen press OK Turning Bluetooth off disconnects all Bluetooth devices and deactivates Bluetooth features Delete Device Delete a paired media device Press OK and scroll to select the device Press OK to confirm 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 324 SYNC Delete All Devices Delete all previously paired devices Press OK to select Exit the current menu This is a speed dependent feature Advanced Menu Options This menu allows you to access settings such as prompts language performing a master reset as well as returning
327. rting fluid such as ether or gasoline Such fluids can cause immediate explosive damage to the engine and possible personal injury WARNING Do not use home heating oil or any diesel fuel not intended for highway use Red dye is used to identify fuels intended for agricultural and non highway use Damage to the fuel injection system engine and exhaust catalyst can occur if an improper fuel is used Note Use of any fuel other than those recommended may cause powertrain damage a loss of vehicle performance and repairs may not be covered under warranty Use only Ultra Low Sulfur 15 ppm Sulfur Maximum No 1 D or 2 D diesel fuel in your diesel engine Diesel fuel No 1 D or winter diesel fuel blend of No 2 D is recommended at ambient temperatures below 20 F 7 C Diesel fuel that is blended with 2096 biodiesel maximum may be used 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 106 Fuel and Refueling Biodiesel fuel is a product converted from renewable fuel sources including vegetable oil animal fat and cooking oil You should not use raw refined and recycled vegetable plant oils greases and animal fats Biodiesel fuel blends must meet requirements of ASTM D7467 standard specification See your engine operator s manual for more information and restrictions about the use of biodiesel fuel Octane Recommendations Gasoline Engines Regular unleaded gasoline with a pum
328. ry 178 eo te bee ash ABEL maintenance free 224 Active call menu options 294 replacement specifications 272 Advanced menu options 304 324 Ge EE 224 Advanced menu options Booster seats eee 28 prompts languages defaults master reset installing Een 231 ADpIiCatioris s eiie tee 304 Br Een gie S Takes 139 Air cleaner DIOE suir 228 272 adjustment sreka orris 203 Air conditioning 76 anti lock 139 manual heating and air anti lock brake system ABS conditioning system 16 warning light 139 Air filter naissen 228 272 brake warning light 139 I I j fluid checking and adding 220 Air suspension 162 fluid specifications 255 Antifreeze see Engine parking unes 148 152 204 coolant iicet 212 shift interlock 127 Anti lock brake system see aale gives erecti ua n oiv x rest 169 Brakes isset eese tes 139 EE 233 APPLINK seines 313 C Audio system Single CD EEUU TT 277 278 Catalytic converter see Audio system Emission control 205 see Radio eren 2 218 Rm 277 278 Automatic transmission 126 128 OD player o c 275 fluid adding uet 215 Cell ph 11 fluid checking 215 SE OU KO Tu SS fluid refill capacities
329. s Note Read and understand the following steps and perform them whenever you prepare to drive the vehicle Note The parking brake does not disengage unless sufficient system air pressure is available If your vehicle is equipped with a dash mounted push button Allison 3000 Series or steering column mounted Allison 2200 and 2500 gear selector 1 Press and hold the service brake pedal while the engine is running 2 Select the appropriate drive gear 3 Push and hold the yellow dash mounted parking brake knob until the parking brake light turns off then release If your vehicle is equipped with a manual transmission 1 Press and hold the service brake pedal while the engine is running 2 Press and hold the clutch pedal 3 Select the appropriate drive gear 4 Push and hold the yellow dash mounted parking brake knob until the parking brake light turns off then release Parking Brake Light Illumination Due to Low Air Pressure If the air pressure becomes too low at any time during vehicle operation the parking brake may apply and the parking brake light turns on If the parking brake applies due to low air pressure immediate service is required to the parking brake system Parking Brake Warning System If the parking brake light blinks and a tone sounds when pulling the yellow control knob out this indicates the parking brake is not functioning properly Seek service for the parking brake immediately With
330. s and parking lamps High Beams e Push the lever toward the A instrument panel to activate cS e Pull the lever toward you to deactivate Headlamp Flasher Pull the lever toward you slightly to switch on the flasher and release it to switch off the flasher 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 56 Lighting INSTRUMENT LIGHTING DIMMER Use to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel and all applicable lit components in your vehicle during headlamp and parking lamp operation e Tap the top or bottom of the control to brighten or dim all interior lit components incrementally or e press and hold at the first position the top or bottom of the control until you reach the desired lighting level DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS DRL IF EQUIPPED A WARNING Always remember to switch your headlamps on in low light situations or during inclement weather The system does not activate the tail lamps and may not provide adequate lighting during these conditions Failure to activate your headlamps under these conditions may result in a crash The system switches the headlamps on with a reduced output in daylight conditions To switch the system on 1 Switch the ignition on 2 Switch the lighting control to the off or parking lamp position 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can L
331. s are not included in maximum trailer weight ratings You must subtract the weight of the extra body from the maximum trailer weight Towing a trailer places an extra load on your vehicle s engine transmission axle brakes tires and suspension Inspect these components periodically during and after any towing operation Load Placement To help minimize how trailer movement affects your vehicle when driving e Load the heaviest items closest to the trailer floor e Load the heaviest items centered between the left and right side trailer tires e Load the heaviest items above the trailer axles or just slightly forward toward the trailer tongue Do not allow the final trailer tongue weight to go above or below 10 1596 of the loaded trailer weight 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 168 Towing RECOMMENDED TOWING WEIGHTS EMEN GVWR lb kg Frame 9299 11792 Frame F 650 Straight Frame 9498 13154 F 750 25999 37000 11793 16783 Specific GCWR and maximum trailer weight applicable your vehicle is dependent on many variables including transmission capability Check with your sales consultant for the exact rating on your vehicle Vehicles with gasoline engine Seen GVWR Ib kg E Frame 9299 11792 F 650 Pro Loader Straight 20940 29000 i Frame F 650 Straight Frame 9498 13154 Specific GCWR and maximum trailer weight applicabl
332. s in Parked regeneration At Level 3 performing a parked regeneration is the only available course of action short of professional servicing available to the operator for regenerating the filter At Level 4 professional servicing is the only way to regenerate the filter Parked Regeneration WARNING When performing the parked regeneration procedure make certain the vehicle is safely off the roadway and the exhaust system is away from people or any flammable materials vapors or structures Engine speed may increase during parked regeneration Note Parked regeneration is only available when the DPF lamp on the instrument cluster is illuminated solid or flashing 1 Bring your vehicle to a complete stop on level ground and safely off the road with the exhaust system away from people flammable materials vapors or structures Ford recommends that you perform a walk around before beginning a parked regeneration 2 If your vehicle is equipped with an automatic transmission and a steering column shift lever place the transmission in position P Otherwise place the transmission in position N 3 Remove your feet from the accelerator pedal and clutch pedal manual transmission 4 Set the parking brake 5 Within five seconds of setting the parking brake remove your foot from the service brake pedal The engine speed may increase slightly To allow parked regeneration to continue uninterrupted 1 The vehicle must remain pa
333. s is a free feature but you commercial when use is not must first register online to use I tried to use activated OR it Traffic Directions e Your phone has e Turn off ID blocker on your and Information ID blocker active phone as the system recognizes you by your phone number e Make sure the currently connected phone is the same one that is registered on your SyncMyRide account Voice command issues Possible solution s cause s SYNC does not e You may be e Review the Phone voice understand what using the wrong commands and the Media voice am saying voice commands commands at the beginning of OR their respective sections e You may be e Pe aware that SYNC s speaking too soon microphone is either in your or at the wrong rear view mirror or in the time headliner just above the windshield 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 330 SYNC cause s SYNC does not e You may be e Review the media voice understand the using the wrong commands at the beginning of name of a song or voice commands the media section artist OR e Say the song or artist exactly e You may not be Jas listed If you say Play Artist saying the name Prince the system does not exactly as it is play music by Prince and the saved OR Revolution or Prince and the e The system New Power Generation may not be e Make sure you are saying the reading the name com
334. s or you can contact roadside assistance for help in finding a retailer that sells DEF See the Customer Assistance chapter for more information In addition a government website locator is available for diesel exhaust fluid supplies Use the following web address to find the nearest location to buy DEF http www afdc energy gov afdc locator def Use Motorcraft DEF or equivalent meeting Ford specification WSS M2C130 A or ISO 22241 Use only DEF certified by the American Petroleum Institute Look for this certification trademark Your warranty may not cover repairs resulting from the use of non certified DEF products Maintaining the purity of DEF is important to avoid malfunctions in the SCR system If you remove DEF from the tank for any reason such as repair work do not use the same DEF to refill the tank as may not have kept its purity 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 118 Fuel and Refueling To fill the DEF tank see an authorized dealer or do the following before filling the DEF tank in cold climates see Filling the DEF tank in cold climates later in this section DEF Bottle Fill with Spout The following procedure applies to Motorcraft DEF or similar DEF bottles For other brands or bottle types see the instructions on the bottle label 1 Remove the cap from the DEF H container and twist the spout onto the container until the locking tab en
335. s prompts languages defaults perform a master reset install an application and view system information 1 Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu 2 Scroll until System Settings appears and press OK 3 Scroll until Advanced appears and select OK 4 Scroll to select from the following options If you select Prompts Get help from SYNC by using questions helpful hints or asking you for a specific action To turn these prompts on or off 1 Press OK to select and scroll to select between on or off 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Languages Choose between English Espanol and Francais Once selected all of SYNC s radio displays and prompts are in the selected language 1 Press OK to select and then scroll through the languages 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display If you change the language setting the display indicates that the system is updating When complete SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Factory Defaults Return to the factory default settings This selection does not erase your indexed information phonebook call history text messages and paired devices 1 Press OK to select and then press OK again when Restore Defaults appears in the display 2 Press OK to confirm 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can SYNCG 305 Ma
336. s rough Remember that the engine is capable of completely shutting down automatically to prevent engine damage therefore 1 Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and turn off the engine 2 Have your vehicle taken to an authorized dealer 9 Ifthis is not possible wait a short period for the engine to cool 4 Check the coolant level and replenish if low 5 Restart the engine and take your vehicle to an authorized dealer TRANSMISSION FLUID CHECK Allison Automatic Transmissions See your Allison Automatic Transmission Operator s Manual for scheduled transmission fluid checks and change intervals Your transmission does not consume fluid However you should check the fluid level if the transmission is not working properly For example if the transmission slips or shifts slowly or if you notice some sign of fluid leakage Automatic transmission fluid expands when warmed To obtain an accurate fluid check drive your vehicle until it is at normal operating temperature approximately 20 miles 30 kilometers Verify that the transmission fluid temperature gauge located on the instrument cluster is within the normal range 1 Drive your vehicle 20 miles 30 kilometers or until it reaches normal operating temperature 2 Park your vehicle on a level surface and engage the parking brake 3 With the engine running parking brake engaged and your foot on the brake pedal move the gearshift lever through all of the gear ranges
337. s that are not removable and have bolts holding them to the back wall Your vehicle may be equipped with head restraints that are non adjustable n ss e The non adjustable head restraints consist of A An energy absorbing head restraint B Two steel stems C Guide sleeve unlock and remove buttons 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 82 Seats Removing the Head Restraint 1 Press and hold buttons C 2 Pull up the head restraint Installing the Head Restraint Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves and push the head restraint down until it locks Tilting Head Restraints If Equipped z The front head restraints tilt for extra comfort To f C tilt the head restraint do the following 1 Adjust the seat back to an upright driving or riding position 2 Pivot the head restraint forward toward your head to the desired position After the head restraint reaches the forward most tilt position pivot it forward again to release it to the rearward un tilted position Note Do not attempt to force the head restraint backward after it is tilted Instead continue tilting it forward until the head restraint releases to the upright position 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Seats 83 MANUAL SEATS Moving the Seats Backward and Forward Recline Adjustment Type
338. se 1st Printing December 2013 2015 F 650 750 f67 Canadian French fr can 355 Scheduled Maintenance STOT 921p 10 ubt 00076 00091 SITU 00061 00001 LAY rIdS uou eeouqnr jurof dys pue 3urot ny Sujuour xis 10 ubt 000091 Semur 000001 LAY TdS aquy juro ayeoLqny ees mdo SYL ssoy Iwas FUIF ayeouqny quof dis sjuro uumpoo Surr 1 9 9 YOY pin SuLIee4s JaMOg o8ueyo pm Sutr99 s IJ9M0q jueurooe do1 Jo SuLi99 s TIMOJ soxeq Ie ojeotiqng sJojsnfpe JS soxe1q dre ojeormqnr ureo g soxe1q omnerp u egjeouqnr e8exur 1oA9 e o1 oxeq SUTEA Daat YoY adAq lo SuLIeaq o9uA ro e8uewo ad to Surreoq oU Sp ev a oe o ee ms 788 095 966 zte 882 voc 0001 X sxojouropy orz ser or o r 000 x so ISIH s1n220 19A9W9IUA SYJUOW 10 S1939uro D SAN penunuo XTIVONNV TAON AO CAM 00096 SATIN 00009 AVMHOIH NO French fr can Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 2015 F 650 750 167 Canadian Scheduled Maintenance 356 s1eoK moj 10 upi 000007 SATU 000097 LIAJ 480I jr9191up Spa moj 10 Du 000008 Soft 000008 A149 Ineu ur asueY UO 9TJ uJu S 1IOJLI N Aqyenuue 10 upi 000091 samu 000001 amp 19A5 ogueuyo to um o J d 103U9 A unt 000091 Som 000001 Aa BUL 491 U I01H9 N eA193ut eoueuojureui 399p 10 U 0000F samu 00097 LAJ I A YOY J019 N onauju s 0 poj1oAuoo JI
339. seat for information about ordering a tether strap or to obtain a longer tether strap if the tether strap on your safety seat does not reach the appropriate top tether anchor in the vehicle The passenger seats of your vehicle may be equipped with built in tether strap anchors located behind the seats as described below The tether anchors in your vehicle may be straps on the seat back or an anchor bracket mounted to the body shell on the back panel 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Child Safety 37 The tether strap anchors in your vehicle are in the following positions shown from top view e Regular Cab 8 e Crew Cab Er ee amp ee Attach the tether strap only to the appropriate tether anchor as shown The tether strap may not work properly if attached somewhere other than the correct tether anchor Once the child safety seat has been installed using the safety belt you can attach the top tether strap Tether Strap Attachment 1 Route the child safety seat tether strap over the back of the seat For vehicles with adjustable head restraints route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seat back If the top of the safety se
340. so Rog ge etc RR dd Engine coolant check rotary oser ger E VY Automatic transmission fluid check Brake fluidi check eius 40646 o Re Gedy HERES Power steering fluid check usse E ws E uel filter 2d vss rmm HEY NICE d NY ERE Washer fluid check iss aad ke t y E Wa s ES Changing the vehicle battery Checking the wiper blades Changing the wiper blades _ Air TEKS u e654 RR ERIS Yee eS RE QSEESCP ES Adjusting the beadlamns Changing a bulb se heed e x ERR OUO E URS Bulb specification chart u u sassa asas um a g ad C ach R Q 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Table of Contents Vehicle Care 234 Cleaning the windows and wiper blades 04 Cleaning the InberioE ud renke ed e EHE CEST oe Ca Cleaning the instrument panel and instrument cluster lens Cleaning leather seats _ _ _ Cleaning the alloy wheels ENEE x RERO E Vehicle StOFage is Dx xo ER EG RE E YR REE SEES Wheels and Tires 243 Tire information llle Wheel lug nut torque 2 sw 24e 934 9x9 REY 99 vi Capacities and Specifications 254 Engine drivebelt sac ead bee RT RRS RE ae Se De d RR Lubricant specifications Refill capacities Part MUMbers 6 cei ux 244 A er dee eon do D bod RE RITE E ad P Vehicle identification number Vehicle certificat
341. spect for any e Cracked or broken spring hangers e Broken missing or loose bolts e Missing or damaged bushings e Broken loose or missing axle mounting parts 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Vehicle Inspection Guide 21 Rear suspension Torsion arm and Verify torsion arm is not cracked broken or shock absorbers missing Inspect the shock absorber for cracks or leaks There should be no missing or broken mounting bolts or worn bushings e nspect for cracked worn or frayed hoses Verify all couplings are secure Brake chambers Verify e There are no cracks or dents e They are securely mounted Slack adjuster Inspect for broken loose or missing parts Note The angle between the push rod and adjuster arm should be approximately 90 degrees when the brakes are applied When pulled by hand the push rod should not move more than approximately 1 inch 2 5 centimeters Verify e There are no cracks dents holes and no loose or missing bolts e The brake linings are not worn dangerously thin or contaminated by lubricant Spacers Verify e Even separation of dual wheels e The tires are not touching one another Inspect for damaged or bent rims Rims should not have welding repairs and no rust trails which indicate it is loose on the wheel Verify all lug nuts are present and not loose look for rust trails around the lug nuts There shou
342. ssive amounts of brake material whether asbestos or non asbestos fiberglass mineral wool aramid or carbon may be a serious health hazard Air Brakes WARNING Do not manually adjust the automatic slack adjusters to correct excessive push rod stroke as it may result in reduced brake effectiveness and a vehicle crash Excessive push rod stroke indicates that a problem exists with the automatic adjuster with the installation of the adjuster or with foundation brake components that manual adjustment does not remedy Seek service from a qualified facility for excessive push rod stroke 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 202 Maintenance Inspection and adjustment Establish a regular schedule for periodic cleaning lubrication and adjustment inspection based on vehicle use Exact maintenance intervals are difficult to predetermine due to vehicle applications and operating conditions If you are uncertain of the proper schedule for your vehicle contact an authorized dealer Regular inspections should include e Periodic checking every service interval of push rod travel or brake adjustment This is essential for effective braking Brake chamber push rods on original equipment chambers now incorporate an orange paint marker near the base of the push rod as a stroke indicator to aid in adjustment checks If the push rod is clean and the brakes are out of adjustment yo
343. ssure to the gearshift lever during initial engagement of the clutch It takes a second or two to match gear speeds steady pressure on the gearshift lever helps the synchronizer perform its job 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Transmission 123 more quickly If you force the gearshift lever into position this action defeats the purpose of the synchronizer by causing gear clash Shifting with a Non Synchronized Transmission See Clutch brake and Double clutch procedures in the Clutch section of this chapter Clutch Do not ride or slip the clutch as this causes unnecessary heat and wear Maintain the specified clutch adjustment to prolong its life and regularly inspect the clutch control linkage for tightness See the Scheduled Maintenance chapter for other maintenance information When adjustment of the clutch is necessary it is very important that the work be performed properly or early clutch failure may result and a costly clutch overhaul may become necessary Only a qualified technician should perform clutch work Note Continued use of a damaged or worn clutch prolonged clutch slippage or downshifting at excessive speeds can result in a failure of the engine transmission or clutch components Note To avoid premature clutch wear and failure do not drive with your foot resting on the clutch pedal or use it to hold your vehicle at a standstill on an upgrad
344. ster Reset Completely erase all information stored on SYNC phonebook call history text messages and paired devices and return to the factory default settings Press OK to select The display indicates when complete and SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Install Application Install applications you have downloaded Press OK and scroll to select Press OK to confirm System Info Access the Auto Version number as well as the FPN number Press OK to select MAP Profile This is a Bluetooth component which can further help your phone with the exchange of text messages Exit the current menu SYNC APPLICATIONS AND SERVICES IF EQUIPPED Note In order for the following features to work your cellular phone must be compatible with SYNC To check your phone s compatibility visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca e SYNC Services United States only Provides access to traffic directions and information such as travel horoscopes stock prices and more e 911 Assist Can alert 911 in the event of an emergency e Vehicle Health Report United States only Provides a diagnostic and maintenance report card of your vehicle e SYNC AppLink Allows you to connect to and use certain applications such as Pandora and Stitcher if your phone is compatible SYNC Services Traffic Directions amp Information TDI If Equipped Note SYNC Services requires activation prior to use Visit www SYN
345. t antifreeze or windshield washer fluid outside of its specified function and vehicle location Adding Engine Coolant WARNING Do not add engine coolant when the engine is hot Steam and scalding liquids released from a hot cooling system can burn you badly Also you can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts WARNING Do not put engine coolant in the windshield washer fluid container If sprayed on the windshield engine coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield WARNING To reduce the risk of personal injury make sure the engine is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap The cooling system is under pressure steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap is loosened slightly A WARNING Do not add coolant further than the MAX mark 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Maintenance 213 Note Do not use stop leak pellets or cooling system sealants or additives as they can cause damage to the engine cooling and heating systems Your vehicle s warranty does not cover this damage Note During normal vehicle operation the engine coolant may change color from orange to pink or light red As long as the engine coolant is clear and uncontaminated this color change does not indicate the engine coolant has degraded nor does it require draining the engine coolant flushing the system or replacing the engine co
346. t 000091 Som 000001 Aa agudo Jo IOI eaout eoueuojureur 49977 10 Du 0000F sepur 00097 LAY PAI JO J019 N onauju s 01 pej1oAuoo JI SIBOA 201 10 WA 000007 s ltur 000097 IV onequ s YIM pomuy amp u329 Jr ui 000008 sot 000008 IV gu to oretqu s roordg eueuogeng LI I L ILL LRL PT EEN ace cee EE Hee eee SEE EERE og 0 Doan Jt uni 000007 SOPU 000097 IV oneuu s YIM pormu 41039 Jr upi 000008 sam 000008 IV asueyp ro peut penueur JOT g u GA j j l j E oe lO um l oz d Terre Aa dm Termen S10 eI9dO UOISSIUISUET jrus ojy pue orjeurony Pe fe fe fo e fe fe fe oe e ojeauqni SOUS EUSO oseopoy e pre er er ror Pore ne or or n7 oer ios oer ser oer 301 06 amp BREET ISI s1n520 JdAVYITYM SYJUOW 10 S193ouro p eat penunuo XTTVONNV FAON 30 WA 00096 SATIN 00009 AVMHDIH NO Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 2015 F 650 750 f67 Canadian French fr can 353 Scheduled Maintenance maps AC yor pue xooup uro3s amp S AAA PMIA sneyxy posorq LL T ITTTTL LL L EE rf fe j j fe j j PNI sropur4o X901 S193r1s s uo1el s 8utu 100g sjyu uoduroo qe og zz ve re sr er e e 9 6e spo ove orc zet 897 ver oct 96 cL Sv vc 0001 x sxyouromy osr eer oer cor os sa 09 cr 0e er mt x sem ISI s1n220 19A9WOIUA su uour 10 S1939uro D SAN penunuo XTIVO
347. t functioning properly Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer for service During traction control operation the traction control light TC flashes rapidly and the engine does not rev up when you press further on the accelerator This is normal and is no reason for concern In Off Road or Mud Snow mode the traction control light illuminates and flashes slowly If a traction event occurs in either mode the light flashes rapidly 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Cruise Control 157 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Cruise control lets you maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal USING CRUISE CONTROL WARNING Do not use cruise control in heavy traffic on winding roads or when the road surface is slippery This could result in loss of vehicle control serious injury or death WARNING When you are going downhill your vehicle speed may increase above the set speed The system will not apply the brakes Change down a gear to assist the system in maintaining the set speed Failure to do so could result in loss of vehicle control serious injury or death Note Cruise control disengages if your vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph 16 km h below your set speed while driving uphill The cruise controls are located on the steering wheel Switching On Cruise Control Press and release ON The indicator turns on in the instrume
348. tch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle 2 To unfasten press the release button and remove the tongue from a the buckle S 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Safety Belts 43 Using the Safety Belt with Cinch Tongue Front and Rear Center Seat The cinch tongue slides up and down the belt webbing when the belt is stowed or while putting safety belts on When the lap and shoulder safety belt is buckled the cinch tongue allows the lap portion to be shortened but pinches the webbing to keep the lap portion from getting longer The cinch tongue is designed to slip during a crash so always wear the shoulder belt properly and do not allow any slack in either the lap or shoulder portions Before you can reach and latch a lap and shoulder belt having a cinch tongue into the buckle you may have to lengthen the lap belt portion of it 1 Tolengthen the lap belt pull some webbing out of the shoulder belt retractor 2 While holding the webbing below the tongue grasp the tip metal portion of the tongue so that it is parallel to the webbing and slide the tongue upward 3 Provide enough lap belt length so that the tongue can reach the buckle 5 Fastening the Cinch Tongue WARNING The lap belt should fit snugly and as low as possible around the hips not across the waist 1 Pull the lap and shoulder belt from the retractor so
349. ters should be open during normal operating temperatures Engine Valve covers and block covers damp out engine mechanical noise If they need replacing make sure to replace them with the recommended parts Check for mechanical isolations Transmission Enclosure Inspect for cracks holes and tears Clean any deposits such as oil dirt and stones Exhaust System e Inspect for leaks at various joint connections and loose clamps e Perform a visual inspection for cracks or holes in the muffler and tail pipe e Always use the recommended replacement parts e Do not change the tail pipe elbow or offset tail pipe orientation from the standard position as originally received e To avoid abnormal changes in vehicle sound levels it is necessary for the owner to perform inspections and necessary maintenance at the intervals shown in the Scheduled Maintenance chapter 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 122 Transmission MANUAL TRANSMISSION OPERATION IF EQUIPPED You can see the manual transmission shift patterns on either the shift lever knob or the sun visor Study this information carefully before you drive your vehicle even though you may be familiar with similar units Do not attempt to drive your vehicle without knowing the exact shift pattern of the transmission Consult an authorized dealer if any questions exist as to the shifting instructions posted in your veh
350. th Report and SYNC Services Traffic Directions and Information issues Possible solution s cause s I received a text e Your account e This is a free feature but you that the Vehicle may not be must first register online to use Health Report is activated on the Im not activated website OR e Make sure that your VIN is e You may have correctly listed in your account the wrong VIN vehicle identification number listed I am unable to The preferred When you register your account retrieve the dealer you must list a preferred dealer report on the information did If one is already listed try website or T not load correctly selecting another dealer and receive a system logging out Log back in and error change it back to your preferred dealer and retrieve the report 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can SYNCG 329 Vehicle Health Report and SYNC Services Traffic Directions and Information issues Possible solution s cause s I am unable to e This could be e Update your mobile number submit a report due to your in your account on the website phone s e Make sure you have full signal compatibility OR strength and that your e Dad signal Bluetooth volume level has been strength OR turned up e Your phone e Try deleting your phone and may not be performing a clean pairing activated on the website I heard a e The phone in e Thi
351. the clamp completely 4 Pull the air tube off the air cleaner housing 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 230 Maintenance 5 Release the three clamps that secure the cover to the air filter housing Push the air filter cover toward the center of your vehicle and up slightly to release it 6 Remove the air filter element from the air filter housing 7 Install a new air filter element 8 Replace the air filter housing cover and secure the clamps Be careful not to crimp the filter element edges between the air filter housing and cover Make sure to align the tabs on the edge into the slots properly 9 Slip the air tube onto the air filter housing and tighten the air tube clamp bolt snugly Do not overtighten the clamp 10 Connect the mass air flow sensor electrical connector to the outlet tube Make sure the locking tab on the connector is in the locked position connector shown from below for clarity 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Maintenance 231 ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS The headlamps on your vehicle are properly aimed at the assembly plant If your vehicle has been in an accident an authorized dealer should check the alignment of your headlamps CHANGING A BULB Lamp Assembly Condensation Exterior lamps have vents to accommodate normal changes
352. the display 3 Press the phone button to call the selection Exit the current menu Accessing Features through the Phone Menu SYNC s phone menu allows you to redial a number access your call history and phone book and send text messages as well as access phone and system settings You can also access advanced features such as 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and SYNC Services 1 Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu 2 Scroll to cycle through When you select Phone Redial Redial the last number called if available Press OK to select then press OK again to confirm Call History Allows you to access any previously dialed received or missed calls while your phone has been connected to the system 1 Press OK to select 2 Scroll to select from Call History Incoming Call History Outgoing or Call History Missed Press OK make your selection 3 Press OK or the phone button to call the desired selection Note The system attempts to automatically re download your phone book and call history each time your phone connects to SYNC if the auto download feature is on and your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone supports this feature 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can SYNCG 297 Phonebook Allows you to access your downloaded phonebook 1 Press OK to confirm and enter If your phonebook has fewer than 255 listings they appear
353. the door latch post or the edge of the door near the door latch next to the driver s seating position 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 274 Capacities and Specifications TRANSMISSION CODE DESIGNATION A product of FORD MOTOR COMPANY Incomplete Vehicle Manufactured By Vehicle incomplet fabrique par BLUE DIAMOND TRUCK S de R L de C V GIP FRONT GIP REAR GJP M N 33000 LB A N 1200 LB N 21000 1B Rly 14969 KG ple 543 KG RIE 9525 KG A SUITABLE TIRE 11RX22 5 14 TIRES 11RX22 5 14 TIRES AND RIM CHOICE 22 5X8 25 RIMS 22 5X8 25 RIMS AT 724 KPA 105 PSICOLD AT 724 KPA 105 PSI COLD DUAL WB 194 0 IN 493 0 CM Model F750 4X2 ASSEMBLED IN MEXICO VIN 3FRXF75L0V285893 MFD ON AUG 24 2006 IW MI H MI VIN BARCODE HERE lll III MMI I Ext Pnt XX Int Trim XX Axle XX Tran X You can find a transmission code on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The following table tells you which transmission each code represents Six speed TorqShift automatic 6R140 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Audio System 275 GENERAL INFORMATION Radio Frequencies and Reception Factors AM and FM frequencies are established by the Federal Communications Commission FCC and the Canadian Radio and Telecommunications Commission CRTC Those frequencies are AM 530 540 1700 1710 kHz
354. the empty container and spout or recycle if possible If there is some DEF left in the container retain it and the spout for later use Store the spout to keep it clean 9 Wipe away any DEF that has spilled on painted surfaces with water and a damp cloth DEF Filling Station Nozzle Fill Filling the DEF tank using a nozzle is similar to a normal fuel fill The nozzle shuts off automatically when the tank is full Do not continue to fill the tank as this may cause spillage and overfill the tank which can cause damage Filling the DEF Tank in Cold Climates DEF freezes below 12 F 11 C If temperatures are at or below 12 F 11 C for an extended period and the DEF tank is full and you are not going to drive your vehicle there is a risk that the tank could freeze causing damage If low temperature conditions are expected you should keep your tank at least 5096 full and make sure you add DEF on level ground to prevent the fluid from freezing on an angle 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 120 Fuel and Refueling Contaminated DEF SCR systems are sensitive to contamination of the DEF USE ONLY CERTIFIED DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID If the system becomes contaminated and you continue to drive your vehicle with contaminated DEF the following warnings result Reducing Agent and Vehicle Consequence Condition Indicator Lamps Correct reducing agent Incorrect red
355. the ice on the windshield before turning on the wipers The layer of ice has many sharp edges and can damage the micro edge of the wiper rubber element AIR FILTER CHECK Diesel Engine See your engine operator s manual for information on the engine air filter Gasoline Engine Note Do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Maintenance 229 Note Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if the correct air filter element is not used See the Scheduled Maintenance chapter for the appropriate intervals for changing the air filter element When changing the air filter element use only the Motorcraft air filter element listed See Motorcraft part numbers in the Capacities and Specificationschapter 1 Locate and disconnect the mass air flow sensor electrical connector on the air outlet tube 2 Reposition the locking clip on the connector connector shown from below for clarity Squeeze the connector and pull it off the air outlet tube 3 Clean the area around the air tube to air cover connection to prevent debris from entering the system Loosen the bolt on the air tube clamp so the clamp is no longer snug to the air tube It is not necessary to remove
356. the ignition key not in the run position e Atone sounds if the parking brake remains released or in an unknown state The tone stops in approximately eight minutes or until the parking brake is applied Seek service for the parking brake immediately Diesel engines Parking brake light operation the light only works when the ignition key is in the run position e On Parking brake applied e Off Parking brake released and no faults or malfunctions e Blink and tone Parking brake released or in an unknown state and faults or malfunctions exist 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Brakes 151 Releasing Spring Manually T WARNING Do not attempt to disassemble the parking brake chamber under any circumstances The high spring load may cause serious injury TN WARNING Block the wheels to help prevent the vehicle from moving 4 WARNING Unexpected and possibly sudden vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not taken If you release hydraulic pressure from the spring brake chamber the power spring applies the brake and unless hydraulic pressure can be re established you must release the spring brake as follows in order to move your vehicle Loosen the jam nut A and un thread the adjustment rod B from the chamber to reduce tension on the cable C Continue to un thread the adjustment rod all the way and remove it from the cha
357. the manufacturer s specifications The trailer brakes must meet local and federal regulations The rating for the tow vehicle s braking system operation is at the gross vehicle weight rating not the gross combined weight rating Trailer Lamps WARNING Never connect any trailer lamp wiring to the vehicle s tail lamp wiring this may damage the electrical system resulting in a fire Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible for assistance in proper trailer tow wiring installation Additional electrical equipment may be required Trailer lamps are required on most towed vehicles Make sure all running lights brake lights turn signals and hazard lights are working Before Towing a Trailer Practice turning stopping and backing up to get the feel of your vehicle trailer combination before starting on a trip When turning make wider turns so the trailer wheels clear curbs and other obstacles When Towing a Trailer e Check your hitch electrical connections and trailer wheel lug nuts thoroughly after you have traveled 50 miles 80 kilometers 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 170 Towing Place the gearshift lever in position P if equipped or neutral to aid in engine and transmission cooling and air conditioning efficiency during hot weather while stopped in traffic Turn off the speed control The speed control may turn off automatically when you a
358. the side of the seat to release the seat cushion from the storage position 2 Push the seat cushion down until it locks into the horizontal position Folding the Rear Seat Back Crew Cab 1 Pull forward on the control to fold down the seat back 2 Pull down on the handle and lift up on the seat back to return it to the original position REAR SEAT ARMREST IF EQUIPPED Type 1 To use the armrest rotate it forward 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Seats 89 Type 2 HEATED SEATS IF EQUIPPED A WARNING Persons who are unable to feel pain to the skin because of advanced age chronic illness diabetes spinal cord injury medication alcohol use exhaustion or other physical conditions must exercise care when using the seat heater The seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures especially if used for long periods of time Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat such as a blanket or cushion because this may cause the seat heater to overheat Do not puncture the seat with pins needles or other pointed objects because this may damage the heating element which may cause the seat heater to overheat An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury Note Do not do the following e Place heavy objects on the seat e Operate the seat heater if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat Allow the s
359. ti lock braking system ABS and optional Power Park Brake into one fully integrated hydraulic brake system With the Full Power Brake System braking energy is stored similar to an air brake system resulting in faster response times and shorter stopping distances This is accomplished using motor and pump assemblies that pressurize the system by pumping brake fluid into accumulators This is similar to the air compressor of an air brake system pressurizing the air tanks The system includes a master cylinder that provides the normal pedal feel and transfers the pedal force via brake fluid to the main components of the system Note The motor and pumps run momentarily with the ignition switch in the on or run position or in the off position with the brake pedal pressed Note During normal driving you may hear the pump and motors replenishing the accumulators This is a normal function of the system AIR BRAKES After starting the engine give the air compressor time to build up the air pressure to 60 psi 414 kPa before moving your vehicle 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 140 Brakes WARNING Do not drive or continue to drive if the low air pressure buzzer is sounding or the brake warning light is lit These warnings indicate that air pressure is not to normal operating level Continued use of the vehicle could result in loss of braking ability WARNING Avo
360. tic fluid that allows the use of extended service intervals A tag on the filler plug identifies the use of the synthetic fluid Only use fluid that meets manufacturer specifications See Technical specifications in the Capacities and Specifications chapter Checking Fluid Level Park your vehicle on level ground Set the parking brake shift into first gear and turn the engine off Clean any dirt from around the filler plug Remove the filler plug and inspect the fluid level The fluid level should be at the bottom of the filler plug opening Add fluid if necessary through the filler plug opening Clean and install the filler plug securely OO RODE Changing Fluid Drain and refill your transmission fluid while it is warm 1 Park your vehicle on level ground 2 Set the parking brake shift into first gear and turn the engine off 3 Clean any dirt from around the filler and drain plugs 4 Remove the filler plug and drain plug and then drain the fluid into a suitable container Dispose of all used automotive fluids in a responsible manner following your local authorized standards Clean and install the drain plug securely 6 Add fluid through the filler plug opening 7 Clean and install the filler plug securely 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Maintenance 219 DRIVESHAFT Check the universal joints for any evidence of wear or looseness at t
361. to the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving task at a critical time Volume Setting Do not raise the volume excessively Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident Use of Speech Recognition Functions Speech recognition software is inherently a statistical process which is subject to errors It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address any errors Navigation Features Any navigation features included in the system are intended to provide turn by turn instructions to get you to a desired destination Please make certain all persons using this system carefully read and follow instructions and safety information fully Distraction Hazard Any navigation features may require manual non verbal setup Attempting to perform such set up or insert data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause an accident or other serious consequences Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Appendices 339 Let Your Judgment Prevail Any navigation features are provided only as an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions an
362. u can see the orange marker protruding from the chamber when the brakes are applied e Checking the brake lining every service interval When brake lining or blocks wear within 1 16th inch 1 6 millimeters of rivets replace the brake linings A qualified technician should perform this inspection and keep to instructions provided by the service manual Do not back off or disconnect the front brakes so that they are less effective letting the rear brakes do all the stopping of your vehicle Do not overlook the brakes on the trailer either Brake condition on the trailer is just as important as the tractor Proper brake balance on trucks and tractor trailers is essential for effective braking Once a year inspect the entire brake system e Rubber components for deterioration A qualified technician should inspect these components and replace them as necessary Replacement intervals vary according to the severity and length of vehicle service Condition of brake drums brake chambers and slack adjusters System for air leaks Hose or pipes for rust damage and deterioration Operation of service and parking brakes Periodically inspect parts such as air brake chamber diaphragm air compressor and air cleaner Replace any parts if you can consider them unserviceable Air dryer Climactic conditions affect performance of desiccant or after cooler type air dryers You must establish a maintenance schedule for each specific operation The
363. ual wheels and when needed reduces engine power at the same time If the wheels spin when accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces the system reduces engine power in order to increase traction Note The system does not apply the brakes when vehicle speed is above 25 mph 40 km h USING TRACTION CONTROL WARNING Aggressive driving in any road conditions can cause you to lose control of your vehicle increasing the risk of severe personal injury or property damage The occurrence of a traction control event is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road this may lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death If you experience a severe road event SLOW DOWN Press the switch to select Off Road e or Mud Snow traction mode This is beneficial when your vehicle is stuck in snow or on a slippery road surface This mode allows excess wheel spin to dig your vehicle out and allows you to rock your vehicle P MUD SI TRACTI Press the switch again to select standard traction control The system automatically selects standard traction control at the next ignition cycle 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 156 Traction Control System Indicator Light Note If the traction control light does not flash during a traction control event or stays illuminated the system is no
364. ucing agent at Amber engine Gi None detection Incorrect reducing agent at 4096 torque detection 10 hours reduction Incorrect reducing agent at Amber engine v 4096 torque detection 20 hours and Red engine Y reduction 5 mph engine intentionally shut 8 km h vehicle down or in extended idle speed limit If any of these warnings appear you must purge the contaminated DEF and replace it with approved DEF See an authorized dealer or the Workshop Manual Upon filling the DEF tank after a DEF contaminated warning normal operation resumes when you restart your vehicle DEF Guidelines and Information e DEF is non flammable non toxic colorless and water soluble e Use only DEF that carries the trademark AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE CERTIFIED DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID e An ammonia odor may be smelled when the cap is removed or during a refill Refill the DEF tank in a well ventilated area e Before filling the tank make sure the surrounding area is clean of debris to prevent contamination Do not dilute DEF with water or any other liquid Do not put DEF in the fuel tank or any other tank on your vehicle Do not re use the nozzle or the DEF container once it is empty Do not overfill the DEF tank Avoid spilling DEF on painted surfaces carpeting or plastic components Immediately wipe away any DEF that has spilled on painted surfaces with a damp cloth and water If it has already crystallized use warm water and a sponge
365. ued nut as a starting point re tighten the nuts using the sequence listed under Air suspension U bolt and U bolt nut installation Air Suspension U bolt and U bolt Nut Installation 1 Inspect the threads of the U bolt and nut for rust and debris Clean the threads if contaminated 2 Install the U bolts and nuts and torque the nuts to seat the cap flat which is about 18 ft Ib 25 Nem using a diagonal pattern Use the same diagonal pattern for each of the following U bolt nut re torque steps 3 Tighten U bolt nuts in increments of 74 ft lb 100 Nem until tightened to final torque for the particular suspension BRAKE FLUID CHECK WARNING Brake fluid is toxic If brake fluid contacts the eyes flush eyes with running water for 15 minutes Seek medical attention if irritation persists If taken internally drink water and induce vomiting Seek medical attention immediately 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Maintenance 221 WARNING If you use a brake fluid that is not DOT 3 you will cause permanent damage to your brakes WARNING Do not let the reservoir for the master cylinder run dry This may cause the brakes to fail Check and refill the Full Power brake fluid reservoir using the following procedure See the Scheduled Maintenance chapter for the service interval 1 Clean the reservoir caps before removal to prevent dirt or water from entering the r
366. uildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception Station overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio system may mute Satellite radio signal Your display may show ACQUIRING to interference indicate the interference and the audio system may mute Sirius Satellite Radio Service Note Sirius reserves the unrestricted right to change rearrange add or delete programming including canceling moving or adding particular channels and its prices at any time with or without notice to you Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes Sirius satellite radio is a subscription based satellite radio 4 om service that broadcasts a variety of music sports news weather traffic and entertainment programming Your factory installed Sirius satellite radio system includes hardware and a limited subscription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of your vehicle See an authorized dealer for availability SATELLITE R AD i O For more information on extended subscription terms a service fee is required the online media player and a complete list of Sirius satellite radio channels and other features please visit www siriusxm com in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 2015 F 650
367. ult settings Application Download new software applications if available and then load the desired applications through your USB port See the web site for more information Exit the current menu TROUBLESHOOTING Your SYNC system is easy to use However should questions arise see the tables below Use the website at any time to check your phone s compatibility register your account and set preferences as well as access a customer representative via an online chat during certain hours Visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca for more information Phone issues cause s Excessive The audio control Review your phone s user guide background noise settings on your regarding audio adjustments during a phone phone may be call affecting SYNC performance During a call I Possible phone Try turning off the device can hear the malfunction resetting the device removing other person but the device s battery then trying they cannot hear again me 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 326 SYNC cause s SYNC is not able e This is a e Go to the website to review to download my phone dependent your phone s compatibility phonebook feature OR e Try turning off the device e Possible phone resetting the device or removing malfunction the device s battery then trying again e Try pushing your phonebo
368. umbar support seats 84 Power mirrors 60 Powerpoint 91 M Power steering 161 205 I fluid checking and adding 222 Manual transmission 122 fluid refill capacity 268 lubricant specifications 255 fluid specifications 255 Media Bluetooth menu options Power Windows 58 adding connecting deleting turning on off dag TOYS PALI diaii ae Putting a call on off hold 294 Message center 73 warning messages 75 R MII OVS eite nti EORR IER 59 fold away niii 61 62 Radio east 277 278 side view mirrors power ere 60 Single CD SiS PRESA ER RUN ERN RUNS 277 278 Motorcraft parts 234 272 Radio reception sees 275 Rear window defroster 76 9 Receiving a text message 298 Octane rating sess 106 Recommendations for attaching safety restraints for P gl ldTen 4n secreto edes 30 Relays xsasiscoc cse 187 188 192 Pairing other phones 292 SC I Remote entry system E your phone for the d locking unlocking doors 51 EE ee tee Roadsid istance 177 Parking brake aaa jid igo See Parts see Motorcraft amp S Parto EE 272 f Phone Bluetooth menu options Safety Belt Maintenance
369. until the safety belt is buckled The driver s safety belt The Belt Minder feature is activated becomes unbuckled for the safety belt warning light approximately one minute illuminates and the warning chime while the vehicle is traveling at sounds for six seconds every least 6 mph 9 7 km h and 25 seconds repeating for more than 1 2 minutes have approximately five minutes or until elapsed since the ignition the safety belt is buckled switch has been turned to on 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Safety Belts 49 Deactivating and Activating the Belt Minder Feature WARNING While the design allows you to deactivate your Belt MinderG this system is designed to improve your chances of being safely belted and surviving an accident We recommend you leave the Belt Minder system activated for yourself and others who may use the vehicle To reduce the risk of injury do not deactivate or activate the Belt Minder feature while driving the vehicle Read Steps 1 4 thoroughly before proceeding with the deactivation or activation programming procedure The system can be deactivated and activated by performing the following procedure Before following the procedure make sure that e the parking brake is set e the gearshift is in position P if equipped or N for an automatic transmission or neutral for a manual transmission the ignition is off
370. uorso 102 oAnmppe pue uoroojo4d oz9a4j YoY Jue oo5 out Pee T Pe T pe p pt wegen pur roto r uoo ouis mp uos ojeurojpe SUD AL qL Jo puo e gou 99s sujuour oou IO WA 0008 sepur 0008 A euu oumose8 aBueYp 1o3pg pue Tto ou UOT epuau1ul0291 SJamMyoVINUeUI 99g ur8u samt eS8ueuo Jo pue ro oun EE GEES 09 us ve Te Sr ev cr 6e oe ee SOHN oot cer vet oer szt oct att vor 96 88 0001 X mg oor s o6 cs os ez o2 co 09 es mt x somn ASI 1990 19A W IUA SYJUOW 10 s193ouro pp S MW ATIVANNV YAMAA YO WA 00078 STIN 00007 YO SNOILIANOD ALAIA NI AVOA AAO NO AOIAAAS TATAAS Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 2015 F 650 750 f67 Canadian_French fr_can 371 Scheduled Maintenance lef bel ee gJeouqni eos dyno Gy ssoy 1298 JUG ojeouqnr 3urof dys syutol q uumpoo Sutr 1 949 YOY pm 8utt991s IaMOg ogueuo DI SUIS I MOJ quaulede dal Jo SUIS TIMOJ soxe1q omnerp u oyeoLqny e8exur 1oA9 e o1 oxe1q SUNA 9 xy JUL SUIALIp UON Cer er IL RC un 097 ver pr oer szt OZT cT vor 96 88 0001 X sm oor s o6 es os e OL co O9 cc mt x sem ISIH SINIIO 19A9W9TUA su uour 10 SI IJIWOTA satt penunuo XTTVONNV YAMA AO WA 0007 SATIN 00002 YO SNOLLIGNOO ALAIA NI AVOA 410 NO HOIANHS 3HHASS f
371. ure you review your device s manual before using it with SYNC Support The SYNC support team is available to help you with any questions you cannot answer on your own 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can SYNCG 287 Monday Saturday 8 30am 9 00pm EST Sunday 10 30am 7 30pm EST In the United States call 1 800 392 3673 In Canada call 1 800 565 3673 Times are subject to change due to holidays SYNC Owner Account Why do I need a SYNC owner account e Required to activate Vehicle Health Report and to view the reports online e Required to activate the subscription based SYNC Services and to personalize your Saved Points and Favorites e Essential for keeping up with the latest software downloads available for SYNC e Access to customer support for any questions you may have Driving Restrictions For your safety certain features are speed dependent and restricted when your vehicle is traveling over 3 mph 5 km h Safety Information WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware o
372. ust system is very high Never work around or attempt to repair any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled Use special care when working around the diesel particulate filter The DPF heats up to a high temperature after only a short period of engine operation and can remain hot even after the engine is turned off Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury Your vehicle is equipped with a diesel particulate filter DPF as part of the after treatment exhaust system to trap soot and other large particles produced by the engine combustion process You must periodically reduce the soot that accumulates in the filter to prevent excessive exhaust restriction The engine and after treatment system generally perform the soot reduction process also known as filter regeneration automatically 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Starting and Stopping the Engine 97 Regeneration Unlike a normal filter that requires periodic replacement the DPF can regenerate or clean itself to maintain operating efficiency The regeneration process takes place automatically A small increase in engine or turbo sound level is normal during filter regeneration However some driving conditions mean that you may need to support the regeneration process e Operating in stop and go traffic or maintaining low speeds as in city or delivery drivin
373. utlet assembly with a hose when washing your vehicle Failure to keep the functional holes clear of foreign material may result in blocking or plugging of the holes SWITCHING OFF A DIESEL ENGINE Allow the engine to idle for three to five minutes before shutting it down The larger the engine the greater the need is for this idling period Note Try to limit engine idle to 10 minutes Excessive idling reduces fuel economy ENGINE AUTOMATIC SHUTDOWN IF EQUIPPED WARNING In the event of engine shutdown make sure the vehicle is safely off the road and the problem is remedied prior to returning to the road Failure to remove the vehicle from the road could result in an accident causing serious injury or death This feature either illuminates a light in the instrument cluster or sounds tone or both indicating that the engine is being shut down due to high coolant temperature low engine oil pressure high diesel particulate filter soot loading or low engine coolant level If any of these conditions exist the engine automatically shuts down If the engine shuts down you can restart and operate it for 30 seconds at a time or until you correct the problem Do not attempt to use this restarting feature to drive your vehicle very far as serious engine damage could result ENGINE BLOCK HEATER IF EQUIPPED WARNING Failure to follow engine block heater instructions could result in property damage or personal injury WARNING Do
374. uttons and up and down arrow buttons to switch it on and off F AUX Press this button to access the media features of the SYNC system See the SYNC chapter for more information G SEEK In radio mode press and release these buttons to go to the next or previous preset radio station or disc track In CD and MP3 modes press these buttons to select the next or previous track or press and hold to advance or reverse within the same track Play Pause and OK Play and Pause allow you to play or pause a track when listening to a CD OK allows you to confirm commands with phone and media features of the SYNC system See the SYNC chapter for more information I SHUFFLE Play music on the selected CD or MP3 folder in random order 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 280 Audio System J Folder Press this button to access the next folder on an MP3 disc K Folder Press this button to access the previous folder on an MP3 disc L FF Press this button to manually fast forward in a CD track or MP3 file M REW Press this button to manually rewind in a CD track or MP3 file N Memory presets Store your favorite radio stations To store a radio station tune to the station then press and hold a preset button until sound returns O TEXT SCAN e n radio CD and MP3 modes press and hold to hear a brief sampling of radio stations CD tracks or
375. vehicle do not leave your key in the ignition This could discharge your vehicle battery D C B A A Accessory Allows the electrical accessories such as the radio to operate while the engine is not running B Lock Locks the automatic transmission gearshift lever if equipped with position P and allows key removal C Off Shuts off the engine and all accessories D On All electrical circuits are operational Warning lights are illuminated Key position when driving E Start Cranks the engine Release the key as soon as the engine starts STARTING A GASOLINE ENGINE When the engine starts the idle RPM runs faster to warm the engine If the engine idle speed does not slow down automatically have your vehicle checked Before starting your vehicle e Make sure all occupants buckle their safety belts e Make sure the headlamps and electrical accessories are off e Make sure the parking brake is set e Make sure the gearshift is in position P e Turn the key to on without turning the key to start Some warning lights briefly illuminate Note Do not touch the accelerator pedal 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 94 Starting and Stopping the Engine 1 Fully press the brake pedal 2 Turn the key to start the engine The engine may continue cranking for up to 15 seconds or until your vehicle starts Note If the engine
376. vel direction and speed to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches you request Further to provide the services you request and for continuous improvement the service may collect and record call details and voice communications For more information see SYNC Services Terms and Conditions at www SYNCMyRide com If you do not want Ford or its service providers to collect the vehicle travel information or other information identified in the Terms and Conditions do not activate or use the service SYNC Services uses advanced vehicle sensors integrated GPS technology and comprehensive map and traffic data to give you personalized traffic reports precise turn by turn directions business search news sports weather and more For a complete list of services or to learn more please visit www SYNCMyRide com Connecting to SYNC Services Using Voice Commands 1 Press the voice button 2 When prompted say Services This initiates an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your paired and connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone 3 Once you are connected to the service follow the voice prompts to request the desired service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a complete list of available services from which to choose 4 Say Services to return to the services main menu or for help say Help 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide
377. w Vehicle Limited Warranty and is not applicable to vehicles sold in Canada The services are available e 24 hours seven days a week e for the New Vehicle Limited Warranty period U S of two years unlimited miles Roadside assistance covers e battery jump start e lock out assistance Key replacement cost is the customer s responsibility e towing Ford eligible vehicles towed to an authorized dealer within 35 miles 56 kilometers of the disablement location or to the nearest authorized dealer If a member requests to be towed to an authorized dealer more than 35 miles 56 kilometers from the disablement location the member shall be responsible for any mileage costs in excess of 35 miles 56 kilometers Trailers shall be covered up to 200 if the disabled eligible vehicle requires service at the nearest authorized dealer If the trailer is disabled but the towing vehicle is operational the trailer does not qualify for any roadside services Vehicles Sold in the U S Using Roadside Assistance Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference This card is found in the owner s information portfolio in the glove compartment U S Ford vehicle customers who require Roadside Assistance call 1 800 241 3673 If you need to arrange roadside assistance for yourself Ford Motor Company reimburses a reasonable amount for towing to the nearest dealership within 35 miles 56 ki
378. warning light flashing four times per second for three seconds After receiving confirmation the procedure is complete CHILD RESTRAINT AND SAFETY BELT MAINTENANCE Inspect the vehicle safety belts and child safety seat systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged Inspect the vehicle and child seat safety belts to make sure there are no nicks tears or cuts Replace if necessary All vehicle safety belt assemblies including retractors buckles front safety belt buckle assemblies buckle support assemblies slide bar if equipped shoulder belt height adjusters if equipped shoulder belt guide on seat back if equipped child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors and attaching hardware should be inspected after a crash Read the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for additional inspection and maintenance information specific to the child restraint Ford Motor Company recommends that all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a crash be replaced However if the crash was minor and an authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue to operate properly they do not need to be replaced Safety belt assemblies not in use during a crash should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted For proper care of soiled safety belts see Cleaning the interior in the Vehicle Care chapter 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st
379. wer descent by using a lower gear While going down the grade use a low enough gear to descend safely with a minimum application of the service brakes As a general guideline use the same gear as you use to ascend the hill Exhaust Brake Operating Characteristics The exhaust brake turns on when you remove your feet from both the accelerator and clutch pedals and the exhaust brake switch is in the on position The following conditions exist if the brake is operating properly e A slight change in engine sound when the exhaust brake turns on e A smooth braking effect Do not expect a retarding effect similar to sudden hard application of the service brakes e The retarding force possibly felt acting against your body during brake application depending on the grade and vehicle load This force is actually preventing the vehicle from going much faster e Engine temperature remaining in the normal operating range e The tachometer showing a drop in engine RPM depending on grade and vehicle load during a descent 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 144 Brakes e A decrease in road speed when applying the exhaust brake during a descent except when your vehicle is carrying a heavy load or the grade is extremely steep In these instances you may need to apply the service brakes occasionally TRAILER BRAKES Trailer Brake Hand Control If Equipped WARNING The ha
380. windshield wipers before entering a car wash Note Clean the windshield and wiper blades if they begin to leave streaks or smears If that does not resolve the issue install new wiper blades Note Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield This may scratch the glass damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper motor to burn out Always use the windshield washers before wiping a dry windshield Rotate the end of the control away from you to increase the speed of the wipers Rotate toward you to decrease the speed of the wipers WINDSHIELD WASHERS Note Operating wipers on a dry windshield can scratch the glass damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper motor to burn out Always use the windshield washer before wiping a dry windshield Note Do not operate the washers when the washer reservoir is empty This may cause the washer pump to overheat Press the end of the stalk to switch on the washer e A brief press causes a single wipe without washer fluid e A quick press and hold causes the wipers to swipe three times with washer fluid e A long press and hold switches on the wipers and washer fluid for up to 10 seconds 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Lighting 55 LIGHTING CONTROL Rotate the headlamp control clockwise to the first position to turn on the parking lamps Rotate clockwise to the second position to turn on the headlamp
381. wing chart Press OK when the desired selection is in the display The system now needs to know who to send the message to Scroll to cycle through Phonebook or Call History entries You can also select Enter Number to audibly enter a desired number Press OK to enter the desired menu and scroll to select the specific contact Press OK when the contact appears and press OK again to confirm when the system asks if you would like to send the message Each text message is sent with the following signature This message was sent from my Ford or Lincoln Sg Qu bs S GODS I need more directions 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 300 SYNC Pre defined text message options Can t wait to see you I m stuck in traffic Accessing Your Phone Settings These are phone dependent features Your phone settings allow you to access and adjust features such as your ring tone text message notification modify your phone book and also set up automatic download 1 Press the phone button 2 Scroll until Phone Settings appears then press OK 3 Scroll to select from the following options When you select Phone Status See the provider name signal power battery power and roaming status of your connected phone Press OK to select and scroll to view the information When done press OK again to return to the phone status menu Set Ringer Select which ri
382. wing water to stay in the system could result in extensive damage to or failure of the fuel injection system WARNING Do not drain the water separator while the engine is running Fuel may ignite if the separator is drained while the engine is running or the vehicle is moving AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND INDICATORS Key In Ignition Warning Tone Sounds when you leave the key in the ignition in the off or accessory position and open the driver s door Headlamps On Warning Tone Sounds when the headlamps or parking lamps are on the ignition is off the key is not in the ignition and the driver s door is opened 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Information Displays 73 GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving You can control various systems on your vehicle using the information display controls on the steering wheel Corresponding information appears in the information display In
383. with more than one battery removal of cable from only one battery does not disconnect the vehicle electrical system Be sure to disconnect cables from all batteries when disconnecting power Failure to do so may cause serious personal injury or property damage 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Maintenance 225 WARNING Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury Therefore do not allow flames sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery When working near the battery always shield your face and protect your eyes Always provide proper ventilation WARNING When lifting a plastic cased battery excessive pressure on the end walls could cause acid to flow through the vent caps resulting in personal injury and or damage to the vehicle or battery Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners WARNING Keep batteries out of reach of children Batteries contain sulfuric acid Avoid contact with skin eyes or clothing Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution In case of acid contact with skin or eyes flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention If acid is swallowed call a physician immediately WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds W
384. with no bounce back protection The window stops if you release the switch before the window is fully closed Window Lock This feature allows only the driver and front passenger to operate the power windows To lock the window controls press the switch A light on the switch illuminates when the windows lock Press the switch again to restore the window controls EXTERIOR MIRRORS With the doors closed and the seat adjusted for proper comfort move the mirrors to maximize rear viewing area by adjusting the mirrors left or right as required 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 60 Windows and Mirrors Adjust the auxiliary convex mirrors Convex mirrors are a ball stud design for precise adjustment to maximize viewing area Power Exterior Mirrors If Equipped WARNING Do not adjust the mirror while the vehicle is in motion B A Left hand mirror e KI B Off A EN C Right hand mirror O To adjust your mirrors 1 Select the mirror you want to adjust 2 Move the control in the direction you want to tilt the mirror 3 Return the control to the center position to lock mirrors in place If your mirror is equipped with a spotter mirror you need to adjust it manually 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian_French fr_can Windows and Mirrors 61 Foldaway Exter
385. wo sets of splines One set to engage with the differential side gear and one set to engage with the shift collar for the differential lock It may be necessary to rotate the shaft slightly to align the gear spline teeth with the shift collar teeth in order to remove the axle shaft 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 174 Towing Installing the Axle Shafts 1 Remove the covers from the wheel ends 2 Shift the differential lock to the unlocked disengaged position 3 Install the axle shafts Place the gaskets on the wheel hub studs Push the right hand axle shaft and gasket into the wheel end and housing until the shaft stops against the differential shift collar Push down and in on the axle shaft flange and rotate the shaft until the splines of the shaft and shift collar are engaged Push the axle shaft further into the housing until the shaft stops against the differential side gear Push down on the axle shaft flange and rotate the shaft until the splines of the shaft and side gear engage Push the axle shaft completely into the housing until the axle shaft flange and the gasket are flush against the wheel hub Install the left hand axle shaft and gasket into the wheel end 4 If tapered dowels are required install them at each stud and into the flange of the axle shaft Use a punch or drift and hammer if needed 5 Install the fasteners and tighten to co
386. ximate Fill the axle until the lubricant level is at the bottom of the filler hole with the vehicle on level ground When removing the hubs add an additional 1 6 pints 0 75 liters of axle lubricant Add lubricant through the axle vent 2015 F 650 750 f67 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 270 Capacities and Specifications RS 30 144 8320050 O RS 10 220 307045 RS 17 144 RS 17 220 Oil capacities are for standard track axles measured at various common drive pinion angles The quantities listed include enough oil for both wheel ends These capacities change if the track or the drive pinion angle is different Power Steering Note Capacities may be higher if the vehicle is equipped with a cooler Always check to make sure the fluid level is in the acceptable range Capacity Pints Liters TAS40 17 6 8 3 TAS66 18 4 8 7 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can Capacities and Specifications 271 Air Conditioner Refrigerant WARNING The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant R 134a under high pressure Opening the air conditioning refrigerant system can cause personal injury Only qualified personnel should service the air conditioning refrigerant system Item Capacity Ford part Ford part name number Ford specification Air
387. your vehicle Failure to follow these instructions and guidelines may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child WARNING All children are shaped differently The recommendations for safety restraints are based on probable child height age and weight thresholds from NHTSA and other safety organizations or are the minimum requirements of law Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician CPST and consulting your pediatrician to make sure your child seat is appropriate for your child and is compatible with and properly installed in your vehicle To locate a child seat fitting station and CPST contact the NHTSA toll free at 1 888 327 4236 or on the internet at http www nhtsa dot gov In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a CPST or for further information contact your provincial ministry of transportation or locate your local St John Ambulance office by searching for St John Ambulance on the internet or Transport Canada at 1 800 333 0371 http www tc gc ca Failure to properly restrain children in safety seats made especially for their height age and weight may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child 2015 F 650 750 167 Owners Guide gf ownloose 1st Printing December 2013 Canadian French fr can 24 Child Safety Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children children Child size hei

2015 F-650/750 Owner`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents